BS
2611
1885
A 547751
GOSPEL
CiS SLXII SALLIUM
TEXTS.
ST JOINS COSTEL

PRESENTED TO
THE LIBRARY
OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
By the pubiliaus
بار
Faber-
18594
}
."
BS
2611
.1885
Bible. N.T. Matthew, Greek, 1885 31439
WHITE'S GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXTS
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL
WITH A VOCABULARY
BY
JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon.
SEVENTEENTH THOUSAND
LONDON
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
1885
All rights reserved
LONDON:
GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, LIMITED,
ST. JOHN'S SQUARE.
PREFACE.
FOR Some long time past it has been widely felt
that a reduction in the cost of Classical Works
used in schools generally, and more especially in
those intended for boys of the middle classes, is
at once desirable and not difficult of accomplish-
ment. For the most part only portions of authors
are read in the earlier stages of education, and a
pupil is taken from one work to another in each
successive half-year or term; so that a book
needlessly large and proportionably expensive is
laid aside after a short and but partial use.
MLP,
12-18-39
हू
In order, therefore, to meet what is certainly a
want, Portions of the Classical Writers usually
read in Schools are now being issued under the
title of GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXTS; while, at the
request of various Masters, it has been determined
to add to the series some of the Gospels in Greek.
Each TEXT is provided with a VOCABULARY of
the words occurring in it. In every instance but
that of Eutropius the origin of a word, when known,
is stated at the commencement of the article treat-
ing of it, if connected with another Latin, or Greek,
Recl
ည်
iv
PREFACE.
word; at the end of it, if derived from any other
source. Further still, the primary or etymological
meaning is always given, within inverted commas,
in Roman type, and so much also of each word's
history as is needful to bring down its chain of
meanings to the especial force, or forces, attaching
to it in the particular "Text." In the Vocabulary,
however, to Eutropius-which is essentially a book
for beginners-the origin is given of those words
alone which are formed from other Latin words.
Moreover, as an acquaintance with the principles
of GRAMMAR, as well as with ETYMOLOGY, is
necessary to the understanding of a language, such
points of construction as seem to require elucida-
tion are concisely explained under the proper
articles, or a reference is simply made to that rule
in the Public Schools Latin Primer, or in Parry's
Elementary Greek Grammar, which meets the
particular difficulty. It occasionally happens, how-
ever, that more information is needed than can be
gathered from the above-named works. When
such is the case, whatever is requisite is supplied,
in substance, from Jelf's Greek Grammar, Winer's
Grammar of New Testament Greek, or the Latin
Grammars of Zumpt and Madvig.
LONDON: February, 1876.
INTRODUCTION.
Or the personal history of St. John, the fourth and
latest of the Evangelists, more particulars are recorded
than of that of any of the other three. John was the son of
Zebedee and Salōmë, and the brother of James surnamed
"the Great." His father Zebedee was a fisherman on
the Lake of Galilee, otherwise the Lake of Gennesaret or
the Sea of Tiberias. Salōmë his mother was, according
to tradition, the daughter of Joseph, the husband of the
Virgin Mary, by a former wife; according to some
recent critics, the sister of the Virgin. She would thus
stand to Jesus in the relation of half-sister, through Joseph,
in the former case; in the latter case, of aunt; while her
sons, James and John, would occupy for the same reason
the position of either the children of His half-sister on
Joseph's side, or of His own cousins. All this, however,
seems to be utterly inconsistent with the fact that, when
John (as presently mentioned) accompanied Jesus to His
abode, he evidently possessed no previous knowledge of
the Lord's person; a thing that could hardly have been,
had their two families been in any way related or connected.
Added to which, the call of John and his brother James
to become the Lord's followers is stated in just the same
terms as the call of Peter and Andrew, and no intimation
whatever is given that they were His kinsmen or even
acquaintance. But to pass from this matter. John and
his brother were brought up to their father's calling. The
craft they thus followed was one of some importance, as it
probably supplied the adjacent towns and country with
an article of food largely used by the Jews. Their home
was on the shore of the Lake of Gennesaret, probably in,
St. John.
a
INTRODUCTION.
66
""
or near, Bethsaïda, "the city of Andrew and Peter" (i.
44), the latter of whom is said by St. Luke (Luke v. 10)
to have been their "partner. The mention of their
"hired servants" (Mark i. 20), and, at a later date, of
John's own house” (và ĭdia, John xix. 27), implies that
the family possessed a competency, if not some substance.
This view appears to be strengthened by the fact that
John "
was known unto the High Priest," Caiaphas (xviii.
15); and as their acquaintance was not likely to have
commenced after John had avowed himself the disciple of
Jesus, the probability is that some intimacy had existed in
former years between them or their families. It may
here be mentioned that after the call of James and John,
the name of Zebedee (who interposed no obstacle to
his sons' leaving him) disappears from Gospel-history.
Probably he died about the time they quitted him. This
is the more likely, as Salōmë appears to have followed
them when they became our Lord's companions. She is
mentioned by St. Matthew (xx. 20), in the character of
Zebedee's wife, as preferring a request that her sons might
be seated next to Jesus in His kingdom; and is also
specified by name as being a spectator of the Crucifixion
(Mark xv. 40), and as one of the three women, who had
bought sweet spices for the purpose of anointing the Lord's
body, and through whom the Angel sent to the disciples
(Mark xvi. 1 sqq.) the message that Jesus of Nazareth was
risen.
John seems to have been among the early disciples of
the Baptist, and to have learned from him the near advent
of the long-expected Messiah. When, therefore, one
day soon after the Temptation, the Baptist "looking upon
Jesus as He walked " exclaimed in the hearing of two of
His disciples "Behold the Lamb of God!" these two
followed Jesus, and at His gracious invitation accompanied
Him to His dwelling (i. 35 sqq.). One of them is
expressly named, viz. "Andrew, Simon Peter's brother "
(i. 40). That the other was John will hardly admit of
any doubt, inasmuch as the mention of the name of one
and not of the other, coupled with the minute account of
all that occurred and John's invariable suppression of his
INTRODUCTION.
own name (of which a notable instance is found at xix.
26 sq.), affords an all but certain clue to the identity of the
second with John, the fellow-fisher and partner of Andrew.
What passed at the interview is not recorded, but that it
was not without effect is evident. Andrew tells Peter
we have found the Messias," and then brings him to
Jesus, who surnames him Cephas. John doubtless com-
municates to James his own convictions. The hearts of
66
all the four would thus be stirred, and they themselves
would be prepared to receive any command emanating
from this new and marvellous teacher. Hence when He
shortly afterwards calls them as they are engaged at their
usual occupation, they leave their employment and home,
and straightway follow Him. The rest of John's history,
bound up as it is with the ministerial life of Christ,
presents some of the most exquisite touches of character
and some of the most pathetic incidents recorded in
Scripture. In proof of this it is sufficient to point to the
commission given to him by his Master on the Cross
(xix. 26 sq.), and the subsequent Revelation.
St. John's Gospel, which was given to the world some-
where between A. D. 94 and 98, has been considered as a
complementary work to the writings of the other Evangel-
ists. Some have regarded it as an indirect answer to
the Gnosticism of the day. Others have been so impressed
with its profound thought and teaching, that they have
come to the conclusion that a man of John's antecedents
could not have written it.
No doubt this Gospel stands alone in its characteristic
dealing with the mission of Jesus; and being rather a
record of the Saviour's deeper teaching than a narration
of His works, it admirably subserves as a completion of
His history. When, therefore, we recall the lateness of
the date of its publication, and reflect that the Evangelist
was now residing at Ephesus, where all the philosophical
speculations and theories of the time were in full vigour,
it will easily be supposed that he would indirectly meet
the various heresies which were rife, and which he de-
nounces so strongly in his subsequent Epistles.
It has been assumed that John was an uneducated man;
INTRODUCTION.
and there is some colour for the notion from the words
used at Acts iv. 13, "Now when they (i.e. Annas,
Caiaphas, and others specified at preceding verse 6) saw
the boldness of Peter and John, and perceived that they
were ignorant (aypáμμaтo) and unlearned men, they
marvelled." But, as Olshausen justly remarks on the
passage, the "word ȧypáμμaтo implies nothing more
than the want of formal Rabbinical training; for where
this was lacking, the Pharisees, whose minds were quite
ossified, were unable to recognize any higher knowledge
as existing" (cf. John vii. 15).
But, setting aside the explanatory fact of Inspiration, it
is not true that any one of the Apostles was strictly
uneducated; for every Jew was bound to give his sons a
certain amount of instruction. And surely, too, it is no
uncommon thing, in every age, to find self-taught men
making for themselves a place in literature. A fortiori
what must a companion of Christ, endowed with the
intellectual capacity of the Jewish race, have been capable
of acquiring! St. John's Epistles are steeped, so to say,
in the mind and language of his beloved Master.
After all, the truest and strongest evidence in favour of
the Apostolic origin and Divine Inspiration of this Gospel
is its own internal proof. For, First;-it would have
been beyond the compass of any man's genius to have
uttered the truths or discovered the facts therein stated
respecting the nature of Christ and His relation to the
Father. Second;-as no one could have invented the
dialogues and discourses that are recorded, so none but
one and the same writer could have preserved the inimit-
able harmony that exists throughout the work.
Third;
-the historical portions must have been contradicted by
those contemporaries who were opposed to Christianity,
had they been capable of contradiction; whereas they
carry on their face the marks of an eye-witness. Fourth;
-the writer of this Gospel was so imbued with the
character and mind of Christ, that he could not have
forged a lie in favour of its Apostolic origin.
The peculiarities of St. John's Gospel may be classified
under the following heads, viz. Discourses, Doctrines,
and Special Facts. First;-Discourses. It is to be noticed
INTRODUCTION.
that the discourses of our Lord as given by St. John are
profounder, and mostly of a more personal character, than
those contributed by the other three Evangelists. And,
further, it is to be observed that, with the exception of
Chapters iv. and v., the principal dialogues are main-
tained with a class of hearers far different from the
country multitudes. The truest comment upon them
is that of the officers who were sent to apprehend our
Lord : "Never man spake like this man (vii. 46).
Second; Doctrines. With regard to the doctrines
enunciated, it is sufficient to state that the whole cycle of
doctrine evolved in the Epistles of the New Testament
is to be found in the Lord's discourses; notably is this to
be seen in Chapter vi. Third;-Special Facts. The
special facts are the marriage at Cana in Galilee (ii. I
sqq.); the interview with Nicodemus (iii. I sqq.), and
that with the woman of Samaria (iv. 7 sqq.); the raising
of Lazarus (xi. 43); the desire of the Greeks to see Jesus
(xii. 20 sqq.); the mention of the character of Judas
(xii. 6), and of the name of Peter in connexion with the
cutting off of Malchus's ear (xviii. 10); the time of the
Lord's observance of the feast of the Passover (xii. 1).
Most of these have in view some special doctrinal teach-
ing. But with regard to the last, it is to be observed that
while it must be accepted as the basis of the true time,
the apparent differences found at Matt. xxvi. 2 and Mark
xiv. I can be reconciled with it.
To the thoughtful and humble student of Scripture this
noble contribution to the history of our Redeemer opens
a field, it might almost be said a world, of instruction.
Herein Jesus the Christ speaks for Himself to us and in
us; for, as Tholuck has well said, it is "The Heart of
Christ"; and, as Origen has written, We may boldly
aver that as the Gospels are the first-fruits (the choicest)
of all the Scriptures, so the Gospel by John is the first-
fruits of the Gospels; whose mind no one can comprehend,
that has not leaned on the bosom of Jesus.
""
St. John lived to an extreme old age, and died a natural
death. The time of his decease, however, is but a mat-
ter of conjecture; the dates that have been assigned to it
varying from A. D. 89 to A. D. 120.
ΕΥΑΓΓΕΛΙΟΝ ΚΑΤΑ ΙΩΑΝΝΗΝ.
CHAP. I. EN ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ Λόγος, καὶ ὁ
Λόγος ἦν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ Λόγος.
Οὗτος ἦν ἐν ἀρχῇ πρὸς τὸν Θεόν. Πάντα
δι' αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο· καὶ χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο
οὐδὲ ἐν, ὃ γέγονεν. 4Ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ
ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων. Καὶ τὸ φῶς
ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ
κατέλαβεν.
5
6 Εγένετο ἄνθρωπος ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ
Θεοῦ, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Ἰωάννης. Οὗτος ἦλθεν
εἰς μαρτυρίαν, ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτὸς,
ἵνα πάντες πιστεύσωσι δι' αὐτοῦ. Οὐκ ἦν
ἐκεῖνος τὸ φῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ
φωτός. Ην τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ φωτίζει
πάντα ἄνθρωπον ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον.
10Ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι' αὐτοῦ
ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω. 11 Εἰς
τὰ ἴδια ἦλθε, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον.
7
Ο
B
2
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
12"Οσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτὸν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξ
ουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν
εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ· 13οἳ οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων,
οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς, οὐδὲ ἐκ θελήματος
ἀνδρὸς, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐγεννήθησαν. 14Καὶ ὁ
Λόγος σάρξ ἐγένετο, καὶ ἐσκήνωσεν ἐν ἡμῖν
(καὶ ἐθεασάμεθα τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, δόξαν ὡς
μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρὸς), πλήρης χάριτος καὶ
ἀληθείας. 15 Ιωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ,
καὶ κέκραγε, λέγων· Οὗτος ἦν, ὃν εἶπον· Ὁ
ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν
ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν. 16 Οτι ἐκ τοῦ πληρώ.
ματος αὐτοῦ ἡμεῖς πάντες ἐλάβομεν, καὶ χάριν
ἀντὶ χάριτος. 17Ὅτι ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωσέως
ἐδόθη ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ
Χριστοῦ ἐγένετο. 18Θεὸν οὐδεὶς ἑώρακε πώ
ποτε· ὁ μονογενής υἱὸς, ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον
τοῦ πατρὸς, ἐκεῖνος ἐξηγήσατο.
0
19 Καὶ αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία τοῦ Ἰωάννου,
ὅτε ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων
ἱερεῖς καὶ Λευίτας, ἵνα ἐρωτήσωσιν αὐτόν· Σὺ
τίς εἶ; 20Καὶ ὡμολόγησε, καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο·
καὶ ὡμολόγησεν· Οτι οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός.
21 Καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν· Τί οὖν ; Ἠλίας εἶ σύ;
Και λέγει· Οὐκ εἰμί. Ο προφήτης εἶ σύ;
CHAPTER I.
3
Καὶ ἀπεκρίθη· Οὔ. 22 Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ· Τίς
εἶ; ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς·
τί λέγεις περὶ σεαυτοῦ; 23 Εφη· Ἐγὼ φωνὴ
βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, Εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν
Κυρίου, καθὼς εἶπεν Ησαΐας ὁ προφήτης.
24Καὶ οἱ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρι
σαίων. 25 Καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν, καὶ εἶπον
αὐτῷ· Τί οὖν βαπτίζεις, εἰ σὺ οὐκ εἶ ὁ
Χριστός, οὔτε Ἠλίας, οὔτε ὁ προφήτης;
26 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάννης, λέγων· Ἐγὼ
βαπτίζω ἐν ὕδατι· μέσος δὲ ὑμῶν ἕστηκεν, ὃν
ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε, “7ὁ ὀπίσω μου ερχόμενος,
ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν· οὗ ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ
ἄξιος ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδή-
ματος. 28Ταῦτα ἐν Βηθανίᾳ ἐγένετο πέραν
τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ὅπου ἦν Ἰωάννης βαπτίζων.
(
Ο
29ΤΗι ἐπαύριον βλέπει τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐρχό-
μενον πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ λέγει· Ἴδε ὁ ἀμνὸς τοῦ
Θεοῦ, ὁ αἴρων τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τοῦ κόσμου.
30Οὗτός ἐστι, περὶ οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον· Οπίσω μου
ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν· ὅτι
πρωτός μου ἦν. 31 Κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν·
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ, διὰ τοῦτο
ἦλθον ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ ὕδατι βαπτίζων. 32 Καὶ
ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης, λέγων· Οτι τεθέαμαι
4
ST. JOHN'S gospel.
0
τὸ Πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον ὡς περιστερὰν ἐξ οὐρα
ανοῦ, καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτόν. 33Κἀγὼ οὐκ
ᾔδειν αὐτόν· ἀλλ' ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν
ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν· Ἐφ᾿ ὃν ἂν ἴδῃς τὸ
Πνεῦμα καταβαῖνον, καὶ μένον ἐπ' αὐτὸν,
οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι ἁγίῳ.
34Καγώ ἑώρακα, καὶ μεμαρτύρηκα, ὅτι οὗτός
ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ.
35Τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν εἱστήκει ὁ Ἰωάννης
καὶ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο. Καὶ ἐμ
βλέψας τῷ Ἰησοῦ περιπατοῦντι, λέγει· Ἴδε ὁ
ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ. 37 Καὶ ἤκουσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ
δύο μαθηταί λαλοῦντος, καὶ ἠκολούθησαν τῷ
Ἰησοῦ. 38Στραφεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ θεασά-
μενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας, λέγει αὐτοῖς·
39Τί ζητεῖτε ; Οἱ δὲ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Ραββί, (ὃ
λέγεται ἑρμηνευόμενον, Διδάσκαλε, ποῦ μέν
40 Λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ἔρχεσθε καὶ ἴδετε.
Ἦλθον καὶ εἶδον ποῦ μένει· καὶ παρ᾽ αὐτῷ
ἔμειναν τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην· ὥρα ἦν ὡς
δεκάτη. 41'Ην ᾿Ανδρέας, ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος
Πέτρου, εἷς ἐκ τῶν δύο τῶν ἀκουσάντων παρὰ
Ἰωάννου καὶ ἀκολουθησάντων αὐτῷ. 42Ευρ
ίσκει οὗτος πρῶτος τὸν ἀδελφὸν τὸν ἴδιον
Σίμωνα, καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Εὑρήκαμεν τὸν Μεσα
εις ;
CHAPTER I.
5
σίαν· ὅ ἐστι μεθερμηνευόμενον Χριστός. 43 Και
ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. Εμβλέψας
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπε· Σὺ εἶ Σίμων, ὁ υἱὸς
Ἰωνᾶ· σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς ὃ ἐρμηνεύεται
Πέτρος.
44Τῇ ἐπαύριον ἠθέλησεν ἐξελθεῖν εἰς τὴν
Γαλιλαίαν· καὶ εὑρίσκει Φίλιππον, καὶ λέγει
αὐτῷ· Ακολούθει μοι. 45' Ην δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος
ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδὰ, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ᾿Ανδρέου καὶ
Πέτρου. 46Εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ,
καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Ὃν ἔγραψε Μωσῆς ἐν τῷ
νόμῳ, καὶ οἱ προφῆται, εὑρήκαμεν, Ἰησοῦν τὸν
υἱὸν τοῦ Ἰωσὴφ, τὸν ἀπὸ Ναζαρέθ. 47 Καὶ
εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ· Ἐκ Ναζαρὲθ δύναταί
τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι; Λέγει αὐτῷ Φίλιππος·
Ἔρχου καί ἴδε. 48Εἶδεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὸν Να
θαναὴλ ἐρχόμενον πρὸς αὑτὸν, καὶ λέγει περὶ
αὐτοῦ· Ἴδε, ἀληθῶς Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος
οὐκ ἔστι. 49 Λέγει αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ Πόθεν
με γινώσκεις ; Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν
αὐτῷ· Πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα
ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε. 50' Απεκρίθη Να-
θαναὴλ καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Ραββί, σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς
τοῦ Θεοῦ, σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ.
51'Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ὅτι
6
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
εἶπόν σοι, Εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς,
πιστεύεις ; μείζω τούτων ὄψει. 52 Και λέγει
αὐτῷ· ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· Ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι
ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεωγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλ
ους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας
ἐπὶ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου.
CHAP. II. 1 ΚΑΙ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ γάμος
ἐγένετο ἐν Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας· καὶ ἦν ἡ
μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐκεῖ. Ἐκλήθη δὲ καὶ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον.
Και, ὑστερήσαντος οἴνου, λέγει ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ
Ἰησοῦ πρὸς αὐτόν· Οἶνον οὐκ ἔχουσι. “Λέγει
αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοὶ, γύναι ; οὔπω
ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου. 5 Λέγει ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ τοῖς
διακόνοις· Ο, τι ἂν λέγῃ ὑμῖν, ποιήσατε.
6 Ησαν δὲ ἐκεῖ ὑδρίαι λίθιναι ἓξ κείμεναι,
κατὰ τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, χωροῦσαι
ἀνὰ μετρητὰς δύο ή τρεῖς. Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ
Ἰησοῦς· Γεμίσατε τὰς ὑδρίας ὕδατος. Καὶ
ἐγέμισαν αὐτὰς ἕως ἄνω. Και λέγει αὐτοῖς·
᾿Αντλήσατε νῦν, καὶ φέρετε τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ.
Καὶ ἤνεγκαν. Ως δὲ ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρί
κλινος τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον γεγενημένον, (καὶ οὐκ
ᾔδει πόθεν ἐστίν· οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν οἱ
ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ) φωνεῖ τὸν νυμφίον ὁ
CHAPTER II.
7
ἀρχιτρίκλινος, 10 καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ· Πᾶς ἄν-
θρωπος πρῶτον τὸν καλὸν οἶνον τίθησι, καὶ
ὅταν μεθυσθῶσι, τότε τὸν ἐλάσσω· σὺ τετήρ-
ηκας τὸν καλὸν οἶνον ἕως ἄρτι. 11Ταύτην
ἐποίησε τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν
Κανᾷ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἐφανέρωσε τὴν
δόξαν αὑτοῦ· καὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν οἱ
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ. 12Μετὰ τοῦτο κατέβη εἰς
Καπερναούμ, αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ
ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· καὶ
ἐκεῖ ἔμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας.
13Καὶ ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδαίων,
καὶ ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 14Καὶ
εὗρεν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας, καὶ
πρόβατα, καὶ περιστερὰς, καὶ τοὺς κερματο
ιστὰς καθημένους. 15 Καὶ ποιήσας φραγέλλιον
ἐκ σχοινίων πάντας ἐξέβαλεν ἐκ τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τά
τε πρόβατα καὶ τοὺς βόας καὶ τῶν κολ-
λυβιστῶν ἐξέχεε τὸ κέρμα, καὶ τὰς τραπέζας
ἀνέστρεψε 16 καὶ τοῖς τὰς περιστερὰς πωλ-
οῦσιν εἶπεν· Αρατε ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν· μὴ
ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμ-
πορίου. 17 Εμνήσθησαν δὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ,
ὅτι γεγραμμένον ἐστίν· Ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου
σου καταφάγεται με. 18'Απεκρίθησαν οὖν οἱ
8
ST. JOHN'S gospel.
Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Τί σημείον δεικνύ
εἰς ἡμῖν, ὅτι ταῦτα ποιεῖς; 19 Απεκρίθη ο
Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Λύσατε τὸν ναὸν
τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν.
20Εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Τεσσαράκοντα καὶ
ἓξ ἔτεσιν ᾠκοδομήθη ὁ ναὸς οὗτος, καὶ σὺ ἐν
τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν; 21Ἐκεῖνος δὲ
ἔλεγε περὶ τοῦ ναοῦ τοῦ σώματος αὑτοῦ.
22"Οτε οὖν ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν, ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τοῦτο ἔλεγε, καὶ ἐπίστε
ευσαν τῇ γραφῇ, καὶ τῷ λόγῳ, ᾧ εἶπεν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς. 23 Ως δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐν
τῷ πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς
τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, θεωροῦντες αὐτοῦ τὰ σημεῖα,
ἃ ἐποίει. 24Αὐτὸς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἐπίστευεν
ἑαυτὸν αὐτοῖς, διὰ τὸ αὐτὸν γινώσκειν πάντας·
25 καὶ ὅτι οὐ χρείαν εἶχεν, ἵνα τις μαρτυρήσῃ
περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου· αὐτὸς γὰρ ἐγίνωσκε τί ἦν
ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ.
CHAP. III. 1ἮΝ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν
Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ, ἄρχων
τῶν Ἰουδαίων. Οὗτος ἦλθε πρὸς αὐτὸν
νυκτὸς, καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ραββί, οἴδαμεν ὅτι
ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐλήλυθας διδάσκαλος οὐδεὶς γὰρ
ταῦτα τὰ σημεῖα δύναται ποιεῖν, ἃ σὺ ποιεῖς,
CHAPTER III.
9
ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ. 3'Απεκρίθη ὁ
Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω σοι,
ἐὰν μή τις γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν, οὐ δύναται ἰδεῖν
τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. “Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν
ὁ Νικόδημος Πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννη-
θῆναι γέρων ων; μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν
τῆς μητρὸς αὑτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν, καὶ
γεννηθῆναι ; 5 Απεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς ᾿Αμὴν
ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ἐὰν μή τις γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος
καὶ Πνεύματος, οὐ δύναται εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν
βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ. Τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ
τῆς σαρκὸς σάρξ ἐστι· καὶ τὸ γεγεννημένον
ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος πνεῦμά ἐστι. Μὴ θαυμ-
9
άσῃς, ὅτι εἶπόν σοι· Δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι
ἄνωθεν. Τὸ πνεῦμα, ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ· καὶ
τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ἀκούεις, ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ οἶδας πόθεν
ἔρχεται, καὶ τοῦ ὑπάγει· οὕτως ἐστὶ πᾶς ὁ
γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος. Απεκρίθη
Νικόδημος καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Πῶς δύναται
ταῦτα γενέσθαι ; 10 Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ
εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ,
καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις; 11'Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω
σοι, ὅτι, ὃ οἴδαμεν, λαλοῦμεν, καὶ, ὃ ἑωράκαμεν,
μαρτυροῦμεν· καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν οὐ
λαμβάνετε. 1Εἰ τὰ ἐπίγεια εἶπον ὑμῖν, καὶ
10
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Ο
οὐ πιστευετε, πῶς, ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἔπουρ-
άνια, πιστεύσετε; 13Καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀναβέβηκεν
εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ κατα-
βὰς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ὁ ὢν ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ.
14Και καθώς Μωσῆς ὕψωσε τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ
ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ
ἀνθρώπου· 15ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν
μὴ ἀπόληται, ἀλλ᾽ ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 16Οὕτω
γὰρ ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον, ὥστε τὸν
υἱὸν αὑτοῦ τὸν μονογενῆ ἔδωκεν, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ
πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν, μὴ ἀπόληται, ἀλλ' ἔχῃ
ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 17Οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς
τὸν υἱὸν αὑτοῦ εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν
κόσμον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι' αὐτοῦ.
18Ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν, οὐ κρίνεται· ὁ δὲ μὴ
πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν
εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ.
19 Αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν
εἰς τὸν κόσμον, καὶ ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι
μᾶλλον τὸ σκότος, ἢ τὸ φῶς· ἦν γὰρ πονηρὰ
αὐτῶν τὰ ἔργα. 20Πᾶς γὰρ ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων
μισεῖ τὸ φῶς, καὶ οὐκ ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα
μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ. 21Ὁ δὲ ποιῶν τὴν
ἀλήθειαν, ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα φανερωθῇ
αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα.
CHAPTER III.
II
22ΜΕΤΑ ταῦτα ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οι
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν γῆν· καὶ ἐκεῖ
διέτριβε μετ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐβάπτιζεν. 23*Ην δὲ
καὶ Ἰωάννης βαπτίζων ἐν Αἰνών, ἐγγὺς τοῦ
Σαλείμ, ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ. Καὶ
Και παρ
εγίνοντο, καὶ ἐβαπτίζοντο. 24Οὔπω γὰρ ἦν
βεβλημένος εἰς τὴν φυλακὴν ὁ Ἰωάννης.
25 Εγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίων περὶ καθαρισμοῦ.
26 Καὶ ἦλθον πρὸς τὸν Ἰωάννην, καὶ εἶπον
αὐτῷ· Ραββί, ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ
Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος
βαπτίζει, καὶ πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν.
27 Απεκρίθη Ιωάννης καὶ εἶπεν· Οὐ δύναται
ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν οὐδὲν, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον
αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 28 Αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς μοι μαρ-
τυρεῖτε, ὅτι εἶπον· Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστὸς,
ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου.
29Ο ἔχων τὴν νύμφην νυμφίος ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ
φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου, ὁ ἑστηκὼς καὶ ἀκούων
αὐτοῦ, χαρᾷ χαίρει διὰ τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφ
ίου. Αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται
30 Ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν, ἐμὲ δὲ ἐλαττοῦσθαι.
31Ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν·
ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστὶ, καὶ ἐκ τῆς
12
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
γῆς λαλεῖ· ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος ἐπάνω
πάντων ἐστί. 32 Καὶ ὁ ἑώρακε καὶ ἤκουσε,
τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ· καὶ τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ
οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει. 33Ο λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν
μαρτυρίαν, ἐσφράγισεν ὅτι ὁ Θεὸς ἀληθής
ἐστιν. 34Ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς, τὰ
ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ λαλεῖ· οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου
δίδωσιν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ Πνεῦμα. 35 Ο πατὴρ
ἀγαπᾷ τὸν υἱὸν, καὶ πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ
αὐτοῦ. 36Ο πιστεύων εἰς τὸν υἱὸν, ἔχει ζωὴν
αἰώνιον· ὁ δὲ ἀπειθῶν τῷ υἱῷ, οὐκ ὄψεται
ζωὴν, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν.
CHAP. IV. ΤΩΣ οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Κύριος ὅτι
ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας
μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης (καί-
τοιγε Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν, ἀλλ᾽ οἱ
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ), ἀφῆκε τὴν Ἰουδαίαν, καὶ
ἀπῆλθε πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 4Ἔδει δὲ
αὐτὸν διέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς Σαμαρείας. 5 Ερχ
εται οὖν εἰς πόλιν τῆς Σαμαρείας, λεγομένην
Συχὰρ, πλησιον τοῦ χωρίου, οὗ ἔδωκεν Ἰακὼβ
Ἰωσὴφ τῷ υἱῷ αὑτοῦ. "Ην δὲ ἐκεῖ πηγὴ τοῦ
Ἰακώβ. Ὁ οὖν Ἰησοῦς, κεκοπιακὼς ἐκ τῆς
ὁδοιπορίας, ἐκαθέζετο οὕτως ἐπὶ τῇ πηγῇ· ὥρα
ἦν ὡσεὶ ἕκτη. Ἔρχεται γυνὴ ἐκ τῆς Σαμαρ
CHAPTER IV.
13
είας ἀντλῆσαι ὕδωρ λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς
Δός μοι πιεῖν οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπ-
εληλύθεισαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, ἵνα τροφὰς ἀγορά-
σωσι). 9 Λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρείτις
Πῶς σύ, Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ πιεῖν αἰτεῖς,
οὔσης γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος; οὐ γὰρ συγ-
χρῶνται Ἰουδαῖοι Σαμαρείταις. 10'Απεκρίθη
Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεάν
τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι· Δός μοι
πιεῖν· σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν ἄν σοι
ὕδωρ ζῶν. Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή Κύριε, οὔτε
ἄντλημα ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ πόθεν
οὖν ἔχεις τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ζῶν; 12Μὴ σὺ μείζων
εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ
φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιε, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ
αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ; 13'Απεκρίθη
Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Πᾶς ὁ πίνων ἐκ τοῦ
ὕδατος τούτου διψήσει πάλιν 14ὃς δ᾽ ἂν
πίῃ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος, οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω αὐτῷ, οὐ μὴ
διψήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα· ἀλλὰ τὸ ὕδωρ, ὃ δώσω
αὐτῷ, γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος ἁλλομ-
ένου εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 15 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν
ἡ γυνή Κύριε, δός μοι τοῦτο τὸ ὕδωρ, ἵνα μὴ
διψῶ, μηδὲ ἔρχωμαι ἐνθάδε ἀντλεῖν. 16 Λέγει
αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ὕπαγε, φώνησον τὸν ἄνδρα
14
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Ο
OUT
σου, καὶ ἐλθὲ ἐνθάδε. 17'Απεκρίθη ἡ γυνὴ
καὶ εἶπεν· Οὐκ ἔχω ἄνδρα. Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς· Καλῶς εἶπας, Οτι ἄνδρα οὐκ ἔχω.
18Πέντε γὰρ ἄνδρας ἔσχες· καὶ νῦν ὃν ἔχεις,
οὐκ ἔστι σου ἀνήρ· τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας.
19 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή Κύριε, θεωρῶ ὅτι προ-
φήτης εἶ σύ. 20Οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει
τούτῳ προσεκύνησαν· καὶ ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἐν
Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος, ὅπου δεῖ προσ-
κυνείν. 2] Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Γύναι, πίστε
ευσόν μοι, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα, ὅτε οὔτε ἐν τῷ
ὄρει τούτῳ, οὔτε ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσετε
τῷ πατρί. 22Ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε, ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε·
ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν, ὃ οἴδαμεν· ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία
ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν. 23'Αλλ' ἔρχεται ὥρα,
καὶ νῦν ἐστὶν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ
προσκυνήσουσι τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ
ἀληθείᾳ· καὶ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ τοιούτους ζητεῖ
τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτόν. 24Πνεῦμα ὁ Θεός·
καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν ἐν πνεύματι
καὶ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ προσκυνεῖν. 25 Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ
γυνή· Οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος
Χριστός· ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν
πάντα. 26 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἐγώ εἰμι, ὁ
λαλῶν σοι.
CHAPTER IV.
15
27Καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ,
καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει· οὐδεὶς
μέντοι εἶπε· Τί ζητεῖς ; ἢ, Τί λαλεῖς μετ'
αὐτῆς ;
28 Αφῆκεν οὖν τὴν ὑδρίαν αὐτῆς ἡ γυνὴ, καὶ
ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, καὶ λέγει τοῖς ἀνθρώπ
οις 29 Δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι
πάντα, ὅσα ἐποίησα· μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
Χριστός; 30 Έξῆλθον ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, καὶ
ἤρχοντο πρὸς αὐτόν.
31Ἐν δὲ τῷ μεταξὺ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθ-
ηται, λέγοντες· Ραββί, φάγε. 32Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς Ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς
οὐκ οἴδατε. 33Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ πρὸς ἀλλο
ήλους Μήτις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν; 34 Λέγει
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν, ἵνα ποιῶ
τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω
αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον. 35Οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι ἔτι
τετράμηνός ἐστι, καὶ ὁ θερισμός ἔρχεται ;
Ἰδοὺ λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς
ὑμῶν, καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί
εἰσι πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη. 36Ο θερίζων μισθὸν
λαμβάνει, καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον
ἵνα καὶ ὁ σπείρων ὁμοῦ χαίρῃ, καὶ ὁ θερίζων.
37Ἐν γὰρ τούτῳ ὁ λόγος ἐστὶν ὁ ἀληθινὸς,
16
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ὅτι ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ
θερίζων. 38'Εγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν, ὃ
οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασι,
καὶ ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε.
39'Ἐκ δὲ τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης πολλοὶ ἐπίστα
ευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν τῶν Σαμαρειτῶν, διὰ τὸν
λόγον τῆς γυναικὸς, μαρτυρούσης· "Οτι εἶπέ
μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα. 40Ὡς οὖν ἦλθον
πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ Σαμαρεῖται, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν
μεῖναι παρ' αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ δύο ἡμέρας.
41 Καὶ πολλῷ πλείους ἐπίστευσαν διὰ τὸν
λόγον αὐτοῦ· 42τῇ τε γυναικὶ ἔλεγον· Ὅτι
οὐκέτι διὰ τὴν σὴν λαλιὰν πιστεύομεν· αὐτοὶ
γὰρ ἀκηκόαμεν, καὶ οἴδαμεν, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν
ἀληθῶς ὁ σωτὴρ τοῦ κόσμου, ὁ Χριστός.
0
43Μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας ἐξῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν,
καὶ ἀπῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν. 44. Αὐτὸς
γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν, ὅτι προφήτης ἐν τῇ
ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει. 45῞Οτε οὖν ἦλθεν
εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἐδέξαντο αὐτὸν οἱ Γαλιλαῖοι,
πάντα ἑωρακότες, ἃ ἐποίησεν ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις
ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ· καὶ αὐτοὶ γὰρ ἦλθον εἰς τὴν
ἑορτήν.
46Ἦλθεν οὖν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Κανᾶ τῆς Γαλιλ
αίας, ὅπου ἐποίησε τὸ ὕδωρ οἶνον. Καὶ ἦν
CHAFTER V.
17.
τις βασιλικός, οὗ ὁ υἱὸς ἠσθένει ἐν Καπερ
ναούμ. 47Οὗτος, ἀκούσας ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἥκει ἐκ
τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν, ἀπῆλθε πρὸς
αὐτὸν, καὶ ἠρώτα αὐτὸν, ἵνα καταβῇ, καὶ
ἰάσηται αὐτοῦ τὸν υἱόν· ἔμελλε γὰρ ἀπο-
θνήσκειν. 48 Είπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς αὐτόν·
Ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ
πιστεύσητε. 4 Λέγει πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ βασιλικός
Κύριε, κατάβηθι, πρὶν ἀποθανεῖν τὸ παιδίον
μου. 50 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Πορεύου ὁ
υἱός σου ζῇ. Καὶ ἐπίστευσεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος τῷ
λόγῳ, ᾧ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ἰησοῦς· καὶ ἐπορεύετο.
51Ἤδη δὲ αὐτοῦ καταβαίνοντος, οἱ δοῦλοι
αὐτοῦ ἀπήντησαν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἀπήγγειλαν, λέγ
οντες Ὅτι ὁ παῖς σου ζῇ. 52Επύθετο οὖν
παρ' αὐτῶν τὴν ὥραν, ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχε.
Καὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Ὅτι χθὲς
ἀφῆκεν αὐτὸν ὁ πυρετός.
πατὴρ, ὅτι ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ,
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, Οτι ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ.
αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη.
ὥραν ἑβδόμην
53 Εγνω οὖν ὁ
ἐν ᾗ εἶπεν αὐτῷ
Καὶ ἐπίστευσεν
54Τοῦτο πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς ἐλθὼν ἐκ τῆς Ἰουδαίας εἰς τὴν Γαλιλ
αίαν.
CHAP. V. IMEΤΑ ταῦτα ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν
18
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
0
Ἰουδαίων, καὶ ἀνέβη ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα.
2Ἔστι δὲ ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις, ἐπὶ τῇ προ-
βατικῇ, κολυμβήθρα, ἡ ἐπιλεγομένη Ἑβραϊστὶ
Βηθεσδά, πέντε στοὰς ἔχουσα. Εν ταύταις
κατέκειτο πλῆθος πολὺ τῶν ἀσθενούντων,
τυφλῶν, χωλῶν, ξηρῶν, ἐκδεχομένων τὴν τοῦ
ὕδατος κίνησιν. 4"Αγγελος γὰρ κατὰ καιρὸν
κατέβαινεν ἐν τῇ κολυμβήθρα, καὶ ἐτάρασσε
τὸ ὕδωρ. Ὁ οὖν πρῶτος ἐμβὰς μετὰ τὴν
ταραχὴν τοῦ ὕδατος ὑγιὴς ἐγίνετο, ᾧ δήποτε
κατείχετο νοσήματι.
Ο
5*Ην δέ τις ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖ, τριάκοντα καὶ
ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ. Τοῦτον ἰδὼν
Ἰησοῦς κατακείμενον, καὶ γνοὺς ὅτι πολὺν ἤδη
χρόνον ἔχει, λέγει αὐτῷ· Θέλεις ὑγιὴς γενέσθαι;
*Απεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ ἀσθενῶν· Κύριε, ἄνθρωπον
οὐκ ἔχω, ἵνα, ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ, βάλῃ με
εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν· ἐν ᾧ δὲ ἔρχομαι ἐγὼ,
ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει. 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς· Ἔγειρε, ἆρον τὸν κράββατόν σου, καὶ
περιπάτει. Καὶ εὐθέως ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ
ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ᾖρε τὸν κράββατον αὑτοῦ, καὶ
περιεπάτει ἦν δὲ σάββατον ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ
ἡμέρᾳ.
10 Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ
CHAPTER V.
19
Ἰησοῦς
14 Μετὰ
Σάββατόν ἐστιν· οὐκ ἔξεστί σοι ἆραι τὸν
κράββατον. 1'Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς· Ὁ ποιήσας
με ὑγιῆ, ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν· Αρον τὸν κράββατον
σου, καὶ περιπάτει. 12 Ηρώτησαν οὖν αὐτόν·
Τίς ἐστιν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ εἰπών σοι· Αρον τὸν
κράββατόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει ;
13 Ο δέ
ἰαθεὶς οὐκ ᾔδει τίς ἐστιν· ὁ γὰρ
ἐξένευσεν, ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ τόπῳ.
ταῦτα εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ,
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ἴδε, ὑγιὴς γέγονας μηκέτι
ἁμάρτανε, ἵνα μὴ χειρόν τι σοι γένηται.
15'Απῆλθεν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, καὶ ἀνήγγειλε τοῖς
Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἐστιν ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὸν
ὑγιῆ. 16Καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ἐδίωκον τὸν Ἰησοῦν
οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι
ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν σαββάτῳ. 17Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς
ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς· Ὁ πατήρ μου ἕως ἄρτι
ἐργάζεται, κἀγὼ ἐργάζομαι. 18 Διὰ τοῦτο οὖν
μᾶλλον ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι,
ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ σάββατον, ἀλλὰ καὶ
πατέρα ἴδιον ἔλεγε τὸν Θεὸν, ἴσον ἑαυτὸν
ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ. 13 Απεκρίνατο οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· οὐ
δύναται ὁ υἱὸς ποιεῖν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ οὐδὲν, ἐὰν μή
τι βλέπῃ τὸν πατέρα ποιοῦντα· ἃ γὰρ ἂν
οι
20
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL
0
ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ υἱὸς ὁμοίως ποιεῖ.
20Ο γὰρ πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν υἱὸν, καὶ πάντα
δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ, ἃ αὐτὸς ποιεῖ· καὶ μείζονα
τούτων δείξει αὐτῷ ἔργα, ἵνα ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε
21"Ωσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐγείρει τοὺς νεκροὺς
καὶ ζωοποιεῖ· οὕτω καὶ ὁ υἱὸς, οὓς θέλει,
ζωοποιεῖ. 22Οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα,
ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκε τῷ υἱῷ· 23 ἵνα
πάντες τιμῶσι τὸν υἱὸν,καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν πατέρα.
Ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν πατέρα τὸν
πέμψαντα αὐτόν. 24 ΑΜΗΝ ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
ὅτι ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων, καὶ πιστεύων τῳ
πέμψαντί με, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον, καὶ εἰς κρίσιν
οὐκ ἔρχεται, ἀλλὰ μεταβέβηκεν ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου
εἰς τὴν ζωήν. 25' Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· ὅτι ἔρχε
εται ὥρα, καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱνεκροὶ ἀκούσονται
τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ· καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες
ζήσονται. 26"Ωσπερ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν
ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως ἔδωκε καὶ τῷ υἱῷ ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν
ἑαυτῷ. 27 Καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ καὶ κρίσιν
ποιεῖν, ὅτι υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἐστί. 28Μὴ θαυμάζετε
τοῦτο· ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἐν ᾗ πάντες οἱ ἐν τοῖς
μνημείοις ἀκούσονται τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ, 29 καὶ
ἐκπορεύσονται, οἱ τὰ ἀγαθὰ ποιήσαντες, εἰς
ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς· οἱ δὲ τὰ φαῦλα πράξαντες,
CHAPTER V.
21
εἰς ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως. 30Οὐ δύναμαι ἐγὼ
ποιεῖν ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐδέν. Καθὼς ἀκούω,
κρίνω καὶ ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν· ὅτι οὐ
ζητῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν, ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ
πέμψαντός με. 51. Ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμ-
αυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής. Αλ
λος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ· καὶ οἶδα, ὅτι
ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία, ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ.
33Ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην, καὶ με
μαρτύρηκε τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. 34Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ παρὰ
ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω· ἀλλὰ
ταῦτα λέγω, ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε. 33 Ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ
λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων· ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελ-
ήσατε ἀγαλλιασθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ
αὐτοῦ. 36 Εγὼ δὲ ἔχω τὴν μαρτυρίαν μείζω τοῦ
Ἰωάννου τὰ γὰρ ἔργα, ἃ ἔδωκέ μοι ὁ πατὴρ,
ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτὰ, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα, ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ,
μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκε.
37Καὶ ὁ πέμψας με πατὴρ αὐτὸς μεμαρτύρηκε
περὶ ἐμοῦ. Οὔτε φωνὴν αὐτοῦ ἀκηκόατε
πώποτε, οὔτε εἶδος αὐτοῦ ἑωράκατε. 38Καὶ
τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε μένοντα ἐν ὑμῖν·
ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ
πιστεύετε. 39 Ερευνᾶτε τὰς γραφάς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς
δοκεῖτε ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν· καὶ
22
ST. JOHN'S gospel.
ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ. 40Καὶ
οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχητε.
41 Δόξαν παρὰ ἀνθρώπων οὐ λαμβάνω 42 ἀλλ᾽
ἔγνωκα ὑμᾶς, ὅτι τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ
ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 43Ἐγὼ ἐλήλυθα ἐν τῷ
ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ οὐ λαμβάνετέ
με· ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ,
ἐκεῖνον λήψεσθε. 44Πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστο
εῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ
τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ οὐ ζητεῖτε ;
45Μὴ δοκεῖτε, ὅτι ἐγὼ κατηγορήσω ὑμῶν πρὸς
τὸν πατέρα· ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν, Μωσής,
εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε. 46Εἰ γὰρ ἐπιστεύετε
Μωσῇ, ἐπιστεύετε ἂν ἐμοί· περὶ γὰρ ἐμοῦ ἐκεῖνος
ἔγραψεν. 47 Εἰ δὲ τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ
πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασι πιστεύσετε ;
CHAP. VI. MΕΤΑ ταῦτα ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησο
οὓς πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας, τῆς
Τιβεριάδος. Καὶ ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ὄχλος
πολὺς, ὅτι ἑώρων τὰ σημεῖα, ἃ ἐποίει ἐπὶ τῶν
ἀσθενούντων.
3'Ανῆλθε δὲ εἰς τὸ ὄρος ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἐκεῖ
ἐκάθητο μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὑτοῦ. *Ην δὲ
ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
5 Επάρας οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ,
CHAPTER VI.
23
θεασάμενος ὅτι πολὺς ὄχλος ἔρχεται πρὸς
αὑτὸν, λέγει πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον Πόθεν
ἀγοράσομεν ἄρτους, ἵνα φάγωσιν οὗτοι; Τοῦτο
δὲ ἔλεγε πειράζων αὐτόν· αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει, τί
ἔμελλε ποιεῖν. Απεκρίθη αὐτῷ Φίλιππος·
Διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι οὐκ ἀρκοῦσιν
αὐτοῖς, ἵνα ἕκαστος αὐτῶν βραχύ τι λάβῃ.
8 Λέγει αὐτῷ εἰς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ,
᾿Ανδρέας, ὁ ἀδελφὸς Σίμωνος Πέτρου Εστι
παιδάριον ἓν ὧδε, ὃ ἔχει πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους
καὶ δύο ὀψάρια· ἀλλὰ ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς
τοσούτους ; 10Εἶπε δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ποιήσατε
τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀναπεσεῖν. Ἦν δὲ χόρτος
πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. Ανέπεσον οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες,
τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡσεὶ πεντακισχίλιοι. 11Ἔλαβε
δὲ τοὺς ἄρτους ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ εὐχαριστήσας
διέδωκε τοῖς μαθηταῖς, οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς
ἀνακειμένοις· ὁμοίως καὶ ἐκ τῶν ὀψαρίων,
ὅσον ἤθελον. 1*Ως δὲ ἐνεπλήσθησαν, λέγει
τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ· Συναγάγετε τὰ περισσ
εύσαντα κλάσματα, ἵνα μή τι ἀπόληται.
13 Συνήγαγον οὖν, καὶ ἐγέμισαν δώδεκα κοφίνους
κλασμάτων ἐκ τῶν πέντε ἄρτων τῶν κριθίνων,
ἃ ἐπερίσσευσε τοῖς βεβρωκόσιν. 14Οἱ οὖν
ἄνθρωποι, ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησε σημεῖον ὁ Ἰησοῦς,
24
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ἔλεγον· Οτι οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης
ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον.
15Ἰησοῦς οὖν, γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι
καὶ ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν, ἵνα ποιήσωσιν αὐτὸν
βασιλέα, ἀνεχώρησε πάλιν εἰς τὸ ὄρος αὐτὸς
μόνος.
16 Ως δὲ ὀψία ἐγένετο, κατέβησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ
αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν. 17 Καὶ ἐμβάντες εἰς
τὸ πλοῖον ἤρχοντο πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης εἰς
Καπερναούμ. Καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ
οὐκ ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 18Η τε
θάλασσα,ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος, διηγείρετο.
19 Εληλακότες οὖν ὡς σταδίους εἰκοσιπέντε ἢ
τριάκοντα θεωροῦσι τὸν Ἰησοῦν περιπατοῦντα
ἐπὶ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἐγγὺς τοῦ πλοίου
γινόμενον· καὶ ἐφοβήθησαν. 20Ὁ δὲ λέγει
αὐτοῖς· Ἐγώ εἰμι· μὴ φοβεῖσθε. 21Ἤθελον
οὖν λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον καὶ εὐθέως το
πλοῖον ἐγένετο ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, εἰς ἣν ὑπῆγον.
22ΤΗι ἐπαύριον ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ἑστηκὼς πέραν
τῆς θαλάσσης ἰδὼν ὅτι πλοιάριον ἄλλο οὐκ ἦν
ἐκεῖ, εἰ μὴ ἓν, καὶ ὅτι οὐ συνεισῆλθε τοῖς
μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, ἀλλὰ
μόνοι οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθον (23ἄλλα δὲ
ἦλθε πλοιάρια ἐκ Τιβεριάδος ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου
CHAPTER VI.
25
ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος
τοῦ Κυρίου)· 24ὅτε οὖν εἶδεν ὁ ὄχλος, ὅτι
Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκεῖ, οὐδὲ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ,
ἐνέβησαν αὐτοὶ εἰς τὰ πλοῖα, καὶ ἦλθον εἰς
Καπερναούμ, ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 25 Και
εὑρόντες αὐτὸν πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης εἶπον
αὐτῷ· Ραββί, πότε ὧδε γέγονας; 26'Απεκρίθη
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν· ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω
ὑμῖν· ζητεῖτε με, οὐχ ὅτι εἴδετε σημεῖα, ἀλλ᾽
ὅτι ἐφάγετε ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων, καὶ ἐχορτάσθητε.
27 Εργάζεσθε μὴ τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν ἀπολλυμένην,
ἀλλὰ τὴν βρῶσιν τὴν μένουσαν εἰς ζωὴν αἰών
ιον, ἣν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει·
τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός.
28Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν· Τί ποιῶμεν, ἵνα
ἐργαζώμεθα τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Θεοῦ; 29 Απεκρίθη
ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ
ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύσητε εἰς ὃν ἀπ-
έστειλεν ἐκεῖνος. 30Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ· Τί οὖν
ποιεῖς σὺ σημεῖον, ἵνα ἴδωμεν καὶ πιστεύσωμέν
σοι; τί ἐργάζῃ; 31Οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα
ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καθώς ἐστι γεγραμμένον·
Αρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν.
32 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς Αμὴν ἀμὴν
λέγω ὑμῖν· Οὐ Μωσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν
26
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ἄρτον εκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ· ἀλλ' ὁ πατήρ μου δίδωσιν
Ο
ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν.
33Ο γὰρ ἄρτος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν ὁ καταβαίνων
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ.
34Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτόν· Κύριε, πάντοτε δὸς
ἡμῖν τὸν ἄρτον τοῦτον. 35Εἶπε δὲ αὐτοῖς ὁ
Ἰησοῦς Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς·
ἐρχόμενος πρός με οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ· καὶ ὁ
πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ μὴ διψήσῃ πώποτε.
36' Αλλ' εἶπον ὑμῖν, ὅτι καὶ ἑωράκατέ με, καὶ
οὐ πιστεύετε. 37 Πᾶν, ὃ δίδωσί μοι ὁ πατὴρ,
¿
πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει· καὶ τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός με οὐ
μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω. 38'Ότι καταβέβηκα ἐκ τοῦ
οὐρανοῦ, οὐχ ἵνα ποιῶ τὸ θέλημα τὸ ἐμὸν,
ἀλλὰ τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με. 39Τοῦτο
δέ ἐστι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, ἵνα πᾶν,
ὃ δέδωκέ μοι, μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ
ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 40Τοῦτο
γάρ ἐστι τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, ἵνα
πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν υἱὸν, καὶ πιστεύων εἰς
αὐτὸν, ἔχῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον· καὶ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν
ἐγὼ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ.
41ΕΓΟΓΓΥΖΟΝ οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι περὶ
αὐτοῦ, ὅτι εἶπεν· Ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ καταβὰς
ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ. 42 Καὶ ἔλεγον· Οὐχ οὗτός
Ο
CHAPTER VI.
27
Ο
ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσὴφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν
τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα; Πῶς οὖν λέγει
οὗτος Ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα ;
43 Απεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Μὴ
γογγύζετε μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων. 44Οὐδεὶς δύναται
ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ὁ πατὴρ, ὁ πέμψας με,
ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν· καὶ ἐγὼ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ
ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 45Ἔστι γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς
προφήταις· Καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ.
Πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, καὶ μαθών,
ἔρχεται πρός με. 46Οὐχ ὅτι τὸν πατέρα τὶς
ἑώρακεν, εἰ μὴ ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ· οὗτος
ἑώρακε τον πατέρα. 47 Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον. 48 Εγώ
εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς. 49Οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν
ἔφαγον τὸ μάννα ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ἀπέθανον.
50Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος, ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
καταβαίνων, ἵνα τὶς ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ καὶ μὴ
ἀποθάνῃ. 51'Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν, ὁ ἐκ
τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς· ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου
τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα καὶ ὁ ἄρτος
δὲ, ὃν ἐγὼ δώσω, ἡ σάρξ μου ἐστὶν, ἣν ἐγὼ
δώσω ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς. 52Ἐμάχ
οντο οὖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, λέγοντες
Πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα
Ο
28
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
φαγεῖν; 53 Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ᾿Αμὴν
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐὰν μὴ φάγητε τὴν σάρκα
τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ
αἷμα, οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς. 54Ο τρώγων
μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει
ζωὴν αἰώνιον καὶ ἐγὼ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν τῇ
ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 55Ἡ γὰρ σάρξ μου ἀληθῶς
ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθῶς ἐστι
πόσις. 56' Ο τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ
πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν
αὐτῷ. 57 Καθὼς ἀπέστειλέ με ὁ ζῶν πατὴρ,
κἀγὼ ζῶ διὰ τὸν πατέρα· καὶ ὁ τρώγων με,
κἀκεῖνος ζήσεται δι' ἐμέ. 58Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
ἄρτος, ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς· οὐ καθὼς
ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν καὶ ἀπέθανον. Ὁ
τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν
αἰῶνα.
59Ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ διδάσκων ἐν
Καπερναούμ.
60 Πολλοὶ οὖν ἀκούσαντες ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
αὐτοῦ, εἶπον· Σκληρός ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ λόγος
τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν ; 61 Εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι γογγύζουσι περὶ τούτου
οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τοῦτο ὑμᾶς
σκανδαλίζει; 62' Ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν υἱὸν
CHAPTER VII.
29
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀναβαίνοντα, ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρό-
τερον ; 63Τὸ πνεῦμά ἐστι τὸ ζωοποιοῦν· ἡ
σὰρξ οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν. Τὰ ῥήματα, ἃ ἐγὼ
λαλῶ ὑμῖν, πνεῦμά ἐστι καὶ ζωή ἐστιν.
64 Αλλ' εἰσὶν ἐξ ὑμῶν τινὲς, οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν·
ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ
πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν.
65 Καὶ ἔλεγε Διὰ τοῦτο εἴρηκα ὑμῖν, ὅτι
οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδο-
μένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ πατρός μου.
66 Εκ τούτου πολλοὶ ἀπῆλθον τῶν μαθητῶν
αὐτοῦ εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω· καὶ οὐκέτι μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ
περιεπάτουν. 67 Είπεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς
δώδεκα· Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε ὑπάγειν; 68'Απο
εκρίθη αὐτῷ Σίμων Πέτρος Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα
ἀπελευσόμεθα ; ῥήματα ζωῆς αἰωνίου ἔχεις
69 καὶ ἡμεῖς πεπιστεύκαμεν καὶ ἐγνώκαμεν, ὅτι
σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος.
Το Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς
τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην ; Καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς διά-
βολός ἐστιν. ΤιἜλεγε δὲ τὸν Ἰούδαν Σίμωνος
Ισκαριώτην· οὗτος γὰρ ἤμελλεν αὐτὸν παρα-
διδόναι, εἰς ὢν ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα.
Ο
CHAP. VII. 1 ΚΑΙ περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς
μετὰ ταῦτα ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ· οὐ γὰρ ἤθελεν ἐν
30
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ περιπατεῖν, ὅτι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ
Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι.
Ο
*Ην δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἡ
σκηνοπηγία. Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ
ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ· Μετάβηθι ἐντεῦθεν, καὶ ὕπαγε
εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίαν, ἵνα καὶ οἱ μαθηταί σου
θεωρήσωσι τὰ ἔργα σου, ἃ ποιεῖς. 4Οὐδεὶς
γὰρ ἐν κρυπτῷ τι ποιεῖ, καὶ ζητεῖ αὐτὸς ἐν
παρρησίᾳ είναι. Εἰ ταῦτα ποιεῖς, φανέρωσον
σεαυτὸν τῷ κόσμῳ. Οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ
αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν. Λέγει οὖν αὐτοῖς
ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν·
ὁ δὲ καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος.
Οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς ἐμὲ δὲ
μισεῖ, ὅτι ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ
ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν. 8Ὑμεῖς ἀνάβητε
εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν ταύτην· ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀναβαίνω εἰς
τὴν ἑορτὴν ταύτην, ὅτι ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω
ö
πεπλήρωται. Ταῦτα εἰπὼν αὐτοῖς, ἔμεινεν
ἐν τῇ Γαλιλαίᾳ. 10Ὡς δὲ ἀνέβησαν οἱ
ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, τότε καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη εἰς τὴν
ἑορτὴν, οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ. 11Οἱ
οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ, καὶ
ἔλεγον· Ποῦ ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος ; 12 Και γογγυσμὸς
πολὺς περὶ αὐτοῦ ἦν ἐν τοῖς ὄχλοις. Οἱ μὲν
CHAPTER VII.
31
Αλλοι ἔλεγον
13Οὐδεὶς μέντοι
ἔλεγον· "Οτι ἀγαθός ἐστιν.
Οὔ· ἀλλὰ πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον.
παῤῥησίᾳ ἐλάλει περὶ αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸν φόβον
τῶν Ἰουδαίων.
14Ἤδη δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς μεσούσης, ἀνέβη ὁ
Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν καὶ ἐδίδασκε. 15 Και
ἐθαύμαζον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, λέγοντες· Πῶς οὗτος
γράμματα οἶδε, μὴ μεμαθηκώς; 16'Απεκρίθη
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν· Ἡ ἐμὴ διδαχὴ οὐκ
ἔστιν ἐμὴ, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με. 17'Εάν
τις θέλῃ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιεῖν, γνώσεται
περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς, πότερον ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν,
ἢ ἐγὼ ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ λαλῶ. 18Ὁ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ
λαλῶν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ· ὁ δὲ ζητῶν
τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν οὗτος ἀληθής
ἐστι, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν. 19Οὐ
Μωσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον ; καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ
ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον. Τί με ζητεῖτε ἀπο-
κτεῖναι ι; 20 Απεκρίθη ὁ ὄχλος καὶ εἶπε·
Δαιμόνιον ἔχεις. Τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι;
21Απεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ἓν
ἔργον ἐποίησα, καὶ πάντες θαυμάζετε δια
τοῦτο. 22 Μωσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὴν περιτομὴν
(οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ᾽ ἐκ τῶν
πατέρων), καὶ ἐν σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄν-
0
32
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
θρωπον. 23Εί περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος
ἐν σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωσέως,
ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε, ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα
ἐν σαββάτῳ ; 24Μὴ κρίνετε κατ' ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ
τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνατε.
25 ΕΛΕΓΟΝ οὖν τινες ἐκ τῶν Ἱεροσολυμ
ιτῶν Οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν, ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀπο-
κτεῖναι ; 26 Καὶ ἴδε, παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖ, καὶ οὐδὲν
αὐτῷ λέγουσι. Μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ
ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός; 27Αλλὰ
τοῦτον οἴδαμεν, πόθεν ἐστίν· ὁ δὲ Χριστὸς
ὅταν ἔρχηται, οὐδεὶς γινώσκει πόθεν ἐστίν.
28 Έκραξεν οὖν ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ διδάσκων ὁ Ἰησοῦς
καὶ λέγων· Κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν
εἰμί· καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλήλυθα· ἀλλ᾽
ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με, ὃν ὑμεῖς οὐκ
οἴδατε. 29Ἐγὼ οἶδα αὐτὸν, ὅτι παρ' αὐτοῦ
είμι, κἀκεῖνός με ἀπέστειλεν. 30 Εζήτουν οὖν
αὐτὸν πιάσαι· καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ' αὐτὸν
τὴν χεῖρα, ὅτι οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ.
3.Πολλοὶ δὲ ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου ἐπίστευσαν εἰς
αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔλεγον· Ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ,
μήτι πλείονα σημεία τούτων ποιήσει, ὧν οὗτος
ἐποίησεν ; 32Ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι τοῦ
ὄχλου γογγύζοντος περὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα· καὶ
CHAPTER VII.
33
ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς
ὑπηρέτας, ἵνα πιάσωσιν αὐτόν. 33Εἶπεν οὖν
ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον μεθ' ὑμῶν εἰμι,
καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με. Ζητή
σετέ με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετε· καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ,
ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. 35 Εἶπον οὖν οἱ
Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς· Ποῦ οὗτος μέλλει
πορεύεσθαι, ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐχ εὑρήσομεν αὐτόν
Μὴ εἰς τὴν διασπορὼν τῶν Ἑλλήνων μέλλει
πορεύεσθαι, καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ;
36Τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ λόγος, ὃν εἶπε· Ζητήσετε
με, καὶ οὐχ εὑρήσετε· καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ὑμεῖς
οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν;
v;
37Ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ μεγάλῃ τῆς
ἑορτῆς εἱστήκει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἔκραξε, λέγων·
Εάν τις διψᾷ, ἐρχέσθω πρός με, καὶ πινέτω.
38 Ο πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ γραφὴ,
ποταμοὶ ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος
ζῶντος (39τοῦτο δὲ εἶπε περὶ τοῦ Πνεύματος,
οὗ ἔμελλον λαμβάνειν οἱ πιστεύοντες εἰς
αὐτόν· οὔπω γὰρ ἦν Πνεῦμα ἅγιον, ὅτι ὁ
Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη). 40Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ
τοῦ ὄχλου, ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον, ἔλεγον·
Οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης. 41'Αλλοι
ἔλεγον· Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός. Αλλοι δὲ
D
34
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ἔλεγον· Μὴ γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς
ἔρχεται ; 42Οὐχὶ ἡ γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ
σπέρματος Δαβίδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλεέμ, τῆς
κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαβίδ, ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται ;
4 Σχίσμα οὖν ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ ἐγένετο δι᾽ αὐτόν.
44Τίνες δὲ ἤθελον ἐξ αὐτῶν πιάσαι αὐτόν·
ἀλλ᾽ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ᾽ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας.
45*Ηλθον οὖν οἱ ὑπηρέται πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς
καὶ Φαρισαίους· καὶ εἶπον αὐτοῖς ἐκεῖνοι· Διὰ
τί οὐκ ἠγάγετε αὐτόν; 46 Απεκρίθησαν οἱ
ὑπηρέται· Οὐδέποτε οὕτως ἐλάλησεν ἄνθρωπο
ος, ὡς οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος. 47 Απεκρίθησαν
οὖν αὐτοῖς οἱ Φαρισαῖοι· Μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πε-
πλάνησθε; 48Μή τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστε
ευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων ; 49'Αλλ'
ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον,
ἐπικατάρατοί εἰσι. 50 Λέγει Νικόδημος πρὸς
αὐτοὺς, ὁ ἐλθὼν νυκτὸς πρὸς αὐτὸν, εἰς ὢν ἐξ
αὐτῶν· 51Μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπο
ον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ παρ' αὐτοῦ πρότερον,
καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ ; 52 Απεκρίθησαν καὶ εἶπον
αὐτῷ· Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ;
Ἐρεύνησον καὶ ἴδε, ὅτι προφήτης ἐκ τῆς
Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγήγερται.
K
53 Καὶ ἐπορεύθη ἕκαστος εἰς τὸν οἶκον αὑτοῦ.
CHAPTER VIII.
35
CHAP. VIII. ΙΗΣΟΥΣ δὲ ἐπορεύθη εἰς
τὸ ὄρος τῶν Ἐλαιῶν. Ὄρθρου δὲ πάλιν
παρεγένετο εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν, καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ἤρχε
ετο πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ καθίσας ἐδίδασκεν αὐτούς.
3"Αγουσι δὲ οἱ γραμματεῖς καὶ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι
πρὸς αὐτὸν γυναῖκα ἐν μοιχείᾳ κατειλημμένην
καὶ στήσαντες αὐτὴν ἐν μέσῳ λέγουσιν
αὐτῷ· Διδάσκαλε, αὕτη ἡ γυνὴ κατειλήφθη
ἐπαυτοφώρῳ μοιχευομένη. 5Ἐν δὲ τῷ νόμῳ
Μωσῆς ἡμῖν ἐνετείλατο τὰς τοιαύτας λιθοβολ
εῖσθαι. Σὺ οὖν τί λέγεις; Τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγον
πειράζοντες αὐτὸν, ἵνα ἔχωσι κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ.
Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς, κάτω κύψας, τῷ δακτύλῳ
ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. Ως δὲ ἐπέμενον
ἐρωτῶντες αὐτὸν, ἀνακύψας εἶπε πρὸς αὐτούς·
Ὁ ἀναμάρτητος ὑμῶν πρῶτος τὸν λίθον ἐπ'
αὐτῇ βαλέτω. Καὶ πάλιν, κάτω κύψας,
ἔγραφεν εἰς τὴν γῆν. Οἱ δὲ ἀκούσαντες καὶ
ὑπὸ τῆς συνειδήσεως ἐλεγχόμενοι ἐξήρχοντο
εἰς καθ' εἷς, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων
ἕως τῶν ἐσχάτων· καὶ κατελείφθη μόνος ὁ
Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἐν μέσῳ ἑστῶσα. 10'Ανα-
κύψας δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ μηδένα θεασάμενος
πλὴν τῆς γυναικὸς, εἶπεν αὐτῇ· Ἡ γυνὴ, που
εἰσιν ἐκεῖνοι οἱ κατήγοροί σου; Οὐδείς σε
36
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
κατέκρινεν ; 11Ἡ δὲ εἶπεν· Οὐδεὶς, Κύριε.
Εἶπε δὲ αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Οὐδὲ ἐγώ σε κατακρίνω.
Πορεύου, καὶ μηκέτι ἁμάρτανε.
12Πάλιν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς αὐτοῖς ἐλάλησε,
λέγων· Ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου. Ὁ
ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ οὐ μὴ περιπατήσει ἐν τῇ
σκοτίᾳ, ἀλλ᾽ ἕξει τὸ φῶς τῆς ζωῆς. 13Εἶπον
οὖν αὐτῷ οἱ Φαρισαῖοι· Σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ
μαρτυρεῖς· ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.
14 Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Καν
ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ
μαρτυρία μου, ὅτι οἶδα πόθεν ἦλθον, καὶ τοῦ
ὑπάγω· ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἔρχομαι, ἢ
ποῦ ὑπάγω. 15Ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν σάρκα κρίνετε,
ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα. 16 Καὶ ἐὰν κρίνω δὲ
ἐγὼ, ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθής ἐστιν· ὅτι μόνος
οὐκ εἰμὶ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με πατήρ.
17Καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ γέγραπται,
ὅτι δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστινὶ
18'Εγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, κα.
μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με πατήρ.
19 Ελεγον οὖν αὐτῷ· Ποῦ ἐστιν ὁ πατήρ σου ;
Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς· Οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν
πατέρα μου.
Εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν πατέρα
μου ᾔδειτε ἄν. 20Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα ἐλάλησεν
CHAPTER VIII.
37
ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακίῳ, διδάσκων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ· καὶ
οὐδεὶς ἐπίασεν αὐτὸν, ὅτι οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα
αὐτοῦ.
21 Εἶπεν οὖν πάλιν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ἐγὼ
ὑπάγω, και ζητήσετέ με, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτία
ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε· ὅπου ἐγὼ ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ
δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν. 22 Ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι·
Μήτι ἀποκτενεῖ ἑαυτὸν, ὅτι λέγει· Οπου ἐγὼ
ὑπάγω, ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν; 23 Kai
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστὲ, ἐγὼ ἐκ
τῶν ἄνω εἰμί ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου
ἐστὲ, ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου.
24Εἶπον οὖν ὑμῖν, ὅτι ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς
ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν· ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ πιστεύσητε ὅτι
ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν.
25 Ελεγον οὖν αὐτῷ· Σὺ τίς εἰ; Καὶ εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ, τι καὶ λαλῶ
ὑμῖν. 26 Πολλὰ ἔχω περὶ ὑμῶν λαλεῖν, καὶ
κρίνειν· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστι
κἀγὼ, ἃ ἤκουσα παρ᾽ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λέγω εἰς
τὸν κόσμον. Οὐκ ἔγνωσαν ὅτι τὸν πατέρα
αὐτοῖς ἔλεγεν. 28Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Οταν ὑψώσητε τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, τότε
γνώσεσθε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι, καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ ποιῶ
οὐδὲν, ἀλλὰ, καθὼς ἐδίδαξέ με ὁ πατήρ μου,
38
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ταῦτα λαλῶ. 29 Καὶ ὁ πέμψας με, μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ
ἐστιν. Οὐκ ἀφῆκέ με μόνον ὁ πατὴρ, ὅτι ἐγὼ
τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ ποιῶ πάντοτε. 30Ταῦτα
αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος, πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν.
31 ΕΛΕΓΕΝ οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς πρὸς τοὺς
πεπιστευκότας αὐτῷ Ἰουδαίους· Ἐὰν ὑμεῖς
μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ, ἀληθῶς μαθηταί
μου ἐστὲ, 32καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἀλήθειαν, καὶ
ἡ ἀλήθεια ελευθερώσει ὑμᾶς. 33 Απεκρίθησαν
αὐτῷ· Σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ ἐσμεν καὶ οὐδενὶ
δεδουλεύκαμεν πώποτε πῶς σὺ λέγεις. Ὅτι
ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε; 34 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ
Ἰησοῦς· ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· Ὅτι πᾶς ὁ
ποιῶν τὴν ἁμαρτίαν δοῦλός ἐστι τῆς ἁμαρτίας.
35'Ο δὲ δοῦλος οὐ μένει ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ εἰς τὸν
αἰῶνα ὁ υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 36Ἐὰν οὖν ὁ
υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε.
37Οἶδα ὅτι σπέρμα ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστε ἀλλὰ
ζητειτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ὅτι ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ
χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν. 38 Εγώ, ὃ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ
πατρί μου, λαλῶ· καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν, ὃ ἑωράκατε
παρὰ τῷ πατρὶ ὑμῶν, ποιεῖτε. 39 Απεκρίθησαν
καὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ ἐστι.
Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εἰ τέκνα τοῦ ᾿Αβραάμ
ἐστε, τὰ ἔργα τοῦ ᾽Αβραὰμ ἐποιεῖτε. 40Νῦν
CHAPTER VIII.
39
δὲ ζητεῖτέ με ἀποκτεῖναι, ἄνθρωπον, ὃς τὴν
ἀλήθειαν ὑμῖν λελάληκα, ἣν ἤκουσα παρὰ
τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦτο ᾽Αβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν.
41Ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν.
Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ· Ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεν
νήμεθα· ἕνα πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν. 42 Εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εἰ ὁ Θεὸς πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν,
ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ· ἐγὼ γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξ-
ἦλθον καὶ ἥκω· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα,
ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνός με ἀπέστειλε. 43 Διατί την
λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε; Ὅτι οὐ
δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν. 44Ὑμεῖς
ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ, καὶ τὰς
ἐπιθυμίας τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν θέλετε ποιεῖν.
Ἐκεῖνος ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς, καὶ ἐν
τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐχ ἕστηκεν· ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν
ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ. Ὅταν λαλῇ τὸ ψεῦδος,
ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων λαλεῖ· ὅτι ψεύστης ἐστὶ, καὶ ὁ
πατὴρ αὐτοῦ. 45Ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν
λέγω, οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι. 46Τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν
ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας; Εἰ ἀλήθειαν
λέγω, διατί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι ;
47Ο ὢν
ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀκούει· διὰ
τοῦτο ὑμεῖς οὐκ ἀκούετε, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ
ἐστέ. 48'Απεκρίθησαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι καὶ εἶπον
40
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
αὐτῷ· Οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς, ὅτι Σαμαρείτης
εἶ σὺ καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις ;
49 Απεκρίθη
Ἰησοῦς Ἐγὼ δαιμόνιον οὐκ ἔχω, ἀλλὰ τιμῶ
τὸν πατέρα μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀτιμάζετέ με.
50Ἐγὼ δὲ οὐ ζητῶ τὴν δόξαν μου· ἔστιν ὁ
ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων. 51 Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμὸν τηρήσῃ, θάνατον
οὐ μὴ θεωρήσῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 52 Εἶπον οὖν
αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Νῦν ἐγνώκαμεν ὅτι δαιμόν
ιον ἔχεις ᾽Αβραὰμ ἀπέθανε καὶ οἱ προφῆται,
καὶ σὺ λέγεις· Ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ,
οὐ μὴ γεύσηται θανάτου εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα. 53Μὴ
σὺ μείζων εἰ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ᾿Αβραάμ, ὅστις
ἀπέθανε; καὶ οἱ προφῆται ἀπέθανον. Τίνα
σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς ; 54'Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς Ἐὰν
ἐγὼ δοξάζω ἐμαυτὸν, ἡ δόξα μου οὐδέν ἐστιν·
ἔστιν ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς
λέγετε ὅτι Θεὸς ὑμῶν ἐστι. 55 Καὶ οὐκ ἐγνώ
κατε αὐτόν· ἐγὼ δὲ οἶδα αὐτόν· καὶ ἐὰν
εἴπω ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα αὐτὸν, ἔσομαι ὅμοιος ὑμῶν,
ψεύστης. Αλλ᾽ οἶδα αὐτὸν, καὶ τὸν λόγον
αὐτοῦ τηρῶ. 56 Αβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἠγαλλ.
ιάσατο, ἵνα ἴδῃ τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν
καὶ εἶδε, καὶ ἐχάρη. Εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι
πρὸς αὐτόν· Πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ
CHAPTER IX.
41
᾿Αβραὰμ ἑώρακας ; 58Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, πρὶν ᾽Αβραὰμ γενέσθαι,
ἐγώ εἰμι. 59' Η ραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν
ἐπ᾿ αὐτόν· Ἰησοῦς δὲ ἐκρύβη, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ
τοῦ ἱεροῦ.
CHAP. IX. ΚΑΙ παράγων εἶδεν ἄνθρωπον
τυφλὸν ἐκ γενετῆς. Καὶ ἠρώτησαν αὐτὸν οἱ
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, λέγοντες· Ραββί, τίς ἥμαρτεν,
οὗτος, ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ ;
3 Απεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Οὔτε οὗτος ἥμαρτεν, οὔτε
οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ· ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φανερωθῇ τὰ ἔργα
τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ. 4Ἐμὲ δεῖ ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ
ἔργα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν·
ἔρχεται νύξ, ὅτε οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐργάζεσθαι.
5'Οταν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ὦ, φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου.
“Ταῦτα εἰπὼν ἔπτυσε χαμαί, καὶ ἐποίησε
πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος, καὶ ἐπέχρισε τὸν
πηλὸν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ἵκαὶ
εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ὕπαγε, νίψαι εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν
τοῦ Σιλωάμ· ὁ ἑρμηνεύεται, ᾿Απεσταλμένος.
᾿Απῆλθεν οὖν, καὶ ἐνίψατο, καὶ ἦλθε βλέπων.
8Οἱ οὖν γείτονες, καὶ οἱ θεωροῦντες αὐτὸν τὸ
πρότερον, ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν, ἔλεγον· Οὐχ οὗτός
ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν; Αλλοι
ἔλεγον· Οτι οὗτός ἐστιν· ἄλλοι δέ· Οτι
9
42
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
13" Αγ.
ὅμοιος αὐτῷ ἐστιν. Ἐκεῖνος ἔλεγεν Ὅτι
ἐγώ εἰμι. 10Ἔλεγον οὖν αὐτῷ· Πῶς ἀνεῴχ
θησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί; 11'Απεκρίθη ἐκεῖ-
νος καὶ εἶπεν· "Ανθρωπος, λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς,
πηλὸν ἐποίησε, καὶ ἐπέχρισέ μου τοὺς ὀφ
θαλμοὺς, καὶ εἶπέ μοι· Υπαγε εἰς τὸν
Σιλωάμ, καὶ νίψαι. Απελθὼν δὲ καὶ νιψά
μενος ἀνέβλεψα.
12Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ· Ποῦ
ἐστιν ἐκεῖνος; Λέγει Οὐκ οἶδα.
ουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε
τυφλόν. 14*Ην δὲ σάββατον, ὅτε τὸν πηλὸν
ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ ἀνέωξεν αὐτοῦ τοὺς
ὀφθαλμούς. 15 Πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν καὶ
οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, πῶς ἀνέβλεψεν. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς· Πηλὸν ἐπέθηκέ μου ἐπὶτοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς,
καὶ ἐνιψάμην, καὶ βλέπω. 16Ἔλεγον οὖν ἐκ
τῶν Φαρισαίων τινές· Οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος
οὐκ ἔστι παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὅτι τὸ σάββατον οὐ
τηρεῖ. Αλλοι ἔλεγον· Πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπο
ος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεία ποιεῖν; Καὶ
σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς. 17 Λέγουσι τῷ τυφλῷ
πάλιν Σὺ τί λέγεις περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἤνοιξέ
σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς; Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν· "Οτι
προφήτης ἐστίν. 18Οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ
Ἰουδαῖοι περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τυφλὸς ἦν καὶ
CHAPTER IX.
43
ἀνέβλεψεν, ἕως ὅτου ἐφώνησαν τοὺς γονεῖς
αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἀναβλέψαντος. 19 Καὶ ἠρώτησαν
αὐτοὺς, λέγοντες· Οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς ὑμῶν,
ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη; πῶς οὖν
ἄρτι βλέπει ; 20' Απεκρίθησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ γονεῖς
αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπον· Οἴδαμεν ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ
υἱὸς ἡμῶν, καὶ ὅτι τυφλὸς ἐγεννήθη. 21Πῶς
δὲ νῦν βλέπει, οὐκ οἴδαμεν· ἡ τίς ἤνοιξεν αὐτοῦ
τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς, ἡμεῖς οὐκ οἴδαμεν αὐτὸς
ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε· αὐτὸς περὶ
αὑτοῦ λαλήσει. 22Ταῦτα εἶπον οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ,
ὅτι ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους· ἤδη γὰρ συνετέ
θειντο οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, ἵνα ἐάν τις αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ
Χριστόν, ἀποσυνάγωγος γένηται. 23 Διὰ τοῦτο
οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ εἶπον· Οτι ἡλικίαν ἔχει,
αὐτὸν ἐρωτήσατε.
οι
24 Εφώνησαν οὖν ἐκ δευτέρου τὸν ἄνθρωπον,
ὃς ἦν τυφλὸς, καὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Δὸς δόξαν τῷ
Θεῷ· ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος
ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν. 25 Απεκρίθη οὖν ἐκεῖνος
καὶ εἶπεν· Εἰ ἁμαρτωλός ἐστιν, οὐκ οἶδα· ἓν
οἶδα, ὅτι, τυφλὸς ὢν, ἄρτι βλέπω. 26Εἶπον
δὲ αὐτῷ πάλιν· Τί εποίησέ σοι; πῶς ἤνοιξέ
σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς ; 27 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς·
Εἶπον ὑμῖν ἤδη, καὶ οὐκ ἠκούσατε· τί πάλιν
44
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
θέλετε ἀκούειν ; μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ
μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι; 28 Ελοιδόρησαν αὐτὸν,
καὶ εἶπον· Σὺ εἶ μαθητὴς ἐκείνου· ἡμεῖς δὲ
τοῦ Μωσέως ἐσμεν μαθηταί. Ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν
ὅτι Μωσῇ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός· τοῦτον δὲ οὐκ
οἴδαμεν, πόθεν ἐστίν. 30' Απεκρίθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ἐν γὰρ τούτῳ θαυμαστόν
ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστὶ, καὶ
ἀνέῳξέ μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς. 31Οἴδαμεν δὲ
ὅτι ἁμαρτωλῶν ὁ Θεὸς οὐκ ἀκούει· ἀλλ᾽ ἐάν
τις θεοσεβής ᾖ, καὶ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιῇ,
τούτου ἀκούει. 32Ἐκ τοῦ αἰῶνος οὐκ ἠκούσθη
ὅτι ἤνοιξέ τις ὀφθαλμοὺς τυφλοῦ γεγεννημένου.
33Εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν
οὐδέν. 34 Απεκρίθησαν καὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Ἐν
ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις
ἡμᾶς; Καὶ ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω. 35Ἤκουσεν
ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω καὶ εὑρὼν
αὐτὸν, εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Σὺ πιστεύεις εἰς τὸν υἱὸν
τοῦ Θεοῦ; 36'Απεκρίθη ἐκεῖνος καὶ εἶπε· Τίς
ἐστι, Κύριε, ἵνα πιστεύσω εἰς αὐτόν; Είπε
δὲ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Καὶ ἑώρακας αὐτὸν, καὶ ὁ
λαλῶν μετὰ σοῦ ἐκεῖνος ἐστιν. 38Ὁ δὲ ἔφη·
Πιστεύω, Κύριε· καὶ προσεκύνησεν αὐτῷ.
0
3 ΚΑΙ εἶπεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εἰς κρίμα ἐγὼ εἰς
CHAPTER X.
45
τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον, ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες
βλέπωσι, καὶ οἱ βλέποντες τυφλοί γένωνται.
40 Καὶ ἤκουσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων ταῦτα οἱ
ὄντες μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπον αὐτῷ· Μὴ καὶ
ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν ; 41 Εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν· νῦν δὲ
λέγετε Οτι βλέπομεν ἡ οὖν ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν
μένει.
CHAP. X. Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· Ὁ
μὴ εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς θύρας εἰς τὴν αὐλὴν
τῶν προβάτων, ἀλλὰ ἀναβαίνων ἀλλαχόθεν,
ἐκεῖνος κλέπτης ἐστὶ καὶ λῃστής· ὁ δὲ
εἰσερχόμενος διὰ τῆς θύρας, ποιμήν ἐστι τῶν
προβάτων. Τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει· καὶ τὰ
πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει· καὶ τὰ ἴδια
πρόβατα καλεῖ κατ᾿ ὄνομα, καὶ ἐξάγει αὐτά.
4Καὶ ὅταν τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα ἐκβάλῃ, ἔμπροσθεν
αὐτῶν πορεύεται· καὶ τὰ πρόβατα αὐτῷ
ἀκολουθεῖ, ὅτι οἴδασι τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ.
5'Αλλοτρίῳ δὲ οὐ μὴ ἀκολουθήσωσιν, ἀλλὰ
φεύξονται ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· ὅτι οὐκ οἴδασι τῶν
ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν. Ταύτην τὴν παρ-
οιμίαν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ἐκεῖνοι δὲ οὐκ
ἔγνωσαν τίνα ἦν ἃ ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς. Εἶπεν οὖν
πάλιν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν,
46
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Ο
ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων. Πάντες,
ὅσοι πρὸ ἐμοῦ ἦλθον, κλέπται εἰσὶ καὶ λῃσταί·
ἀλλ᾽ οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτῶν τὰ πρόβατα. Εγώ
εἰμι ἡ θύρα· δι' ἐμοῦ ἐάν τις εἰσέλθῃ, σω-
θήσεται· καὶ εἰσελεύσεται καὶ ἐξελεύσεται καὶ
νομὴν εὑρήσει. 10Ὁ κλέπτης οὐκ ἔρχεται, εἰ μὴ
ἵνα κλέψῃ καὶ θύσῃ καὶ ἀπολέσῃ· ἐγὼ ἦλθον ἵνα
ζωὴν ἔχωσι, καὶ περισσὸν ἔχωσιν. 11Ἐγώ εἰμι
ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός· ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλὸς τὴν ψυχὴν
αὑτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων. 12Ο μισθω-
τὸς δὲ καὶ οὐκ ὤνποιμὴν, οὗ οὐκ εἰσὶ τὰ πρόβατα
ἴδια, θεωρεῖ τὸν λύκον ἐρχόμενον, καὶ ἀφίησι τὰ
πρόβατα, καὶ φεύγει· καὶ ὁ λύκος ἁρπάζει αὐτὰ,
καὶ σκορπίζει τὰ πρόβατα. 13Ὁ δὲ μισθωτός
φεύγει, ὅτι μισθωτός ἐστι, καὶ οὐ μέλει αὐτῷ
περὶ τῶν προβάτων. 14'Εγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ
καλὸς, καὶ γινώσκω τὰ ἐμὰ, καὶ γινώσκομαι
ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν, 15 καθὼς γινώσκει με ὁ πατὴρ,
κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν πατέρα· καὶ τὴν ψυχήν
μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων. 16Καὶ ἄλλα
πρόβατα ἔχω, ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς ταύτης
κἀκεῖνά με δεῖ ἀγαγεῖν· καὶ τῆς φωνῆς μου
ἀκούσουσι· καὶ γενήσεται μία ποίμνη, εἷς
ποιμήν. 17 Διὰ τοῦτο ὁ πατήρ με ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι
ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω
CHAPTER X.
47
αὐτήν. 18Οὐδεὶς αἴρει αὐτὴν ἀπ᾿ ἐμοῦ· ἀλλ᾿
ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ᾿ ἐμαυτοῦ· ἐξουσίαν ἔχω
θεῖναι αὐτὴν, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω πάλιν λαβεῖν
αὐτήν· ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ
πατρός μου. 19Σχίσμα οὖν πάλιν ἐγένετο ἐν
τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις διὰ τοὺς λόγους τούτους.
20Ἔλεγον δὲ πολλοὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν· Δαιμόνιον ἔχει,
καὶ μαίνεται· τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε; 21"Αλλοι
ἔλεγον· Ταῦτα τὰ ῥήματα οὐκ ἔστι δαιμον-
ιζομένου. Μὴ δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλών
ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοίγειν ;
22 ΕΓΕΝΕΤΟ δὲ τὰ ἐγκαίνια ἐν τοῖς Ἱερο-
σολύμοις, καὶ χειμὼν ἦν. 23 Καὶ περιεπάτει ὁ
Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἐν τῇ στοᾷ Σολομῶνος.
24 Εκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ
ἔλεγον αὐτῷ· Εως πότε τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν
αἴρεις; Εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, εἰπὲ ἡμῖν παρ-
ῥησίᾳ. 25 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εἶπον
ὑμῖν, καὶ οὐ πιστεύετε. Τὰ ἔργα, ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ
ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρός μου, ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ
περὶ ἐμοῦ. 26'Αλλ' ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε· οὐ
γάρ ἐστε ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν, καθὼς
εἶπον ὑμῖν. 27Τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς
μου ἀκούει, κἀγὼ γινώσκω αὐτὰ, καὶ ἀκολουθ-
ούσι μοι.
28 Καγώ ζωὴν αἰώνιον δίδωμι
48
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
αὐτοῖς, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀπόλωνται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, καὶ
οὐχ ἁρπάσει τις αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου.
29'0
πατήρ μου, ὃς δέδωκέ μοι, μείζων πάντων ἐστί·
καὶ οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ
πατρός μου. 30Ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἓν ἐσμεν.
31'Εβάστασαν οὖν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι,
ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν. 32 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ
Ἰησοῦς· Πολλὰ καλὰ ἔργα ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ
πατρός μου· διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον λιθάζετέ με ;
33' Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, λέγοντες
Περὶ καλοῦ ἔργου οὐ λιθάζομέν σε, ἀλλὰ περὶ
βλασφημίας· καὶ ὅτι σὺ, ἄνθρωπος ὢν, ποιεῖς
σεαυτὸν Θεόν. 34 Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς
Οὐκ ἔστι γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν·
Ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε ; 35Εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπε θεοὺς,
πρὸς οὓς ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο (καὶ οὐ
δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ γραφή), 36ὃν ὁ πατὴρ
ἡγίασε, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς
λέγετε Οτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ
Θεοῦ εἰμι ; 37 Εἰ οὐ ποιῶ τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρός
μου, μὴ πιστεύετέ μοι. 38Εἰ δὲ ποιῶ, κἂν
ἐμοὶ μὴ πιστεύητε, τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύσατε
ἵνα γνώτε καὶ πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ πατὴρ,
κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ. 39 Εζήτουν οὖν πάλιν αὐτὸν
πιάσαι, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν.
0
CHAPTER XI.
49
40Καὶ ἀπῆλθε πάλιν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου
εἰς τὸν τόπον, ὅπου ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον
βαπτίζων· καὶ ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ. 41 Καὶ πολλοὶ
ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔλεγον· Ὅτι Ἰωάννης
μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν· πάντα δὲ, ὅσα
εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου, ἀληθῆ ἦν. 42 Καὶ
ἐπίστευσαν πολλοὶ ἐκεῖ εἰς αὐτόν.
CHAP. XI. 1ἮΝ δέ τις ἀσθενῶν, Λάζαρος,
ἀπὸ Βηθανίας, ἐκ τῆς κώμης Μαρίας καὶ
Μάρθας τῆς ἀδελφῆς αὐτῆς. Ην δὲ Μαρία
δε
ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα
τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς, ἧς ὁ
ἀδελφὸς Λάζαρος ἠσθένει. 3 Απέστειλαν
οὖν αἱ ἀδελφαί πρὸς αὐτὸν, λέγουσαι Κύριε,
ἴδε, ὃν φιλεῖς, ἀσθενεῖ. 4'Ακούσας δὲ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν· Αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστι πρὸς
θάνατον, ἀλλ᾽ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα
δοξασθῇ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι' αὐτῆς. 5'Ηγάπα
δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν
αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον. 6Ὡς οὖν ἤκουσεν
ὅτι ἀσθενεῖ, τότε μὲν ἔμεινεν ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ
δύο ἡμέρας. Ἔπειτα μετὰ τοῦτο λέγει τοῖς
μαθηταῖς· "Αγωμεν εἰς τὴν Ἰουδαίων πάλιν.
8 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταί· Ραββί, νῦν
ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν
E
50
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ;
9⁹
Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς Οὐχὶ δώ-
δεκά εἰσιν ὥραι τῆς ἡμέρας ; ἐάν τις περιπατῇ
ἐν τῇ ἡμέρα, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ
κόσμου τούτου βλέπει 10ἐὰν δέ τις περι-
πατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτὶ, προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς οὐκ
ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ. 11Ταῦτα εἶπε· καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο
λέγει αὐτοῖς· Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμ
ηται· ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι, ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν.
12Εἶπον οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· Κύριε, εἰ
κεκοίμηται, σωθήσεται. 13Εἰρήκει δὲ
Ἰησοῦς περὶ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ· ἐκεῖνοι δὲ
ἔδοξαν ὅτι περὶ τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου
λέγει. 14Τότε οὖν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς
παῤῥησίᾳ· Λάζαρος ἀπέθανε. 15 Και χαίρω
δι' ὑμᾶς, ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ·
ἀλλ᾽ ἄγωμεν πρὸς αὐτόν. 16Είπεν οὖν
Θωμᾶς, ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, τοῖς συμμαθ
ηταῖς· "Αγωμεν καὶ ἡμεῖς, ἵνα ἀποθάνωμεν
μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ.
17 ΕΛΘΩΝ οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτὸν
τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἤδη ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ.
18'Ην δὲ ἡ Βηθανία ἐγγὺς τῶν Ἱεροσολύμων,
ὡς ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε. 19 Καὶ πολλοὶ
ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐληλύθεισαν πρὸς τὰς περὶ
Μάρθαν καὶ Μαρίαν, ἵνα παραμυθήσωνται
CHAPTER XI.
51
20 Η οὖν
αὐτὰς περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ αὐτῶν.
Μάρθα, ὡς ἤκουσεν ὅτι Ἰησοῦς ἔρχεται,
ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ· Μαρία δὲ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ
ἐκαθέζετο. 21 Εἶπεν οὖν ἡ Μάρθα πρὸς τὸν
Ἰησοῦν· Κύριε, εἰ ἧς ὧδε, ὁ ἀδελφός μου οὐκ
ἂν ετεθνήκει. 22 Αλλὰ καὶ νῦν οἶδα, ὅτι ὅσα
ἂν αἰτήσῃ τὸν Θεὸν, δώσει σοι ὁ Θεός.
23 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς• Ἀναστήσεται ὁ
ἀδελφός σου. 24 Λέγει αὐτῷ Μάρθα οίδα
ὅτι ἀναστήσεται ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει, ἐν τῇ
ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 25Εἶπεν αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εγώ
εἰμι ἡ ἀνάστασις καὶ ἡ ζωή· ὁ πιστεύων εἰς
ἐμὲ, κἂν ἀποθάνῃ, ζήσεται· 26 καὶ πᾶς ὁ ζῶν,
καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν
αἰῶνα. Πιστεύεις τοῦτο; 27 Λέγει αὐτῷ· Ναί,
Κύριε· ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστ
τὸς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον
ἐρχόμενος. 28 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰποῦσα ἀπῆλθε,
καὶ ἐφώνησε Μαρίαν τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς
λάθρα, εἰποῦσα· Ὁ διδάσκαλος πάρεστι, καὶ
φωνεί σε. 29 Εκείνη, ὡς ἤκουσεν, ἐγείρεται
ταχὺ, καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς αὐτόν. 30Οὔπω δὲ
ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην· ἀλλ᾽ ἦν ἐν
τῷ τόπῳ, ὅπου ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ ἡ Μάρθα.
31Οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, οἱ ὄντες μετ' αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ
52
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
οἰκίᾳ καὶ παραμυθούμενοι αὐτὴν, ἰδόντες τὴν
Μαρίαν, ὅτι ταχέως ἀνέστη καὶ ἐξῆλθεν,
ἠκολούθησαν αὐτῇ, λέγοντες· Οτι ὑπάγει εἰς
τὸ μνημεῖον, ἵνα κλαύσῃ ἐκεῖ. 32 Η οὖν
Μαρία, ὡς ἦλθεν ὅπου ἦν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἰδοῦσα
αὐτὸν, ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ εἰς τοὺς πόδας, λέγουσα
αὐτῷ· Κύριε, εἰ ἧς ὧδε, οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανέ μου
ὁ ἀδελφός. 33Ἰησοῦς οὖν, ὡς εἶδεν αὐτὴν
κλαίουσαν, καὶ τοὺς συνελθόντας αὐτῇ Ἰουδα
αίους κλαίοντας, ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι,
καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτὸν, 34καὶ εἶπε· Ποῦ τεθεί-
κατε αὐτόν; 35 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Κύριε, ἔρχου
καὶ ἴδε. Ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς. 36 Ἔλεγον
οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· Ἴδε, πῶς ἐφίλει αὐτόν. 37 Τινὲς
δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν εἶπον· Οὐκ ἠδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ
ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι,
ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ; 38Ἰησοῦς οὖν,
πάλιν ἐμβριμώμενος ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἔρχεται εἰς
τὸ μνημεῖον. Ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, και λίθος
ἐπέκειτο ἐπ' αὐτῷ. 39 Λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς "Αρατε
τὸν λίθον. Λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τεθνη
κότος, Μάρθα Κύριε, ἤδη ἔζει τεταρταίος
γάρ ἐστι. 40 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Οὐκ εἶπόν
σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψει τὴν δόξαν τοῦ
Θεοῦ; 41'Ηραν οὖν τὸν λίθον. Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς
CHAPTER XI.
53
ᾖρε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω, καὶ εἶπε· Πάτερ,
εὐχαριστῶ σοι, ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου. 42Ἐγὼ δὲ
ᾔδειν ὅτι πάντοτέ μου ἀκούεις ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸν
ὄχλον τὸν περιεστῶτα εἶπον, ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν
ὅτι σύ με απέστειλας. 43 Καὶ ταῦτα εἰπὼν
φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασε· Λάζαρε, δεύρο ἔξω.
44Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὁ τεθνηκώς, δεδεμένος τοὺς
πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις· καὶ ἡ ὄψις
αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο. Λέγει αὐτοῖς
ὁ Ἰησοῦς Λύσατε αὐτὸν, καὶ ἄφετε ὑπάγειν.
45 Πολλοὶ οὖν ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων, οἱ ἐλθόντες
πρὸς τὴν Μαρίαν, καὶ θεασάμενοι ἃ ἐποίησεν,
â
ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν. 46 Τινὲς δὲ ἐξ αὐτῶν
ἀπῆλθον πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, καὶ εἶπον
αὐτοῖς ἃ ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς.
0
47ΣΥΝΗΓΑΓΟΝ οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ
Φαρισαῖοι συνέδριον, καὶ ἔλεγον· Τί ποι-
οῦμεν ; ὅτι οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος πολλὰ σημεία
ποιεῖ. 48 Ἐὰν ἀφῶμεν αὐτὸν οὕτω, πάντες
πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτόν· καὶ ἐλεύσονται αἱ
Ρωμαῖοι, καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον
καὶ τὸ ἔθνος. 49Εις δέ τις ἐξ αὐτῶν,
Καϊάφας, ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου,
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν·
50οὐδὲ διαλογίζεσθε, ὅτι συμφέρει ἡμῖν ἵνα
54
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
εἰς ἄνθρωπος ἀποθάνῃ ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ μὴ
ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται. 51Τοῦτο δὲ ἀφ᾽
ἑαυτοῦ οὐκ εἶπεν· ἀλλὰ, ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν τοῦ
ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου, προεφήτευσεν, ὅτι ἔμελλεν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς ἀποθνήσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους· 52 καὶ
οὐχ ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ
τὰ τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ τὰ διεσκορπισμένα συν-
αγάγῃ εἰς ἕν. 53' Απ᾿ ἐκείνης οὖν τῆς ἡμέρας
συνεβουλεύσαντο, ἵνα ἀποκτείνωσιν αὐτόν.
54Ἰησοῦς οὖν οὐκ ἔτι παῤῥησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν
τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ἀλλὰ ἀπῆλθεν ἐκεῖθεν εἰς τὴν
χώραν ἐγγὺς τῆς ἐρήμου, εἰς Ἐφραὶμ λεγο-
μένην πόλιν· κἀκεῖ διέτριβε μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν
αὑτοῦ. 55*Ην δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ πάσχα τῶν Ἰουδα
αίων· καὶ ἀνέβησαν πολλοὶ εἰς ῾Ιεροσόλυμα
ἐκ τῆς χώρας πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα, ἵνα ἁγνίσωσιν
ἑαυτούς. 56. Εζήτουν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ
ἔλεγον μετ᾿ ἀλλήλων ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ ἑστηκότες
Τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν ; ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν;
57 Δεδώκεισαν δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ
Φαρισαῖοι ἐντολὴν, ἵνα, ἐάν τις γνῷ ποῦ ἐστι,
μηνύσῃ, ὅπως πιάσωσιν αὐτόν.
CHAP. XII. Ο οὖν Ἰησοῦς πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν
τοῦ πάσχα ἦλθεν εἰς Βηθανίαν, ὅπου ἦν
Λάζαρος ὁ τεθνηκώς, ὃν ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν.
CHAPTER XII.
55
2 Εποίησαν οὖν αὐτῷ δεῖπνον ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἡ
Μάρθα διηκόνει· ὁ δὲ Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν τῶν
ἀνακειμένων σὺν αὐτῷ. 3Ἡ οὖν Μαρία,
λαβοῦσα λίτραν μύρου νάρδου πιστικῆς πολυ-
τίμου, ἤλειψε τοὺς πόδας τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ
ἐξέμαξε ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ·
ἡ δὲ οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου.
4 Λέγει οὖν εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, Ἰούδας
Σίμωνος Ισκαριώτης, ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παρα-
διδόναι, Διατί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθητρια-
κοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς; Εἶπε
δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν
αὐτῷ, ἀλλ᾽ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον
εἶχε, καὶ τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν. Εἶπεν
οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Αφες αὐτήν· εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν
τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου τετήρηκεν αὐτό. 8Τοὺς
πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ᾿ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ
δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε.
9 Εγνω οὖν ὄχλος πολὺς ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαιων
ὅτι ἐκεῖ ἐστι· καὶ ἦλθον, οὐ διὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν
μόνον, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἴδωσιν, ὃν
ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 10Ἐβουλεύσαντο δὲ οἱ
ἀρχιερεῖς, ἵνα καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν,
11ὅτι πολλοὶ δι' αὐτὸν ὑπῆγον τῶν Ἰουδαίων,
καὶ ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 12Τῇ ἐπαύριον
56
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Ο
ὄχλος πολὺς, ὁ ἐλθὼν εἰς τὴν ἑορτὴν, ἀκού-
σαντες ὅτι ἔρχεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα,
13ἔλαβον τὰ βαΐα τῶν φοινίκων, καὶ ἐξῆλθον
εἰς ὑπάντησιν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἔκραζον· Ωσαννά
εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου,
ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ. 14Εὑρὼν δὲ ὁ Ἰησ-
οὓς ὀνάριον ἐκάθισεν ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸ, καθώς ἐστι
γεγραμμένον· 15Μὴ φοβοῦ, θύγατερ Σιών
ἰδοὺ, ὁ βασιλεύς σου ἔρχεται καθήμενος ἐπὶ
πῶλον ὄνου. 16Ταῦτα δὲ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν οἱ
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ τὸ πρῶτον· ἀλλ' ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη
ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τότε ἐμνήσθησαν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ᾿
αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα, καὶ ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ.
17Ἐμαρτύρει οὖν ὁ ὄχλος, ὁ ὢν μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ,
ὅτι τὸν Λάζαρον ἐφώνησεν ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου,
καὶ ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν. 18Διὰ τοῦτο
καὶ ὑπήντησεν αὐτῷ ὁ ὄχλος, ὅτι ἤκουσαν
τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον. 19Ο
οὖν Φαρισαῖοι εἶπον πρὸς ἑαυτούς· Θεωρεῖτε
ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν ; ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω
αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν.
20 ΗΣΑΝ δέ τινες Ἕλληνες ἐκ τῶν ἀνα-
βαινόντων, ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ.
21Οὗτοι οὖν προσῆλθον Φιλίππῳ, τῷ ἀπὸ
Βηθσαϊδά της Γαλιλαίας, καὶ ἠρώτων αὐτὸν,
CHAPTER XII.
57
λέγοντες Κύριε, θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν.
22 Έρχεται Φίλιππος, καὶ λέγει τῷ ᾿Ανδρέᾳ·
καὶ πάλιν ᾿Ανδρέας καὶ Φίλιππος λέγουσι τα
Ἰησοῦ. 23Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἀπεκρίνατο αὐτοῖς,
λέγων· Ελήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ υἱὸς
τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. 24 Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· ἐὰν
μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν
ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει· ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ,
πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει. 25Ο φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν
αὑτοῦ ἀπολέσει αὐτήν· καὶ ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν
αὑτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον
φυλάξει αὐτήν. 26 Ἐὰν ἐμοὶ διακονῇ τις, ἐμοὶ
ἀκολουθείτω· καὶ ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ
διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται· ἐάν τις ἐμοὶ διακονῇ,
τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ πατήρ. 27Νῦν ἡ ψυχή μου
τετάρακται· καὶ τί εἴπω; Πάτερ, σῶσόν με
ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης ; ἀλλὰ διὰ τοῦτο ἦλθον εἰς
τὴν ὥραν ταύτην. 28 Πάτερ, δόξασόν σου τὸ
ὄνομα. Ηλθεν οὖν φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ
Καὶ ἐδόξασα, καὶ πάλιν δοξάσω. 29Ο οὖν
ὄχλος, ὁ ἑστὼς καὶ ἀκούσας, ἔλεγε βροντὴν
γεγονέναι. "Αλλοι ἔλεγον· "Αγγελος αὐτῷ
λελάληκεν. 80' Απεκρίθη ὁ ᾿Ιησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν·
Οὐ δι' ἐμὲ αὕτη ἡ φωνὴ γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ δι'
ὑμᾶς. 31Νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου
58
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται
ἔξω. 32 Κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς, πάντας
ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν· 33τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγε, σημε
αίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνήσκειν.
34 Απεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ ὄχλος· Ἡμεῖς ἠκούσαμεν
ἐκ τοῦ νόμου, ὅτι ὁ Χριστὸς μένει εἰς τὸν
αἰῶνα καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι
τὸν υἱὸν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ
υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; 35Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ
Ἰησοῦς Ἔτι μικρόν χρόνον τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν
ἐστι· περιπατεῖτε ἕως τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ
σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν
τῇ σκοτίᾳ οὐκ οἶδε ποῦ ὑπάγει. 38 Εως τὸ
φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ
φωτὸς γένησθε. Ταῦτα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς,
καὶ ἀπελθὼν ἐκρύβη ἀπ' αὐτῶν.
37Τοσαῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ σημεία πεποιηκότος
ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν, οὐκ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτόν·
38ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ησαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ,
ὃν εἶπε· Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσε τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν ;
καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη ;
39 Διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ ἠδύναντο πιστεύειν· ὅτι πάλιν
εἶπεν Ησαΐας 40Τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς
ὀφθαλμοὺς, καὶ πεπώρωκεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδ
ίαν ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσι τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ νο-
CHAPTER XII.
59
46
ήσωσι τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ ἐπιστραφῶσι, καὶ ἰάσω-
μαι αυτούς. 41Ταῦτα εἶπεν Ησαΐας, ὅτε εἶδε
τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐλάλησε περὶ αὐτοῦ.
42Όμως μέντοι καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων πολλοὶ
ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτόν· ἀλλὰ διὰ τοὺς Φαρισα
αίους οὐχ ὡμολόγουν, ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι
γένωνται 43ἠγάπησαν γὰρ τὴν δόξαν τῶν
ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον, ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ.
44Ἰησοῦς δὲ ἔκραξε καὶ εἶπεν· Ὁ πιστεύων
εἰς ἐμὲ οὐ πιστεύει εἰς ἐμὲ, ἀλλ᾽ εἰς τὸν
πέμψαντά με. 45 Καὶ ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ θεωρεῖ
τὸν πέμψαντά με. 40Ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον
ἐλήλυθα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ ἐν τῇ
σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ. 47 Καὶ ἐάν τις μου ἀκούσῃ
τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ πιστεύσῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω
αὐτόν· οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον,
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον. 48῾Ο ἀθετῶν ἐμὲ,
καὶ μὴ λαμβάνων τὰ ῥήματά μου, ἔχει τὸν
κρίνοντα αὐτόν· ὁ λόγος, ὃν ἐλάλησα, ἐκεῖνος
κρινεῖ αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ. 49Ότι
ἐγὼ ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐκ ἐλάλησα· ἀλλ᾽ ὁ πέμψας
με πατὴρ αὐτός μοι ἐντολὴν ἔδωκε, τί εἴπω
καὶ τί λαλήσω. 50 Καὶ οἶδα ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ
αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιος ἐστιν· ἃ οὖν λαλῶ ἐγώ,
καθὼς εἴρηκέ μοι ὁ πατὴρ, οὕτω λαλῶ.
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
CHAP. XIII. ΠΡΟ δὲ τῆς ἑορτῆς τοῦ
πάσχα εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἐλήλυθεν αὑτοῦ ἡ
ὥρα, ἵνα μεταβῇ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου πρὸς
τὸν πατέρα, ἀγαπήσας τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ
κόσμῳ εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς. Καὶ
δείπνου γενομένου, τοῦ διαβόλου ήδη βεβλη-
κότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν Ἰούδα Σίμωνος Ίσ-
καριώτου, ἵνα αὐτὸν παραδῷ· 3εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς
ὅτι πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ πατὴρ εἰς τὰς
χεῖρας, καὶ ὅτι ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθε, καὶ πρὸς
τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει, “ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου,
καὶ τίθησι τὰ ἱμάτια, καὶ λαβὼν λέντιον
διέζωσεν ἑαυτόν· εἶτα βάλλει ὕδωρ εἰς τὸν
νιπτῆρα, καὶ ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν
μαθητῶν, καὶ ἐκμάσσειν τῷ λεντίῳ, ᾧ ἦν
διεζωσμένος. 6Ερχεται οὖν πρὸς Σίμωνα
Πέτρον καὶ λέγει αὐτῷ ἐκεῖνος Κύριε, σύ
μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας; Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ὁ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, σὺ οὐκ οἶδας
ἄρτι, γνώσῃ δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα. 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ
Πέτρος Οὐ μὴ νίψῃς τοὺς πόδας μου εἰς τὸν
αἰῶνα. Απεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ἐὰν μὴ
νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ. Λέγει
αὐτῷ Σίμων Πέτρος Κύριε, μὴ τοὺς πόδας
μου μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν
9
CHAPTER XIII.
61
0
κεφαλήν. 10 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ὁ λελου-
μένος οὐ χρείαν ἔχει ἢ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι,
ἀλλ᾽ ἔστι καθαρὸς ὅλος καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί
ἐστε, ἀλλ᾽ οὐχὶ πάντες.
παραδιδόντα αὐτόν· διὰ τοῦτο εἶπεν· Οὐχὶ
πάντες καθαροί έστε.
11Η δει γὰρ τὸν
12Ὅτε οὖν ἔνιψε τοὺς πόδας αὐτῶν καὶ
ἔλαβε τὰ ἱμάτια αὑτοῦ, ἀναπεσὼν πάλιν,
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν;
13Ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ διδάσκαλος καὶ ὁ κύριος·
καὶ καλῶς λέγετε εἰμὶ γάρ. 14Εἰ οὖν ἐγὼ
ἔνιψα ὑμῶν τοὺς πόδας ὁ κύριος καὶ ὁ διδάσκ-
αλος, καὶ ὑμεῖς ὀφείλετε ἀλλήλων νίπτειν τοὺς
πόδας. 15 Υπόδειγμα γὰρ ἔδωκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα
καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε.
16' Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν οὐκ ἔστι δοῦλος μείζων
τοῦ κυρίου αὑτοῦ, οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ
πέμψαντος αὐτόν. 17Εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε, μακάριοι
ἐστε ἐὰν ποιῆτε αὐτά. 18Οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν
λέγω· ἐγὼ οἶδα, οὓς ἐξελεξάμην ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα ἡ
γραφὴ πληρωθῇ· Ὁ τρώγων μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ τὸν
ἄρτον ἐπῇρεν ἐπ᾿ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὑτοῦ. 19' Απ'
ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι, ἵνα, ὅταν
γένηται, πιστεύσητε ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι. 20 Αμὴν
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· Ὁ λαμβάνων ἐάν τινα
62
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
πέμψω, ἐμὲ λαμβάνει· ὁ δὲ ἐμὲ λαμβάνων
λαμβάνει τὸν πέμψαντά με.
21 ΤΑΥΤΑ εἰπὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐταράχθη τῷ
πνεύματι, καὶ ἐμαρτύρησε, καὶ εἶπεν· ᾿Αμὴν
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν παραδώσει
με. 22 Έβλεπον οὖν εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ,
ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει. ?Ην δὲ ἀνα-
κείμενος εἷς τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς; 24Νεύει οὖν
τούτῳ Σίμων Πέτρος, πυθέσθαι τίς ἂν εἴη
περὶ οὗ λέγει. 25 Επιπεσὼν δὲ ἐκεῖνος ἐπὶ τὸ
στῆθος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, λέγει αὐτῷ· Κύριε, τίς
ἐστιν ;
26 Αποκρίνεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ἐκεῖνός
ἐστιν, ᾧ ἐγὼ βάψας το ψωμίον ἐπιδώσω.
Καὶ ἐμβάψας το ψωμίον δίδωσιν Ἰούδα
Σίμωνος Ισκαριώτῃ. 27 Καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον
τότε εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς. Λέγει
οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχιον.
28Τοῦτο δὲ οὐδεὶς ἔγνω τῶν ἀνακειμένων πρὸς
τί εἶπεν αὐτῷ. 29Τινὲς γὰρ ἐδόκουν, ἐπεὶ τὸ
γλωσσόκομον είχεν ὁ Ἰούδας, ὅτι λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς· Αγόρασον ὧν χρείαν ἔχομεν εἰς τὴν
ἑορτήν ἢ τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τὶ δῷ. 30Λαβὼν
οὖν τὸ ψωμίον ἐκεῖνος εὐθέως ἐξῆλθεν· ἦν δὲ νύξ.
31"Οτε ἐξῆλθε, λέγει ὁ Ἰησοῦς Νῦν ἐδοξάσθη
ΤΟ
CHAPTER XIV.
63
ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν
αὐτῷ. 32Εἰ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ ὁ
Θεός δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς
δοξάσει αυτόν. 33Τεκνία, ἔτι μικρὸν μεθ'
ὑμῶν εἰμι. Ζητήσετε με καὶ καθὼς εἶπον
τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις· Οτι ὅπου ὑπάγω ἐγώ, ὑμεῖς
οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν, καὶ ὑμῖν λέγω ἄρτι. 34'Εν-
τολὴν καινὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλ
ήλους καθώς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς
ἀγαπᾶτε ἀλλήλους. 35Ἐν τούτῳ γνώσονται
πάντες ὅτι ἐμοὶ μαθηταί ἐστε, ἐὰν ἀγάπην
ἔχητε ἐν ἀλλήλοις. 36 Λέγει αὐτῷ Σίμων
Πέτρος Κύριε, ποῦ ὑπάγεις; ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ
ὁ Ἰησοῦς. Ὅπου ὑπάγω, οὐ δύνασαί μοι νῦν
ἀκολουθῆσαι· ὕστερον δὲ ἀκολουθήσεις μοι.
37 Λέγει αὐτῷ Πέτρος Κύριε, διατί οὐ δύναμαί
σοι ἀκολουθῆσαι ἄρτι; τὴν ψυχήν μου ὑπέρ
σου θήσω. 38'Απεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Τὴν
ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις; Αμὴν ἀμὴν
λέγω σοι οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσει, ἕως οὗ
ἀπαρνήσῃ με τρίς.
CHAP. XIV.
1ΜΗ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ
καρδία πιστεύετε εἰς τὸν Θεὸν, καὶ εἰς ἐμὲ
πιστεύετε. Ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ πατρός μου
μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν· εἰ δὲ μὴ, εἶπον ἂν ὑμῖν.
64
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
6
Πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν· καὶ, ἐὰν
πορευθῶ καὶ ἑτοιμάσω ὑμῖν τόπον, πάλιν
ἔρχομαι καὶ παραλήψομαι ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἐμαυτόν
ἵνα, ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἦτε. Καὶ ὅπου
ἐγὼ ὑπάγω οἴδατε, καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν οἴδατε. 5 Λέγει
αὐτῷ Θωμᾶς· Κύριε, οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ὑπάγεις
καὶ πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι ; Λέγει
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ὁδὸς, καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια,
καὶ ἡ ζωή· οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν πατέρα, ει
μὴ δι᾿ ἐμοῦ. Εἰ ἐγνώκειτέ με, καὶ τὸν πατέρα
μου ἐγνώκειτε ἄν· καὶ ἀπ᾿ ἄρτι γινώσκετε
αὐτὸν καὶ ἑωράκατε αὐτόν. 8 Λέγει αὐτῷ
Φίλιππος Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν πατέρα,
καὶ ἀρκεῖ ἡμῖν. 9 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς Τοστ
οῦτον χρόνον μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς
με, Φίλιππε ; ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακε τὸν
πατέρα καὶ πῶς σὺ λέγεις· Δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν
πατέρα ; 10Οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ,
καὶ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστι ; τὰ ῥήματα, ἃ ἐγὼ
λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ· ὁ δὲ πατὴρ,
ὁ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένων, αὐτὸς ποιεῖ τὰ ἔργα. 11Πιστο
ευετέ μοι, ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ πατὴρ
ἐν ἐμοί· εἰ δὲ μὴ, διὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτὰ πιστεύετέ
μοι. 12Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν· ὁ πιστεύων
εἰς ἐμὲ, τὰ ἔργα, ἃ ἐγὼ ποιῶ, κἀκεῖνος ποιήσει,
Ο
CHAPTER XIV.
65
καὶ μείζονα τούτων ποιήσει, ὅτι ἐγὼ πρὸς τὸν
πατέρα μου πορεύομαι. 13 Καὶ ὅ, τι ἂν αὐτή
σητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, τοῦτο ποιήσω· ἵνα
δοξασθῇ ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ υἱῷ. 14'Εάν τι αἰτή-
σητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω. 15 Ἐὰν
ἀγαπᾶτέ με, τὰς ἐντολὰς τὰς ἐμὰς τηρήσατε.
16Καὶ ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω τον πατέρα, καὶ ἄλλον
παράκλητον δώσει ὑμῖν, ἵνα μένῃ μεθ' ὑμῶν
εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, 17τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ
ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν, ὅτι οὐ θεωρεῖ
αὐτὸ, οὐδὲ γινώσκει αὐτό· ὑμεῖς δὲ γινώσκετε
αὐτὸ, ὅτι παρ' ὑμῖν μένει καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται.
18Οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς· ἔρχομαι πρὸς
ὑμᾶς. 19 Ετι μικρὸν καὶ ὁ κόσμος με οὐκ ἔτι
θεωρεῖ· ὑμεῖς δὲ θεωρεῖτέ με· ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ
ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε. 20Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ γνώ-
σεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ πατρί μου, καὶ
ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν. 21Ο ἔχων τὰς
ἐντολάς μου καὶ τηρῶν αὐτὰς, ἐκεῖνός ἐστιν ὁ
ἀγαπῶν με· ὁ δὲ ἀγαπῶν με αγαπηθήσεται
ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου, καὶ ἐγὼ ἀγαπήσω αὐτὸν
καὶ ἐμφανίσω αὐτῷ ἐμαυτόν. 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ
Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης· Κύριε, τί γέγονεν,
ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν καὶ οὐχὶ
τῷ κόσμῳ ; 23 Απεκρίθη Ἰησοῦς καὶ εἶπεν
F
1
66
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Ο
αὐτῷ· Εάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου
τηρήσει· καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ἀγαπήσει αὐτὸν,
καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ'
αὐτῷ ποιήσομεν. 24Ο μὴ ἀγαπῶν με τοὺς
λόγους μου οὐ τηρεῖ· καὶ ὁ λόγος, ὃν ἀκούετε,
οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με
πατρός. 25Ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν παρ' ὑμῖν
μένων· -26ὁ δὲ παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ
ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου,
ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει
ὑμᾶς πάντα, ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν. 27 Εἰρήνην ἀφίημι
ὑμῖν, εἰρήνην τὴν ἐμὴν δίδωμι ὑμῖν· οὐ καθὼς
ὁ κόσμος δίδωσιν, ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν. Μὴ
ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω.
28 Ηκούσατε ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν· Υπάγω,
καὶ ἔρχομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς Εἰ ἠγαπᾶτέ με,
ἐχάρητε ἂν, ὅτι πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα
ὅτι ὁ πατήρ μου μείζων μου ἐστί. 29 Καὶ νῦν
εἴρηκα ὑμῖν πρὶν γενέσθαι, ἵνα, ὅταν γένηται,
πιστεύσητε. 30Οὐκ ἔτι πολλὰ λαλήσω μεθ'
ὑμῶν· ἔρχεται γὰρ ὁ τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων, καὶ
ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν. 31'Αλλ᾽ ἵνα γνῷ ὁ
κόσμος ὅτι ἀγαπῶ τὸν πατέρα, καὶ καθὼς
ἐνετείλατό μοι ὁ πατὴρ, οὕτω ποιῶ. Εγείρ
εσθε, ἄγωμεν ἐντεῦθεν.
CHAPTER XV.
67
εν
CHAP. XV. ΕΓΩ εἰμὶ ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθ.
ινὴ, καὶ ὁ πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστι. 2Πᾶν
κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει αὐτό
καὶ πᾶν τὸ καρπόν φέρον, καθαίρει αὐτὸ, ἵνα
πλείονα καρπὸν φέρῃ. 3Ηδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί
ἐστε διὰ τὸν λόγον, ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν. Μείν
ατε ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν. Καθὼς τὸ κλῆμα
οὐ δύναται καρπόν φέρειν ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἐὰν μὴ
μείνῃ ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ· οὕτως οὐδὲ ὑμεῖς, ἐὰν μὴ
ἐν ἐμοὶ μείνητε. 5'Εγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος, ὑμεῖς
τὰ κλήματα· ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ
οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν· ὅτι χωρὶς ἐμοῦ οὐ
δύνασθε ποιεῖν οὐδέν. Ἐὰν μή τις μείνῃ ἐν
ἐμοὶ, ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα, καὶ ἐξηράνθη
καὶ συνάγουσιν αὐτὰ, καὶ εἰς πῦρ βάλλουσι,
καὶ καίεται. Ἐὰν μείνητε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ τὰ
ῥήματά μου ἐν ὑμῖν μείνῃ, ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε
αιτήσεσθε, καὶ γενήσεται ὑμῖν. 8Ἐν τούτῳ
ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου, ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν
φέρητε καὶ γενήσεσθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί. Καθὼς
ἠγάπησέ με ὁ πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς·
μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ. 10Ἐὰν τὰς
ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ
μου καθὼς ἐγὼ τὰς ἐντολὰς τοῦ πατρός μου
τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ.
68
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Ο
11Ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν
ὑμῖν μείνῃ, καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ.
12Αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμὴ, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε
ἀλλήλους, καθὼς ἠγάπησα ὑμᾶς. 13 Μείζονα
ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει, ἵνα τις τὴν ψυχὴν
αὑτοῦ θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων αὑτοῦ. 14Ὑμεῖς
φίλοι μου ἐστὲ, ἐὰν ποιῆτε ὅσα ἐγὼ ἐντέλλο
ομαι ὑμῖν. 15Οὐκέτι ὑμᾶς λέγω δούλους, ὅτι
ὁ δοῦλος οὐκ οἶδε τί ποιεῖ αὑτοῦ ὁ κύριος· ὑμᾶς
δὲ εἴρηκα φίλους, ὅτι πάντα, ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ
τοῦ πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν. 16Οὐχ ὑμεῖς
με ἐξελέξασθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς,
καὶ ἔθηκα ὑμᾶς, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑπάγητε, καὶ καρπὸν
φέρητε, καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ· ἵνα, ὅ, τι ἂν
αιτήσητε τον πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ
ὑμῖν. 17Ταῦτα ἐντέλλομαι ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἀγαπᾶτε
ἀλλήλους. 18Εἰ ὁ κόσμος ὑμᾶς μισεί, γινώ-
σκετε ὅτι ἐμὲ πρῶτον ὑμῶν μεμίσηκεν. 19Εἰ
ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου ἦτε, ὁ κόσμος ἂν τὸ ἴδιον ἐφίλει
ὅτι δὲ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ ἐστὲ, ἀλλ᾽ ἐγὼ
ἐξελεξάμην ὑμᾶς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου, διὰ τοῦτο
μισεῖ ὑμᾶς ὁ κόσμος. 20Μνημονεύετε τοῦ
λόγου, οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν· Οὐκ ἔστι δοῦλος
μείζων τοῦ κυρίου αὑτοῦ. Εἰ ἐμὲ ἐδίωξαν, καὶ
ὑμᾶς διώξουσιν· εἰ τὸν λόγον μου ἐτήρησαν,
0
CHAPTER XVI.
69
καὶ τὸν ὑμέτερον τηρήσουσιν. 21 Αλλὰ ταῦτα
πάντα ποιήσουσιν ὑμῖν διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου, ὅτι
οὐκ οἴδασι τὸν πέμψαντά με. 22Εἰ μὴ ἦλθον
καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἶχον· νῦν
δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσι περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας
αὑτῶν. 23Ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου
μισεῖ. 24Εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς, ἃ
οὐδεὶς ἄλλος πεποίηκεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἶχον·
νῦν δὲ καὶ ἑωράκασι, καὶ μεμισήκασι καὶ ἐμὲ
καὶ τὸν πατέρα μου.
25' Αλλ' ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ
λόγος ὁ γεγραμμένος ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν·
Ὅτι ἐμίσησάν με δωρεάν. 26"Όταν δὲ ἔλθῃ
ὁ παράκλητος, ὃν ἐγὼ πέμψω ὑμῖν παρὰ τοῦ
πατρὸς, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὃ παρὰ τοῦ
πατρὸς ἐκπορεύεται, ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ
ἐμοῦ. 27 Καὶ ὑμεῖς δὲ μαρτυρεῖτε, ὅτι ἀπ᾿
ἀρχῆς μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐστε.
εν
CHAP. XVI. ΙΤΑΥΤΑ λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα
μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε. 2 Αποσυναγώγους ποι-
ήσουσιν ὑμᾶς ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς
ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν
τῷ Θεῷ. Καὶ ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ
ἔγνωσαν τὸν πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ. 4'Αλλὰ ταῦτα
λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα, ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα, μνημον-
εύητε αὐτῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν· ταῦτα δὲ
70
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ὑμῖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐκ εἶπον, ὅτι μεθ᾽ ὑμῶν ἤμην.
Νῦν δὲ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με, καὶ
οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐρωτᾷ με Ποῦ ὑπάγεις; 6'Αλλ'
ὅτι ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν
ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν. Αλλ' ἐγὼ τὴν ἀλήθειαν
λέγω ὑμῖν· συμφέρει ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἐγὼ ἀπέλθω·
ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύ-
σεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς· ἐὰν δὲ πορευθῶ, πέμψω
αὐτὸν πρὸς ὑμᾶς. Καὶ ἐλθὼν ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει
τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ περὶ δικαιο-
σύνης, καὶ περὶ κρίσεως· περὶ ἁμαρτίας μὲν,
ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμέ· 10περὶ δικαιο-
σύνης δὲ, ὅτι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου ὑπάγω, καὶ
οὐκ ἔτι θεωρεῖτέ με· 1περὶ δὲ κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ
ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται. 12Ἔτι
πολλὰ ἔχω λέγειν ὑμῖν, ἀλλ' οὐ δύνασθε
βαστάζειν ἄρτι. 13Οταν δὲ ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, τὸ
Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας, ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς εἰς πᾶσαν
τὴν ἀλήθειαν· οὐ γὰρ λαλήσει ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ, ἀλλ᾽
ὅσα ἂν ἀκούσῃ λαλήσει, καὶ τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἀν-
αγγελεῖ ὑμῖν. 14' Ἐκεῖνος ἐμὲ δοξάσει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ
ἐμοῦ λήψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν. 15 Πάντα,
ὅσα ἔχει ὁ πατὴρ, ἐμά ἐστί· διὰ τοῦτο εἶπον,
ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν.
16ΜΙΚΡΟΝ, καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με· καὶ πάλιν
K
CHAPTER XVI.
71
μικρὸν, καὶ ὄψεσθέ με· ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω πρὸς
τὸν πατέρα. Εἶπον οὖν ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν
αὐτοῦ πρὸς ἀλλήλους· Τί ἐστι τοῦτο, ὁ λέγει
ἡμῖν· Μικρὸν, καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με καὶ πάλιν
μικρὸν, καὶ ὄψεσθέ με καί, Ὅτι ἐγὼ ὑπάγω
πρὸς τὸν πατέρα ; 18Ἔλεγον οὖν Τοῦτό τί
ἐστιν ὁ λέγει, τὸ μικρόν ; οὐκ οἴδαμεν τί λαλεῖ.
19 Εγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤθελον αὐτὸν ἐρωτᾷν,
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ'
ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον· Μικρὸν, καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ
με· καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν, καὶ ὄψεσθέ με ; 20' Αμὴν
ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι κλαύσετε καὶ θρηνήσετε
ὑμεῖς, ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται· ὑμεῖς δὲ
λυπηθήσεσθε, ἀλλ᾽ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν
γενήσεται. 21Ἡ γυνή, ὅταν τίκτῃ, λύπην
ἔχει, ὅτι ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς· ὅταν δὲ γεννήσῃ
τὸ παιδίον, οὐκ ἔτι μνημονεύει τῆς θλίψεως
διὰ τὴν χαρὰν, ὅτι ἐγεννήθη ἄνθρωπος εἰς τὸν
κόσμον. 22 Καὶ ὑμεῖς οὖν λύπην μὲν νῦν ἔχετε
πάλιν δὲ ὄψομαι ὑμᾶς, καὶ χαρήσεται ὑμῶν
ἡ καρδία, καὶ τὴν χαρὰν ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς αἴρει ἀφ'
ὑμῶν. 23 Καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐμὲ οὐκ
ἐρωτήσετε οὐδέν. ᾿Αμὴν ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ὅτι
ὅσα ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί
μου, δώσει ὑμῖν. 24 Εως ἄρτι οὐκ ᾐτήσατε
72
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
οὐδὲν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου· αἰτεῖτε, καὶ λήψεσθε,
ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη. 25Ταῦτα
ἐν παροιμίαις λελάληκα ὑμῖν· ἔρχεται ὥρα,
ὅτε οὐκ ἔτι ἐν παροιμίαις λαλήσω ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ
παῤῥησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἀναγγελῶ ὑμῖν.
26'Ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου
αἰτήσεσθε· καὶ οὐ λέγω ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐρωτήσω
τὸν πατέρα περὶ ὑμῶν· 2αὐτὸς γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ
φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε, καὶ
πεπιστεύκατε ὅτι ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον.
28 Εξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς
τὸν κόσμον πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον καὶ
πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα. 29 Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ
οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ· Ἴδε, νῦν παῤῥησίᾳ λαλεῖς,
καὶ παροιμίαν οὐδεμίαν λέγεις. 30Νῦν οἴδ
αμεν ὅτι οἶδας πάντα, καὶ οὐ χρείαν ἔχεις ἵνα
τίς σε ἐρωτᾷ· ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν ὅτι ἀπὸ
Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθες. 31'Απεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
"Αρτι πιστεύετε; 32Ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν
ἐλήλυθεν, ἵνα σκορπισθῆτε ἕκαστος εἰς τὰ
ἴδια, καὶ ἐμὲ μόνον ἀφῆτε· καὶ οὐκ εἰμὶ μόνος,
ὅτι ὁ πατὴρ μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐστι. Ταῦτα λελάλ
ηκα ὑμῖν ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε. Ἐν τῷ
κόσμῳ θλίψιν ἕξετε ἀλλὰ θαρσείτε, ἐγὼ
νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον.
0
CHAPTER XVII.
73
3
CHAP. XVII. ΙΤΑΥΤΑ ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησ-
οὓς, καὶ ἐπῆρε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὑτοῦ εἰς τὸν
οὐρανὸν, καὶ εἶπε· Πάτερ, ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα
δόξασόν σου τὸν υἱὸν, ἵνα καὶ ὁ υἱός σου
δοξάση σε, καθὼς ἔδωκας αὐτῷ ἐξουσίαν
πάσης σαρκὸς, ἵνα, πᾶν ὃ δέδωκας αὐτῷ,
δώσῃ αὐτοῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον. Αὕτη δέ ἐστιν
ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσί σε τὸν μόνον
ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ, ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν
Χριστόν. “Εγώ σε ἐδόξασα ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς· τὸ
ἔργον ἐτελείωσα, ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω.
Καὶ νῦν δόξασόν με, σὺ Πάτερ, παρὰ σεαυτῷ
τῇ δόξῃ, ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι
παρὰ σοί. 6Εφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα τοῖς
ἀνθρώποις, οὓς δέδωκάς μοι ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου·
σοὶ ἦσαν, καὶ ἐμοὶ αὐτοὺς δέδωκας· καὶ τὸν
λόγον σου τετηρήκασι. Νῦν ἔγνωκαν ὅτι
πάντα, ὅσα δέδωκάς μοι, παρὰ σοῦ ἐστιν.
δὅτι τὰ ῥήματα, ἃ δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα
αὐτοῖς· καὶ αὐτοὶ ἔλαβον, καὶ ἔγνωσαν ἀληθῶς
ὅτι παρὰ σοῦ ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ἐπίστευσαν ὅτι σύ
με ἀπέστειλας. Ἐγὼ περὶ αὐτῶν ἐρωτῶ.
οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλὰ περὶ ὧν
δέδωκάς μοι, ὅτι σοί εἰσι.
πάντα σά ἐστι, καὶ τὰ σὰ ἐμά·
10Καὶ τὰ ἐμὰ
καὶ δεδόξασμαι
74
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Εν
ἐν αὐτοῖς. 11 Καὶ οὐκ ἔτι εἰμὶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ,
καὶ οὗτοι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἰσὶ, καὶ ἐγὼ πρός σε
ἔρχομαι. Πάτερ ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ
ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι, ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν,
καθὼς ἡμεῖς. 1.Οτε ἤμην μετ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐν τῷ
κόσμῳ, ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου
οὓς δέδωκάς μοι ἐφύλαξα, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν
ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας, ἵνα ἡ
γραφὴ πληρωθῇ· 13νῦν δὲ πρός σε ἔρχομαι,
καὶ ταῦτα λαλῶ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, ἵνα ἔχωσι τὴν
χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν πεπληρωμένην ἐν αὐτοῖς.
14Ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου, καὶ ὁ
κόσμος ἐμίσησεν αὐτοὺς, ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ
κόσμου, καθὼς ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου.
15Οὐκ ἐρωτῶ ἵνα ἄρῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου,
ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ.
16Ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου οὐκ εἰσὶ, καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐκ τοῦ
κόσμου οὐκ εἰμί. 17 Αγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ
ἀληθείᾳ σου· ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστι.
18 Καθὼς ἐμὲ ἀπέστειλας εἰς τὸν κόσμον, κἀγὼ
ἀπέστειλα αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν κόσμον.
19 Και
ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐγὼ ἁγιάζω ἐμαυτὸν, ἵνα καὶ
αὐτοὶ ὦσιν ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ. 200v
περὶ τούτων δὲ ἐρωτῶ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ
τῶν πιστευσόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς
CHAPTER XVIII.
75
εν
ἐμέ 21ἵνα πάντες ἓν ὦσι, καθώς σύ, Πάτερ,
ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοὶ, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ἓν
ὦσιν· ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύσῃ ὅτι σύ με
ἀπέστειλας. 22 Καὶ ἐγὼ τὴν δόξαν, ἣν δέδω-
κάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς· ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθώς
ἡμεῖς ἕν ἐσμεν. 23Ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ ἐν
ἐμοὶ, ἵνα ὦσι τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἓν, καὶ ἵνα
γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας, καὶ
ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς, καθὼς ἐμὲ ἠγάπησας.
24Πάτερ, οὓς δέδωκάς μοι, θέλω ἵνα ὅπου εἰμὶ
ἐγὼ, κἀκεῖνοι ὦσι μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ· ἵνα θεωρῶσι τὴν
δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν, ἣν ἔδωκάς μοι, ὅτι ἠγάπησάς
με πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. 25Πάτερ δίκαιε, καὶ
ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω· ἐγὼ δέ σε ἔγνων, καὶ
οὗτοι ἔγνωσαν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας. 26 Καὶ
ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου, καὶ γνωρίσω· ἵνα
ἡ ἀγάπη, ἣν ἠγάπησάς με, ἐν αὐτοῖς ᾖ, κἀγὼ ἐν
αὐτοῖς.
CHAP. XVIII. ΤΑΥΤΑ εἰπὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς
ἐξῆλθε σὺν τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ πέραν τοῦ
χειμάρρου τοῦ Κέδρων, ὅπου ἦν κῆπος, εἰς
ὃν εἰσῆλθεν αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ.
2Η δει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, τὸν
τόπον· ὅτι πολλάκις συνήχθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐκεῖ
μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν αὑτοῦ. Ὁ οὖν Ἰούδας,
76
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
λαβων τὴν σπεῖραν καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ
Φαρισαίων ὑπηρέτας, ἔρχεται ἐκεῖ μετὰ φανῶν
καὶ λαμπαδων καὶ ὅπλων. 4Ἰησοῦς οὖν,
εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ᾿ αὐτὸν, ἐξελθὼν
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Τίνα ζητείτε; 5'Απεκρίθησαν
αὐτῷ· Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραίον. Λέγει αὐτοῖς
ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εγώ εἰμι. Εἱστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας,
ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ᾿ αὐτῶν. 6Ὡς οὖν
εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι· ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ
ὀπίσω καὶ ἔπεσον χαμαί. Πάλιν οὖν αὐτοὺς
ἐπηρώτησε· Τίνα ζητεῖτε ; Οἱ δὲ εἶπον
Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραίον. 8'Απεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Εἶπον ὑμῖν ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι· εἰ οὖν ἐμὲ ζητεῖτε,
ἄφετε τούτους ὑπάγειν· θἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ
λόγος ὃν εἶπεν· Οτι οὓς δέδωκάς μοι, οὐκ
ἀπώλεσα ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδένα. 10Σίμων οὖν
Πέτρος ἔχων μάχαιραν εἵλκυσεν αὐτὴν, καὶ
ἔπαισε τὸν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως δοῦλον, καὶ ἀπ-
έκοψεν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὠτίον τὸ δεξιόν. Ην δε
ὄνομα τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος. 1 Είπεν οὖν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς τῷ Πέτρῳ Βάλε τὴν μάχαιραν εἰς
τὴν θήκην· τὸ ποτήριον, ὃ δέδωκέ μοι ὁ πατὴρ,
οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό ; 12Ἡ οὖν σπεῖρα καὶ ὁ χιλί-
αρχος καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται τῶν Ἰουδαίων συνέλαβον
τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτόν. 13Καὶ ἀπο
CHAPTER XVIII.
77
ήγαγον αὐτὸν πρὸς ῎Ανναν πρῶτον· ἦν γὰρ
πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ
ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου. 14'Ην δὲ Καϊάφας ὁ συμ-
βουλεύσας τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, ὅτι συμφέρει ἕνα
ἄνθρωπον ἀπολέσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ λαοῦ. 15'Ηκολ-
ούθει δὲ τῷ Ἰησοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ ὁ ἄλλος
μαθητής. Ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς
τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθε τῷ Ἰησοῦ εἰς τὴν
αὐλὴν τοῦ ἀρχιερέως. 16Ὁ δὲ Πέτρος εἱστή-
κει πρὸς τῇ θύρα ἔξω. Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ μαθ
ητὴς ὁ ἄλλος, ὃς ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ
εἶπε τῇ θυρωρῷ, καὶ εἰσήγαγε τον Πέτρον.
17 Λέγει οὖν ἡ παιδίσκη ἡ θυρωρὸς τῷ Πέτρῳ
Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου
τούτου ; Λέγει ἐκεῖνος· Οὐκ εἰμί. 18Εἱστή-
κεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται ἀνθρακιὰν
πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψύχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο·
ἦν δὲ μετ᾿ αὐτῶν ὁ Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμ-
αινόμενος. 19Ο οὖν ἀρχιερεὺς ἠρώτησε τὸν
Ἰησοῦν περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῆς
διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ. 20' Απεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Εγω παρρησίᾳ ἐλάλησα τῷ κόσμῳ· ἐγὼ
πάντοτε ἐδίδαξα ἐν συναγωγῇ, καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ,
ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται, καὶ ἐν
κρυπτῷ ἐλάλησα οὐδέν· 21τί με επερωτᾷς;
78
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ἐπερώτησον τοὺς ἀκηκοότας, τί ἐλάλησα
αὐτοῖς· ἴδε, οὗτοι οἴδασιν, ἃ εἶπον ἐγώ.
22Ταῦτα δὲ αὐτοῦ εἰπόντος, εἷς τῶν ὑπηρετῶν
παρεστηκὼς ἔδωκε ῥάπισμα τῷ Ἰησοῦ, εἰπών·
Οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ; 23 Απεκρίθη
αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Εἰ κακῶς ἐλάλησα,μαρτύρησον
περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ· εἰ δὲ καλῶς, τί με δέρεις ;
24' Απέστειλεν αὐτὸν ὁ ῎Αννας δεδεμένον
πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα. 25 Ην δέ
Σίμων Πέτρος ἑστὼς καὶ θερμαινόμενος εἶπον
οὖν αὐτῷ· Μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ
εἶ; Ἠρνήσατο ἐκεῖνος, καὶ εἶπεν· Οὐκ εἰμί.
26 Λέγει εἷς ἐκ τῶν δούλων τοῦ ἀρχιερέως,
συγγενὴς ὢν, οὗ ἀπέκοψε Πέτρος τὸ ὠτίον·
Οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ᾿ αὐτοῦ;
27 Πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο ὁ Πέτρος· καὶ εὐθέως
ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν.
ΤΟ
28 ΑΓΟΥΣΙΝ οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ
Καϊάφα εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον ἦν δὲ πρωΐα.
Καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον,
ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλ᾽ ἵνα φάγωσι τὸ πάσχα.
29 Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Πιλάτος πρὸς αὐτοὺς, καὶ
εἶπε· Τίνα κατηγορίαν, φέρετε κατὰ τοῦ
ἀνθρώπου τούτου; 30 Απεκρίθησαν καὶ εἶπον
αὐτῷ· Εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακοποιός, οὐκ ἄν σοι
0
CHAPTER XVIII.
79
παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν. 31Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ
Πιλάτος Λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς, καὶ κατὰ τὸν
νόμον ὑμῶν κρίνατε αὐτόν. Εἶπον οὖν αὐτῷ
οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι· 32Ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι
οὐδένα· ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ, ὃν
εἶπε, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἔμελλεν ἀπο-
θνήσκειν. 33Εἰσῆλθεν οὖν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον
πάλιν ὁ Πιλάτος, καὶ ἐφώνησε τὸν Ἰησοῦν,
καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Σὺ εἶ ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν
Ἰουδαίων; 34'Απεκρίθη αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Αφ'
ἑαυτοῦ σὺ τοῦτο λέγεις, ἢ ἄλλοι σοι εἶπον
περὶ ἐμοῦ; 35'Απεκρίθη ὁ Πιλάτος Μήτι
ο
ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι ; τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν καὶ οἱ
ἀρχιερεῖς παρέδωκάν σε ἐμοί· τί ἐποίησας;
36 Απεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ
οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου· εἰ ἐκ τοῦ
κόσμου τούτου ἦν ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ, οἱ
ὑπηρέται ἂν οἱ ἐμοὶ ἠγωνίζοντο, ἵνα μὴ
παραδοθώ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις· νῦν δὲ ἡ βασιλεία
ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐντεῦθεν. 37Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτῷ
ὁ Πιλάτος Οὐκοῦν βασιλεὺς εἶ σύ; Απ-
εκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς
εἰμι ἐγώ ἐγὼ εἰς τοῦτο γεγέννημαι καὶ εἰς
τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα μαρτυρήσω
τῇ ἀληθείᾳ. Πᾶς ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας
Ο
80
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ἀκούει μου τῆς φωνῆς. 38 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ
Πιλάτος· Τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια ; Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν
πάλιν ἐξῆλθε πρὸς τοὺς Ἰουδαίους, καὶ λέγει
αὐτοῖς· Ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν
αὐτῷ. 39 Εστι δὲ συνήθεια ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἕνα
ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω ἐν τῷ πάσχα· βούλεσθε οὖν
ὑμῖν ἀπολύσω τὸν βασιλέα τῶν Ἰουδαίων ;
40 Εκραύγασαν οὖν πάλιν πάντες, λέγοντες
Μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββάν. Ἦν δὲ ὁ
Βαραββᾶς ληστής.
CHAP. XIX. ΤΟΤΕ οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πιλάτος
τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσε. Καὶ οἱ στρατι
ὦται, πλέξαντες στέφανον ἐξ ἀκάνθων, ἐπ-
έθηκαν αὐτοῦ τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἱμάτιον πορ-
φυροῦν περιέβαλον αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔλεγον· Χαῖρε
ὁ βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων· καὶ ἐδίδουν αὐτῷ
ῥαπίσματα. 4Ἐξῆλθεν πάλιν ἔξω ὁ Πιλάτος,
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ἴδε, ἄγω ὑμῖν αὐτὸν ἔξω,
ἵνα γνῶτε ὅτι ἐν αὐτῷ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω.
5 Ἐξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἔξω φορῶν τὸν ἀκάνθ-
ινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον.
Και λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ἴδε ὁ ἄνθρωπος. Ότε
οὖν εἶδον αὐτὸν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται,
ἐκραύγασαν, λέγοντες Σταύρωσον, σταύρωσον.
Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πιλάτος Λάβετε αὐτὸν ὑμεῖς,
CHAPTER XIX.
81
καὶ σταυρώσατε· ἐγὼ γὰρ οὐχ εὑρίσκω ἐν
αὐτῷ αἰτίαν. Απεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδα
αίοι· Ἡμεῖς νόμον ἔχομεν, καὶ κατὰ τὸν
νόμον ἡμῶν ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι ἑαυτὸν
υἱὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐποίησεν. 8Οτε οὖν ἤκουσεν
ὁ Πιλάτος τοῦτον τὸν λόγον, μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη
καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ
λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ· Πόθεν εἰ σύ; Ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς
ἀπόκρισιν οὐκ ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ. 10Λέγει οὖν
αὐτῷ ὁ Πιλάτος· Ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς ; Οὐκ οἶδας
ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν
ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε; 11'Απεκρίθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν οὐδεμίαν κατ᾿ ἐμοῦ, εἰ μὴ
ἦν σοι δεδομένον ἄνωθεν· διὰ τοῦτο ὁ παρα-
διδούς με σοὶ μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει. 12'Εκ
τούτου ἐζήτει ὁ Πιλάτος ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν· οἱ
δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἔκραζον, λέγοντες· Ἐὰν τοῦτον
ἀπολύσῃς, οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος πᾶς ὁ
βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν ἀντιλέγει τῷ Καίσαρι.
13Ο οὖν Πιλάτος, ἀκούσας τοῦτον τὸν λόγον,
ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐπὶ τοῦ
βήματος εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον,
Εβραϊστὶ δὲ Γαββαθά. 14*Ην δὲ παρασκευὴ
τοῦ πάσχα, ὥρα δὲ ὡσεὶ ἕκτη· καὶ λέγει τοῖς
Ἰουδαίοις· Ἴδε ὁ βασιλεὺς ὑμῶν. 15Οἱ δὲ
St John.
G
82
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
ἐκραύγασαν· 'Αρον, ἄρον, σταύρωσον αὐτόν.
Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Πιλάτος· Τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν
σταυρώσω; Απεκρίθησαν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς· Οὐκ
ἔχομεν βασιλέα, εἰ μὴ Καίσαρα. 16Τότε οὖν
παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ. Παρ-
έλαβον δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἤγαγον.
17Καὶ βαστάζων τὸν σταυρὸν αὑτοῦ ἐξῆλθεν
εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον Κρανίου τόπον, ὃς λέγεται
Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθᾶ· 18ὅπου αὐτὸν ἐσταύρωσαν,
καὶ μετ' αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο, ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ἐντεῦ
θεν, μέσον δὲ τὸν Ἰησοῦν. 19Ἔγραψε δὲ καὶ
τίτλον ὁ Πιλάτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ.
Ἦν δὲ γεγραμμένον· ἸΗΣΟΥΣ Ὁ ΝΑΖΩΡ-
ΑΙΟΣ, Ο ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣ ΤΩΝ ΙΟΥΔΑΙΩΝ.
20Τοῦτον οὖν τὸν τίτλον πολλοὶ ἀνέγνωσαν
τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τῆς πόλεως ὁ
τόπος, ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ ἦν
γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστὶ, Ἑλληνιστί, Ρωμα-
ϊστί. 21Ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πιλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς
τῶν Ἰουδαίων· Μὴ γράφει Ο βασιλεὺς τῶν
Ἰουδαίων· ἀλλ' ὅτι ἐκεῖνος εἶπε· Βασιλεύς
εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων. 22 Απεκρίθη ὁ Πιλάτος
ο
Ο γέγραφα, γέγραφα. 23Οἱ οὖν στρατιῶται,
ὅτε ἐσταύρωσαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια
αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐποίησαν τέσσαρα μέρη, ἑκάστῳ
CHAPTER XIX.
83
στρατιώτῃ μέρος, καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα. Ἦν δὲ ὁ
χιτών ἄῤῥαφος, ἐκ τῶν ἄνωθεν ὑφαντὸς δι'
ὅλου. 24Εἶπον οὖν πρὸς ἀλλήλους Μὴ σχί-
σωμεν αὐτόν, ἀλλὰ λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ,
τίνος ἔσται· ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ, ἡ λέγουσα·
Διεμερίσαντο τὰ ἱμάτιά μου ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐπὶ
τὸν ἱματισμόν μου ἔβαλον κλῆρον. Οἱ μὲν
οὖν στρατιῶται ταῦτα ἐποίησαν.
25ΕΙΣΤΗΚΕΙΣΑΝ δὲ παρὰ τῷ σταυρῷ
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἡ ἀδελφὴ τῆς
μητρὸς αὐτοῦ, Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Κλωπᾶ, καὶ
Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνή. 26Ἰησοῦς οὖν ἰδὼν
τὴν μητέρα καὶ τὸν μαθητὴν παρεστῶτα, ὃν
ἠγάπα, λέγει τῇ μητρὶ αὑτοῦ· Γύναι, ἰδοὺ ὁ
υἱός σου.
27 Εἶτα λέγει τῷ μαθητῇ· Ἰδοὺ ἡ
μήτηρ σου. Καὶ ἀπ' ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας ἔλαβεν
αὐτὴν ὁ μαθητὴς εἰς τὰ ἴδια. 28Μετὰ τοῦτο
εἰδὼς ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι πάντα ἤδη τετέλεσται, ἵνα
τελειωθῇ ἡ γραφὴ, λέγει· Διψώ. 29 Σκεύος
οὖν ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν· οἱ δὲ πλήσαντες
σπόγγον ὄξους, καὶ ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες, προσ-
ήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ στόματι. 30Οτε οὖν ἔλαβε
τὸ ὄξος ὁ Ἰησοῦς, εἶπε· Τετέλεσται καὶ
κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν παρέδωκε τὸ πνεῦμα.
οι
31Οἱ οὖν Ἰουδαῖοι, ἵνα μὴ μείνῃ ἐπὶ τοῦ
84
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
Ο
σταυροῦ τὰ σώματα ἐν τῷ σαββάτῳ, ἐπεὶ
παρασκευὴ ἦν (ἦν γὰρ μεγάλη ἡ ἡμέρα
ἐκείνου τοῦ σαββάτου), ἠρώτησαν τὸν Πιλάτ
ον, ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ
ἀρθῶσιν. 32Ἦλθον οὖν οἱ στρατιῶται, καὶ
τοῦ μὲν πρώτου κατέαξαν τὰ σκέλη καὶ τοῦ
ἄλλου τοῦ συσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ. 33Ἐπὶ δὲ
τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες, ὡς εἶδον αὐτὸν ἤδη
τεθνηκότα, οὐ κατέαξαν αὐτοῦ τὰ σκέλη
34ἀλλ᾽ εἷς τῶν στρατιωτῶν λόγχῃ αὐτοῦ τὴν
πλευρὰν ἔνυξε, καὶ εὐθὺς ἐξῆλθεν αἷμα καὶ
ὕδωρ. 35 Καὶ ὁ ἑωρακώς μεμαρτύρηκε, καὶ
ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία· κἀκεῖνος
οἶδεν ὅτι ἀληθῆ λέγει, ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύ
σητε. 36 Εγένετο γὰρ ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ
πληρωθῇ· Οστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ.
37Καὶ πάλιν ἑτέρα γραφὴ λέγει· Ὄψονται
εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν. 38Μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἠρώτησε
τὸν Πιλάτον ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἀριμαθαίας (ὢν
μαθητὴς τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, κεκρυμμένος δὲ διὰ τὸν
φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων), ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ
Ἰησοῦ· καὶ ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πιλάτος. Ἦλθεν
οὖν καὶ ἦρε τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 39Ἦλθε δὲ
καὶ Νικόδημος, ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς τὸν Ἰησοῦν
νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον, φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ
0
CHAPTER XX.
85
ἀλόης ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν. 40 Ἔλαβον οὖν τὸ
σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις
μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων, καθὼς ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς
Ἰουδαίοις ἐνταφιάζειν. 41*Ην δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ,
ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη, κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ
μνημεῖον καινὸν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἐτέθη.
42 Ἐκεῖ οὖν διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων,
ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν.
CHAP. ΧΧ. ΤΗι δὲ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων
Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἔρχεται πρωί, σκοτίας
ἔτι οὔσης, εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον καὶ βλέπει τον
λίθον ᾑρμένον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου. Τρέχει οὖν
καὶ ἔρχεται πρὸς Σίμωνα Πέτρον καὶ πρὸς τὸν
ἄλλον μαθητὴν, ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ λέγει
αὐτοῖς· "Ηραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου,
καὶ οὐκ οἴδαμεν ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν. Ἐξῆλθεν
οὖν ὁ Πέτρος καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς, καὶ
ἤρχοντο εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον. 4Ἔτρεχον δὲ οἱ
δύο ὁμοῦ· καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς προέδραμε
τάχιον τοῦ Πέτρου, καὶ ἦλθε πρῶτος εἰς τὸ
μνημεῖον. Καὶ παρακύψας βλέπει κείμενα
τὰ ὀθόνια· οὐ μέντοι εἰσῆλθεν. 6Ἔρχεται
οὖν Σίμων Πέτρος ἀκολουθῶν αὐτῷ, καὶ
εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ θεωρεῖ τὰ ὀθόνια
κείμενα, "καὶ τὸ σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς
86
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ, οὐ μετὰ τῶν ὀθονίων κείμενον,
ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον.
8Τότε οὖν εἰσῆλθε καὶ ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής, ὁ
ἐλθὼν πρῶτος εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, καὶ εἶδε, καὶ
ἐπίστευσεν. Οὐδέπω γὰρ ᾔδεισαν τὴν γραφὴν,
ὅτι δεῖ αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστῆναι. 10' Απῆλθον
οὖν πάλιν πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς οἱ μαθηταί.
11 Μαρία δὲ εἱστήκει πρὸς τὸ μνημεῖον
κλαίουσα ἔξω. Ὡς οὖν ἔκλαιε, παρέκυψεν
εἰς τὸ μνημεῖον, 12 καὶ θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους
ἐν λευκοῖς καθεζομένους, ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ
καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσὶν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα
τοῦ Ἰησοῦ. 13 Και λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι
Γύναι, τί κλαίεις; Λέγει αὐτοῖς· Ὅτι ᾖραν τὸν
Κύριόν μου, καὶ οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν.
14Ταῦτα εἰποῦσα ἐστράφη εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω, καὶ
θεωρεῖ τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἑστῶτα, καὶ οὐκ ᾔδει ὅτι
Ἰησοῦς ἐστι. 15 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Γύναι,
τί κλαίεις ; τίνα ζητεῖς; Εκείνη δοκοῦσα ὅτι
ὁ κηπουρός ἐστι, λέγει αὐτῷ· Κύριε, εἰ σὺ
ἐβάστασας αὐτὸν, εἰπέ μοι ποῦ αὐτὸν ἔθηκας,
κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ. 16 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς Μα-
ρία. Στραφεῖσα ἐκείνη λέγει αὐτῷ Ραββουνὶ
(ὁ λέγεται, διδάσκαλε). 17 Λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Μή μου ἅπτου· οὔπω γὰρ ἀναβέβηκα πρὸς
CHAPTER XX.
87
τὸν πατέρα μου πορεύου δὲ πρὸς τοὺς ἀδελφ
ούς μου, καὶ εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς· ᾿Αναβαίνω πρὸς
τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου
καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν. 18 Έρχεται Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαλ
ηνὴ ἀπαγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς, ὅτι ἑώρακε
τὸν Κύριον, καὶ ταῦτα εἶπεν αὐτῇ.
19ΟΥΣΗΣ οὖν ὀψίας τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ
μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων, καὶ τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισ
μένων, ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ συνηγμένοι, διὰ
τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ἦλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς,
καὶ ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον, καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς·
Ειρήνη ὑμῖν. 20Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἔδειξεν
αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὑτοῦ.
Εχάρησαν οὖν οἱ μαθηταὶ ἰδόντες τὸν Κύριον.
21Εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς πάλιν Ειρήνη
ὑμῖν· καθὼς ἀπέσταλκέ με ὁ πατὴρ, κἀγὼ
πέμπω ὑμᾶς. 22 Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν ἐνεφύσησε,
καὶ λέγει αὐτοῖς Λάβετε Πνεῦμα ἅγιον.
23*Αν τινων ἀφῆτε τὰς ἁμαρτίας, ἀφίενται
αὐτοῖς· ἄν τινων κρατῆτε, κεκράτηνται.
24Θωμᾶς δὲ, εἷς ἐκ τῶν δώδεκα, ὁ λεγόμενος
Δίδυμος, οὐκ ἦν μετ᾿ αὐτῶν, ὅτε ἦλθεν ὁ
Ἰησοῦς. 25 Ελεγον οὖν αὐτῷ οἱ ἄλλοι μαθ
ηταί· Εωράκαμεν τὸν Κύριον. Ὁ δὲ εἶπεν
αὐτοῖς· Ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν
88
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου
εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὴν χεῖρά
μου εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω,
26Και μεθ᾿ ἡμέρας ὀκτὼ πάλιν ἦσαν ἔσω οἱ
μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ Θωμᾶς μετ᾿ αὐτῶν. Ἔρχ-
εται ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων, καὶ
ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον, καὶ εἶπεν· Ειρήνη ὑμῖν.
27 Εἶτα λέγει τῷ Θωμά. Φέρε τὸν δάκτυλόν
σου ὧδε καὶ ἴδε τὰς χεῖράς μου, καὶ φέρε τὴν
χειρά σου καὶ βάλε εἰς τὴν πλευράν μου, καὶ
μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός. 28'Απεκρίθη
Θωμᾶς καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Ὁ Κύριός μου, καὶ ὁ
Θεός μου.
29 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Οτι
ἑώρακάς με, πεπίστευκας μακάριοι οἱ μὴ
ἰδόντες καὶ πιστεύσαντες.
0
30Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν καὶ ἄλλα σημεῖα ἐποίησεν
ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐνώπιον τῶν μαθητῶν αὑτοῦ, ἃ οὐκ
ἔστι γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ. 31 Ταῦ-
τα δὲ γέγραπται, ἵνα πιστεύσητε ὅτι Ἰησοῦς
ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ ἵνα
πιστεύοντες ζωὴν ἔχητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ.
CHAP. XXI. ΜΕΤΑ ταῦτα ἐφανέρωσεν
ἑαυτὸν πάλιν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς μαθηταῖς ἐπὶ τῆς
θαλάσσης τῆς Τιβεριάδος. Ἐφανέρωσε δὲ
οὕτως. Ησαν ὁμοῦ Σίμων Πέτρος καὶ
CHAPTER XXI.
89
Θωμᾶς, ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος, καὶ Ναθαναὴλ
ὁ ἀπό Κανᾶ τῆς Γαλιλαίας, καὶ οἱ τοῦ Ζε-
βεδαίου, καὶ ἄλλοι ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ δύο.
3 Λέγει αὐτοῖς Σίμων Πέτρος· Υπάγω ἁλιεύειν.
Λέγουσιν αὐτῷ· Ἐρχόμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς σύν σοι.
Ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον εὐθὺς,
καὶ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ νυκτὶ ἐπίασαν οὐδέν. 4Πρωΐ-
ας δὲ ἤδη γενομένης ἔστη ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὸν
αἰγιαλόν· οὐ μέντοι ᾔδεισαν οἱ μαθηταὶ ὅτι
Ἰησοῦς ἐστι. Λέγει οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς
Παιδία, μή τι προσφάγιον ἔχετε; Απεκρι-
θησαν αὐτῷ· Οὔ. Ο δὲ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς· Βάλετε
εἰς τὰ δεξιὰ μέρη τοῦ πλοίου τὸ δίκτυον, καὶ
εὑρήσετε. Ἔβαλον οὖν, καὶ οὐκ ἔτι αὐτὸ
ἑλκῦσαι ἴσχυσαν ἀπὸ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν ἰχθύων.
"Λέγει οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ
Ἰησοῦς, τῷ Πέτρῳ· Ὁ Κύριός ἐστι. Σιμων
οὖν Πέτρος, ἀκούσας ὅτι ὁ Κύριός ἐστι, τὸν
ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο ἦν γὰρ γυμνός), καὶ
ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν. Οἱ δὲ
ἄλλοι μαθηταὶ τῷ πλοιαρίῳ ἦλθον (οὐ γὰρ
ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς, ἀλλ᾽ ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν
διακοσίων,) σύροντες τὸ δίκτυον τῶν ἰχθύων.
Ὡς οὖν ἀπέβησαν εἰς τὴν γῆν, βλέπουσιν
ἀνθρακιάν κειμένην, καὶ ὀψάριον ἐπικείμενον,
90
ST. JOHN'S GOSPEL.
καὶ ἄρτον. 10Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Ενέγ
κατε ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψαρίων, ὧν ἐπιάσατε νῦν.
11' Ανέβη Σίμων Πέτρος, καὶ εἵλκυσε τὸ δίκτυον
ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων ἑκατὸν
πεντηκοντατριῶν· καὶ, τοσούτων ὄντων, οὐκ
ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον. 12 Λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Δεῦτε, ἀριστήσατε. Οὐδεὶς δὲ ἐτόλμα τῶν
μαθητῶν ἐξετάσαι αὐτόν· Σὺ τίς εἶ; εἰδότες
ὅτι ὁ Κύριός ἐστιν. 13 Ερχεται ὁ Ἰησοῦς, καὶ
λαμβάνει τὸν ἄρτον, καὶ δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ
τὸ ὀψάριον ὁμοίως. 14Τοῦτο ἤδη τρίτον
ἐφανερώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὑτοῦ,
ἐγερθεὶς ἐκ νεκρῶν.
15Οτε οὖν ἠρίστησαν, λέγει τῷ Σίμωνι
Πέτρῳ ὁ Ἰησοῦς· Σίμων Ἰωνᾶ, ἀγαπᾷς με
πλεῖον τούτων ; Λέγει αὐτῷ· Ναι, Κύριε,
σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ· Βόσκε τὰ
ἀρνία μου. 16 Λέγει αὐτῷ πάλιν δεύτερον
Σίμων Ἰωνᾶ, ἀγαπᾷς με ; Λέγει αὐτῷ· Ναι,
Κύριε, σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ·
Ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου. 17 Λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ
τρίτον Σίμων Ἰωνᾶ, φιλεῖς με; Ἐλυπήθη
ὁ Πέτρος, ὅτι εἶπεν αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον Φιλεῖς
με ; καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ· Κύριε, σὺ πάντα οἶδας
σὺ γινώσκεις ὅτι φιλῶ σε. Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ
CHAPTER XXI.
ΟΙ
18 Αμὴν
Ἰησοῦς· Βόσκε τὰ πρόβατά μου.
ἀμὴν λέγω σοι, ὅτε ἧς νεώτερος, ἐζώννυες
σεαυτὸν, καὶ περιεπάτεις, ὅπου ἤθελες· ὅταν
δὲ γηράσῃς, ἐκτενεῖς τὰς χεῖράς σου, καὶ ἄλλος
σε ζώσει, καὶ οἴσει, ὅπου οὐ θέλεις. 19Τοῦτο
δὲ εἶπε σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν
Θεόν. Καὶ τοῦτο εἰπὼν λέγει αὐτῷ· Ακολούθει
μοι. 20 Επιστραφεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος βλέπει τὸν
μαθητὴν, ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἀκολουθοῦντα
(ὃς καὶ ἀνέπεσεν ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος
αὐτοῦ, καὶ εἶπε· Κύριε, τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδιδούς
σε ;)· 21τοῦτον ἰδὼν ὁ Πέτρος λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ,
Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί; 22 Λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς·
Ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρός
σε; σὺ ἀκολούθει μοι. 23 Εξῆλθεν οὖν ὁ λόγος
οὗτος εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ὅτι ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος
οὐκ ἀποθνήσκει. Καὶ οὐκ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ
Ἰησοῦς, ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνήσκει· ἀλλ᾽, Ἐὰν αὐτὸν
θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρός σε ; 24Οὗτός
ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, καὶ
γράψας ταῦτα· καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθής ἐστιν
ἡ μαρτυρία αὐτοῦ. 25Ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ,
ὅσα ἐποίησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἅτινα ἐὰν γράφηται
καθ᾽ ἓν, οὐδὲ αὐτὸν οἶμαι τὸν κόσμον χωρήσαι
τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία.
VOCABULARY.
ABBREVIATIONS.
acc.
act.
adj.
adv.
aor.
art.
cf.
•
•
•
•
comp.
•
•
•
accusative.
active.
adjective.
adverb.
aorist.
article.
Lat.
•
•
m. or masc.
·
mid..
Latin.
masculine.
middle.
•
•
+
neuter.
n. or neut..
neg.
nom.
•
•
•
English.
et aliter.
conj..
•
contr.
dat.
compare.
compar tive.
conjunction.
contracted.
dative.
dem. or de-} demonstrative.
monstr..
Eng..
et al..
opp.
opt.
•
•
P. or part.
p. or perf.
pass.
pluperf.
•
•
•
•
plur..
•
poss.
f. (with subst..
or fut.
•
folld.
follg.
fr.
etym.
adj.or pron.
f. (with verb)} future.
etymology.
pres.
feminine.
prob.
•
pron.
•
prps.
•
D
q.v.
•
negative.
nominative.
opposite or op-
posed to.
optative.
participle.
perfect.
passive.
pluperfect.
plural.
possessive.
present.
probably.
pronoun.
perhaps.
quod vide.
•
followed.
following.
•
from.
rel.
·
S. or Sans.
relative.
Sanscrit.
•
sing.
•
singular.
subj..
•
gen..
gen. omn.
Germ.
•
•
•
gov..
imperat.
imperf.orimp.
•
inf.
irreg.
•
genitive.
of all genders.
German.
•
governing.
•
•
•
imperative.
imperfect.
infinitive.
irregular.
subst.
sup..
•
V.. a.
v. mid.
•
•
•
subjunctive.
substantive.
superlative.
verb active.
verb middle.
verb neuter.
v. n.
•
•
VOC.
•
•
•
vocative.
equal to.

N.B. Where the etymology is not given, the word is of very
uncertain or of unknown origin.
Words with an asterisk (*) prefixed are the Greek representa-
tives of Hebrew or Chaldee words.
Such principal tenses of verbs as are placed within parentheses
{), do not occur in the Greek Testament.
VOCABULARY.
N.B. For ADDENDA see page 199.
*Aẞpaáu, m. indecl. (“Fa-
ther of a multitude") Abra-
ham; the ancestor of the Jew-
ish nation. His call is usually
assigned to B.C. 1921.
ἀ-γαπάω -ω, f. ἀγαπήσω,
р. hуáпŋка, 1. aor. ǹyάwŋσa,
("To_desire_or long for
hence) To love.-Pass.: -
γάπάομαι -ώμαι, p. ἠγάπε
ημαι, (l. aor. ήγαπήθην), 1.
| fut. ¿yarn@hooµaι [prob. akin
to Sans.root KAP, "to desire";
à is a prefix; cf. ¿yaðós].
ảyánn, ns, f. Love [fr.
ἀγαθός, ή, όν, adj. Good.
As Subst.: ảyǎðóv, oû, n. That
which is good, a good thing
[yao, like Germ. "gut," Eng.
good"; akin to Sans. part.
kyát-a, fr. root KYA, in origi-same source as ȧyanάw; see
nal force of "to shine"; à is
an inseparable prefix].
ἀγαλλιασθῆναι, 1. aor. inf.
pass. of άyaλλáw, in mid.
force.
ȧyaπáw].
ἀγαπηθήσομαι, 1. fut. ind.
pass. of ἀγαπάω.
ἀγαπήσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of ἀγαπάω.
ἀγαπῶν, ῶσα, ῶν, contr. P.
pres. of ayanάw.
(ảyadd-ïáw -ïô), 1. aor. ǹ-
yaλλíãσa, v. n. [a late and
strengthened form of ἀγάλλ ἄγγελος, ου, m. [ἀγγέλ-λω,
ομαι, "to exult"] 1. To "to carry a message"] ("One
exult; to rejoice exceedingly, who carries a message; a mes-
to delight greatly.-2. Mid. à-senger;" hence) An angel, as
γαλλ-ιάομαι -ιῶμαι, (f. ἀγαλλ-
ιάσομαι), 1. aor. ἠγαλλιασᾶ-
μŋv, 1. aor. pass. in mid. force,
ἠγαλλιάσθην and ἠγαλλιάθην :
To delight one's self greatly
or exceedingly, to rejoice.
μην,
ἀγαπᾶτε, 2. pers. plur. pres.
ind. and subj. of ȧyaráw.
one of God's messengers or
ministering spirits.
ἁγιάζω, 1. aor. ἡγίασα,
v. a. [åyĭ-ós, “holy"] ("To
make aviós;" hence) To hal-
low, sanctify, etc.—Pass.: åyĭ-
άζομαι, p. ἡγίασμαι, 1. aor.
ἡγιάσθην.
96
VOCABULARY.
åyíãσov, 1. aor. imperat. of
ἁγιάζω.
áy-ïós, ìá, ìóv, adj. ("To be
adored or worshipped"; hence)
Holy [akin to Sans. root
YAJ, "to adore, or worship,"
the deities].
åyv-ïlw,” (f. åyvĭow, Attic
åyvìw), p. ňyvika, 1. aor.
hyvioa, v. a. [åyv-ós, “pure”]
("To make άyvós"; hence)
To purify.
άyviow, 1. aor. subj. of
ἁγνίζω.
ảyop-ālw, f. ȧyopǎow, (p.
ἠγόρακα), 1. aor. Αγόρασα, v. a.
[ayop-ά, "a market"] ("To
the Greeks; hence, "a con-
test," etc., in general] ("To
carry on an ayav"; hence)
With Dat. of person: To con-
tend with one.
ἀδελφή, s, f. (“One of the
same womb"; hence) 1. A
sister.-2. Akinswoman [in-
separable prefix d, akin to
Sans. sa (in first part of com-
pound words), "same”; deλp-
ús, "a womb", akin to Sans.
garbh-a].
å-deλþ-ós, oû, m. [id.] 1. ▲
brother.-2. A kinsman [id.].
ådĭk-ia, ĭas, f. [ádik-os, “
just "; hence "unrighteous"]
hence) Unrighteousness.
un-
market"; hence) To buy, pur-("The quality of the ǎdikos”;
chase, procure by purchase.
ȧyopáσoμev, 1. pers. plur.
fut. ind. of dyopáłw.
ȧyópăσov, 1. aor. imperat.
οἱ ἀγοράζω.
åyopáσwµev, 1. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj. of ȧyopá¿w.
ἄγ-ω, f. ἄξω, (p. ἦχα, later
¿ynoxa), 2. aor. žyǎyov, v. a.
and n.: 1. Act. To bring,
lead, etc.-2. Neut.: ǎywμev,
Let us go, let us depart.-In
Greek, as well as in Latin, the
first person plur. Subj. is at
times used to express exhorta-
tion or admonition.
ἀγωνίζομαι, (f. ἀγωνιοῦμαι,
and late ἀγωνίσομαι), p. pass.
in mid. force, hyvioμai, v.
mid. [dywv, “an assembly";
[ἀγών,
hence, "a contest" for a prize
at the national gatherings of
ἀθετέω ω, f. ἀθετήσω, 1.
aor. ἠθέτησα, v. a.. [ἄθετos,
"set aside "]("To make ǎ0ЄT-
os"; hence) To set aside,
disregard, reject, despise.
ἀθετῶν, ουσα, ονν, contr. P.
pres. of ἀθετέω.
aiy-ï-ăd-os, ov, m. [aly. a
root of dioow, "to rush”; (1)
connecting vowel; åλs, åλ-ós,
"the sea"] ("Sea-rushing
thing," "that over which the
sea rushes or to which it is
impetuously carried"; hence)
Sea-shore, beach, strand.
αἷμα, ατος, η. Blood.
*Aivóv, f. indecl. ("Foun-
tains") Enon; a village or
town in the neighbourhood of
Salim,respecting which little or
nothing is known; see Zaλeíµ.
VOCABULARY.
97

airía, as, f. Afault,crime,etc.
alúv, ŵvos, m.: 1. Life-time,
life.-2. An infinite space of
time, eternity.--Phrases: a.
eis Tòv ai@va, (unto eternity,
i. e.) for ever.-b. ÈK TOÛ
alwvos (out of eternity, i. e.)
αἴρω, f. ἀρῶ, p. ἦρκα, 1. aor.
pa, v. a.: 1. To raise; to
take or lift up.-2. To carry,
bear, take, etc.-3. To take
away, remove, etc.;-at xix.
15 supply autóv after pov;
take him away, i. e. to pun-
ishment; away with him!—from the beginning or founda-
Pass.: aïpopal, p. pμal, 1.
aor. ἤρθην, 1. fut. αρθήσομαι.
aiteiode, contr. 2. pers.
plur. pres. mid. of airéw.
aireîte, contr. 2. pers. plur.
pres. ind. of aitéw.
aitéw -ŵ, f. airhow, p.
ᾔτηκα, 1. aor. ᾔτησα, v. a.:
1. Act.: a. With Acc. of
thing: To ask for.-b. With
Acc. of person: To ask, ask
of.-c. With Acc. of person
and Acc. of thing: To ask one
for something; to ask some-
thing of, or from, one.—d.
With Inf. To ask, or request,
to do, etc., iv. 9, where πLEIV
Lat. ut bibas.-2. Mid. : |
αἰτέομαι -οῦμαι, f. αιτήσομαι,
1. aor. ỷτnσăuny: a. With
Acc.: To ask for something
for one's own self; to request,
beg for.-b. Alone: To make
a request or entreaty; to beg
a favour, etc. [akin to Sans.
root YÂCH, "to ask "].
airnon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of αἰτέω.
airýonte, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. of airéw.
airnooμal, fut. ind. mid.
of αἰτέω.

St. John.
tion of the world [akin to
Sans. ayus, "life"].
αἰώνιος, ον, adj. [αἰών,
"eternity"]("Pertaining to
aiúv"; hence) Eternal, ever-
lasting.-N.B. In St. John's
Gospel used only in connexion
with ζωή.
ǎk-av0-a, ns, f. [prob. ảк-h,
"a sharp point "; ǎve os,
åve “a
flower"] ("That which has
sharp points and flowers"; i. e.)
A thorn tree, thorn-bush,
thorn;-at xix. 2, orépavos
ἐξ ἀκανθῶν = στέφανος ἀκάνε
eivos of xix. 5.
ἀκάνθ-ῖνος, ἵνη, ἵνον, adj.
[ǎкavo-α, “a thorn"] (" Per-
taining to άκανθα”; hence)
Of, or belonging to, thorns:
made of thorns:—ȧкávlivos
orépavos, a crown of thorns.
ἀκήκοα, perf. ind. of ἀκούω.
ȧkykows, vîa, ós, P. perf. of
ȧkoúw.
ȧкo-ý, ns, f. [ako-úw, "to
hear "]("A hearing"; hence
(act.) "that which hears
(pass.) "that which is heard",
hence) Report, etc.
;
ἀκολουθ-έω -ω, f. ἀκολουθο
ήσω, p. ἠκολούθηκα, 1. aor.
H
98
VOCABULARY.
ǹkoλoúlŋoa, v. n. [åkóλove-os, | To anoint [akin to Sans. root
following"] To follow ;-
mostly with Dat.
ἀκολουθῆσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
ἀκολουθέω.
ἀκολουθήσας, ασα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of ἀκολουθέω.
ἀκολουθῶν, οῦσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of ἀκολουθέω.
ἀκούσας, ἄσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of ἀκούω.
ȧkoúσoμaι,
ἀκούσομαι,
ind. of ἀκούω.
åкoúow, fut.
ἀκούω, f. ἀκούσω and ἀκού-
σομαι, p, ἀκήκοα, l. aor. ἤκουσα,
v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: a. With
Acc. of thing; or Gen. of per-
son or thing: To hear.-b.
With Objective clause: To
hear that, etc.-c. With Acc.
of thing: To hear of-d. |
With Gen. of person: To hear
or heed; to attend, or give ear,
to one.-2. Neut.: a. To
hear.--b. To hear, i. e. have,
or possess, the faculty of
hearing.-c. To attend, give
ear.-Pass.: ȧкovoμaι, (p.
ἀκούομαι,
ἤκουσμαι), 1. aor. ἠκούσθην,
1. f. ȧкovolnσouai.-Impers.
1. aor. pass.: йкovoŷn, It was,
or has been, heard [prob. to
be divided a-кo-úw; fr. à, in-
separable prefix, in strengthen-
ing force; root кo, found in
Ko-éw, "to hear, perceive "].
ἀκούων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of
ἀκούω.
ἀλείφω, ἀλείψω),
ả-λeíþ·w, (f. dλelyw), p.
hλeipa, 1. aor. hλena, v. a.
LIP, "to anoint " ; ȧ is an
inseparable prefix without
force; cf. ἀ-γαθός].
ἀλείψας, άσα, ar, P. 1. aor.
of ἀλείφω.
ἀλέκτωρ, ορος, m. A cock.
ἀλήθεια, είας, f. [ἀληθής,
"true"] ("The quality of the
ἀληθής”; hence) 1. Truth, as
opposed to error.-2. With
Art. The truth, i. e. a. The
true doctrinerevealed by Christ,
as opposed to the traditions of
the Jews and the myths of the
heathen; i. 17, etc.: тò πνeûµa
Tĥs ảλnocías, the Spirit of
truth, i. e. the Holy Spirit,
who guides to the knowledge
of the truth declared by Christ;
xiv. 17, etc.-b. As a title of
Christ; xiv. 6.—3. Truth in
life,i.e. uprightness of conduct,
etc.; iii. 21, etc.
å-λŋ0-ýs, és, adj. [à, “nega-
tive"; ano-∞, "to lie hid"]
λήθως
("Not lying hid; hence, "un-
reserved"; hence) Morally:
True. As Subst. : ἀληθῆ, ὢν,
n. plur. True things, truth.
ἀληθινός, ινή, νόν, adj.
[ảλŋ0-hs, “true”] True.
ἀληθῶς, adv. [ἀληθής,
"true"] ("After the manner
of the dλnons"; hence) Truly,
in truth.
ἁλιεύω, v. n. [ἅλς, ἁλός,
"the sea"]("To have to do
with the sea"; hence) To fish,
to take or catch fish.
"
VOCABULARY.
99

neut. acc. plur. of aλλos,
"another," with the accent
changed] (“In another way,
otherwise"; hence) 1. But.-
2. Except, only.
an-ya,
1. åλλά, conj. [originally | Other things [akin to Sans.
"other"].
ἀλλότριος, στρία, ότριον,
adj. [ăλλos, “another”] (“Of,
or belonging to, another "
hence) Alien, strange.-In St.
John's Gospel only as Subst. :
åλλóτρĭos, ov, m. A stranger.
2. ăλλa, neut. nom. and acc.
plur. of ăλλos.
ἀλλαχόθεν, adv. [άλλ-os,
"another"] From another
place or quarter; by another
way.
ådλýdois, ais, ois, dat. of
ἀλλήλων.
;
ảλóŋ, ns, f. (1. The aloe;
an aromatic shrub or tree,
called also ȧyáλλoxov and
ξυλαλόη. It abounded in
India and Arabia, and was
used by the ancient Egyptians
ảλλýλovs, as, a, acc. of for burning as incense, etc.—
ἀλλήλων.
2) Aloes; i. e. a preparation
ảλλ-ýλ-wv, pron. plur. with-extracted from the aloe shrub,
out nom. [reduplicated and and employed by the ancient
changed fr. &λλ-os," another"]|
Of, etc., one another.
ἄλ-λ-ομαι, (f. ἁλοῦμαι), 1.
aor. λăμŋv, v. mid. (1. Of
Persons: To leap, bound, etc.
-2) Of water: To spring up,
etc. [akin to Sans. root SRI,
"to flow; to go "].
åλλóμevos, n, ov, P. pres.
of ἅλλομαι.
ăλλ-os, n, o, pron. adj.: 1.
Sing. a. Another, other.-
As Subst. : ἄλλος, ου, m.
Another man, another.-b.
Repeated, whether as adj. or
subst., and whether in the same
or a different case: One.
another.-2. Plur.: Other.-
As Subst. : a. ἄλλοι, ων, m.:
(a) Alone: Other men, others.
-(b) Repeated: Some .
others. b. ἄλλα, ων, n.
•
•
Egyptians and also by the
Jews in embalming the dead.
The word occurs only once in
Gr. Test. at John xix. 39.
ἁμαρτάνω, (f. ἁμαρτήσομαι,
later åμapτhow, 1. aor. Яµάρт-
noa), 2. aor. uapтov, v. n.
To do wrong or amiss; to
commit sin, to sin.
ἁμαρτία,ίας, f. [ἁμαρτάνω]
("The act of sinning"; hence)
1. Sin, generally.-2. Plur.:
Sins; i. e. various acts or
forms of sin.
ἁμαρτωλός, ωλόν, adj.
[id.] Sinning, sinful.- As
Subst. : ἁμαρτωλός, ού, m.
A sinful person, a sinner.
* άµýv, adv. 1. At the begin-
ning of a sentence: In truth,
of a truth, verily:-repeated for
greater emphasis: ¿µv àµhv,
H 2
WOFM
100
VOCABULARY.
verily, verily.-2. At the end
of a sentence: So may, or
let, it be; amen.
åµvós, oû, m. and f. A
lamb. In Gr. Test. only
masc., and in St. John's Gos-
pel used only of Christ.
ǎμmeλos, ov, f. [prob. fr.
aur-i, Æolic form of aμp-i,
"around"; ¿λ, root of λ-ioσw,
"to roll or wind"] (" That
which rolls itself, or winds
around"; hence) A vine, as
twining its tendrils around
trees, etc., for support;-at
xv. 1 and 5, used by Christ of
himself.
1. ἄν, conj. = 1. ἐάν. If;
see éáv.
-2. Distributively,
numerals: Apiece.
with
ἀνα-βαίνω, f. ἀνα-βήσομαι,
p. ἀνα-βέβηκα, 2. aor. ἀνέβην,
v. n. [åvá, “up”; Baívw, “ to
go"] 1. To go up from a
place, etc.-2. To go up,
ascend, to a place.-3. Of a
vessel, etc. : With eis: To go
up into ; to go on board of;
also with pós and acc. of
person.-4. With eis: 10
go up from the country,
etc., into or to a city, etc.
ἀναβαίνων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.
of avaßaivw.
åvaßás, âoa, áv, P. 2. aor.
of ἀναβαίνω.
ἀναβέβηκα, p. ind. of ἀνα-
Baivw.
ἀνα- βλέπω, (f. αναβλέψω,
1. aor. àv-éßλeva, v. n. [åvá,
denoting "repetition"; Bλé-
πw, "to see"] To see again,
to recover sight.-In this force
alone in St. John's Gospel.
ἀναβλέψας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of avaßλéπw.
2. av, conditional particle,
modifying the power of the
word to which it belongs:
1. With Verbs (of all moods
except the Imperative): a.
With 1. aor. Indic.: Could
have, should have.-b. With
Subj., the force of av is thrown
on some preceding conjunction,
or some relative word; see
below, no. 2.-2. With Rela-
tive pronouns, adverbs, con- ἀν αγγέλλω, f. ἀν-αγγελῶ,
junctions, etc.: ds av, whoever, | 1. aor. åv-hyyeiλa, v. a. [ává,
whosoever; öπov &v, wherever; | denoting "repetition”; ǎyyeλ-
ëws åv, until, whatever time it | Aw, "to carry word, or tidings,
be (that); öσoɩ av, how many about"] To carry back word,
ὅσοι
soever, as many soever as; 8,Ti etc., about; to report, relate,
av, whatever thing, whatever. make known, reveal, etc.
ává, prep. gov. acc. ("Up,
"up along"; hence) 1. Of
place: Through, throughout.
åvayyedeî, 3. pers. sing. 1.
fut. ind. of avayyéλλw.

ἀναγγελῶ, fut. ind. of
ȧvayyéλλw.
ἀνα γινώσκω, (f. ἀνα-γνώ-
VOCABULARY.
ΙΟΙ
σoμai, p. åv-éyvwka), 2. aor.
ἀνέγνων, v. a. and n. [ἀνά,
denoting "repetition"; yvá-
σκω, "to know "]("To know
again"; hence) Of written
characters: To read.
åvă-kelµμal, V. n. [ává,
"backwards, back"; κeîμai,
"to lie" in a place, etc.] 1.
To lie or lean back, to recline.
-2. To recline on a couch at
table.
ἀνακείμενος, η, ον, Ρ. pres.
οἱ ἀνάκειμαι.
(ἀνα-κύπτω, f. ἀνα-κύψω and
-κύψομαι, p. ἀνα-κέκυφα), 1. aor.
ἀν-έκυψα, ν. n. [ἀνά, up-
wards"
; KÚжTW, "to bow, or
bend, the head"] ("To bow,
or bend, the head upwards";
i. e.) To lift up the head
from the ground, to lift one's
self up to an upright position.
åvakúļas, āσa, av, P. 1. aor.
οἱ ἀνακύπτω.
ἐν ἁμάρτητος, ητον, adj.
[ἀν, "negative particle";
åuaρтăvш, “to sin"] That
does not sin, faultless, blame-
less, without sin, sinless.
ἀναπεσών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2.
aor. of ἀναπίπτω.
(ἀνα-πίπτω. f. ἀνα-πεσοῦμαι,
ἀνά-στα-σις, σεως, f.
[ἀνά, “ up”; στα, a root of
lornu, in neut. force, "to
stand "] ("A standing up, a
rising"; hence) 1. Of the
dead: Resurrection.-2. With
Art.: Of Christ, as the effic-
ient cause of the resurrec-
tion both spiritual and actual:
The Resurrection.
ἀναστήσομαι, ἀναστήσω, f.
mid. and act. of ȧvíoτnμi.
ἀναστρέφω, f. ἀνα-στρέψω,
(p. ἀν-έστροφα), 1. aor. ἀν
έστρεψα, v. a. [ανά, back,
backwards”; στρέφω, “το
turn " ("To turn back or
backwards "; hence) To over-
throw, overturn.
åva-xwpéw -xwpŵ, (f. åva-
xwphow), 1. aor. ȧv-exwpnoa
│[ává, “back again"; xwpéw,
"to go"] To go back again,
retire, withdraw one's self.
ἄνδρα, acc. sing. of ἀνήρ.
'Avôpéas, ov, m. Andrew;
Ανδρέας,
the brother of Simon Peter, a
native of Bethsaïda, in Galilee.
ἀνέβην, 2. aor. ind. of
ἀναβαίνω.
ȧvéyvwσav, 3. pers. plur. 2.
ἀνέγνωσαν,
aor. ind. of ἀναγινώσκω.
ἄνεμος, έμου, m. (“The
p. ȧva-téπtwka), 2. aor. åv-blowing thing"; hence) Wind
ωκ
""
;
έπεσον, v. n. [ἀνά, "back-
wards, back"; Tínтw, "to
πίπτω,
fall"] (“To fall back
hence) 1. To recline, to
lie or lean back.-2. To re-
cline, lie down, at table, etc.
akin to Sans. root AN, "to
blow "].
ávéπEσov, 2. aor. ind. of
avaTÍTTW.
(åv-épxoµai), 2. aor. (àv-
ηλυθον, and) ἀνῆλθον, v. mid.
102
VOCABULARY.
[åv-d, up"; ěρxoμaι, "to | 52, etc. :—oi åν0рwñоi, men, or
ἔρχομαι,
åvôрwñoɩ,
come or go"] To come, or persons, generally; mankind;
i. 4, etc.
go, up.
ἀνέστρεψα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀναστρέφω.
ȧvexwpnσa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀναχωρέω.
dvéwya, perf. ind. of avoiyw.
dvewyws, vía, ós, P. perf. of
ἀνοίγω.
dvéwğa, 1. aor. ind. act. of
ἀνοίγω.
ave@xoŋv, 1. aor. ind pass.
of avoiyw.
ávýyyeida, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀναγγέλλω.
ἀνῆλθον, 2. aor. ind.
ἀνέρχομαι.
of
ȧ-výp, vòpós, m. : 1. A man.
-2. A husband [akin to
Sans. nar-a, "a man"; à is a
prefix; cf. å-ya0-ós].
åv¤păkïá, ïâs, f. [avepat,
ἄνθρακος, coal or char-
coal "] (“A thing pertaining
to avopa"; hence) A heap, or
fire, of coal or charcoal.
66
ἀνθρωπ-ο-κτόνας, ον, adj.
[for "άνθρωπο-κτέν-ος ; ăv-
θρωπος, a man or person ";
(o) connecting vowel; ктev, a
root of Kreivw, "to kill"] Man-
killing, murderous.-In Gr.
Test. only as Subst. : άνθρωπο
οκτόνος, ου, m. A murderer.
ǎveρwπos, ov, comm. gen.
A human being; a man, per-
son :- vids Tоû àveрúπоν, the
son of man; i. e. Christ in
respect to His human nature; i.
ἀνίστημι, f. ἀναστήσω, p.
ἀν-έστηκα, 1. aor. ἀνέστησα,
2. aor. ȧv-éστηy, v. a. and n.
[åv-á,
[ἀν-ά, 6 up”; ἵστημι, σε to
make to stand-to stand "]
1. Act. : In pres., imperf., fut.
and 1. aor.: To make to stand
up; to raise up, etc.-2.
Neut. In perf., pluperf. and 2.
aor. : a. To stand up.-b. To
rise from the dead, etc.-c.
To rise up for the purpose of
going.3. Mid. : ἀν-ίσταμαι,
f. ἀνα-στήσομαι: 2. Το stand
up, arise.-b. To rise from
the dead.
:
a.
"Avvas, a, m. Annas ; a high-
priest of the Jews, appointed
by P. Quirinus, the governor
of Syria. Valerius Gratus, the
procurator of Judæa, deprived
him of his office and substi-
tuted Ismaël in his stead.
åv-oíyw (åv-oíyvūμɩ, f. åv.
οίξω), p. ἀν- έφγα (and ἀνέῳχα),
1. aor. ȧv-èwşa and žvoika, v.
a. and n. [dv-á, in "intensive"
force; otyw or otyvuμi, "to
open"] 1. Act.: To open ;—at
x. 3, supply Thy Oúpav, after
ἀνοίγει :—τοὺς ὀφθάλμους ἀν-
οίγειν,
olyeu, to open the eyes, i. e. to
restore the sight.-2. Neut.,
in perf.: To be opened, to stand
or lie open; i. 52.-3. Pass.:
(áv-oíyvěμai), perf. ȧv-éqyual
and hv-éqyuai, 1. aor. dv.
VOCABULARY.
103
εώχθην, ήνεώχθην, and ἦν· | as far as that which is
oíxony, (1. fut. ȧv-oixonσoµai), above, i.e. up to the top; ii. 7.
οίχθην, ἀν-οιχθήσομαι),
2. fut. ἀν-οιγήσομαι: 2. Το be
opened.-b. To be opened; to
stand or lie open.
ἄνωθεν, adv. [άνω, “above”;
particle ev="from"] 1.
From above, i.e. from hea-
ven, or from God; iii. 3, etc.
-2. Above, etc. :—ék tŵv ăvw-
Oev, (from the things or parts
above; i. e.) from the upper
parts or the top.
"
ávτí, prep. gov. gen. ("Over
against"; hence) In the place
of, instead of, in return for:
-xápiv åvтl xápiros λaßeîv,
to receive grace for grace,
i. e. to receive fresh favours in
the place of former favours,
many or numerous favours.
ἀντι-λέγω, (f. ἀντι-λέξω, 1.
aor. аvτ-éλeğα), v. n. [avrí, “in Worthy:-followed by a and
|
opposition to, against;" Aéyw, Subj.: Worthy to do, etc.
"to speak"] With Dat.: To
speak against, etc.
ἄξιος, ἵα, τον, adj. [for ἄγ
oìos, fr. ay-w, "to weigh 80
much] ("Weighing" so much;
hence,
"worth "; hence)
ἀπαγγέλλω, f. ἀπαγγελῶ,
1. aor. ἀπ-ήγγειλα, v. a. [ἀπό,
ἀντλ-έω -ω, (f. ἀντλήσω), p. in " intensive” force ; ἀγγέλλω,
ἤντληκα, 1. aor. ἤντλησα, v. a. "to carry word"] To carry
[ǎvTλ-os, "bilge-water"]("To | word about; to announce, re.
bale out bilge-water;" hence) port, relate, tell.
1. To draw water from a well.
-2. To draw and pour out
from a vessel, etc.
ἄντλημα,ἡμᾶτος, n. [length-
ened fr. ἄντλε-μα, fr. ἀντλέω,
"to draw" water from a well,
etc.] ("That which draws"
water from a well, etc.; hence)
A bucket, pail, etc.
ávтλñσaι, 1. aor. inf.
ἀντλέω.
of
ȧvtλnoate, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of avtλéw.
ἀπαγγέλλων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
pres. of aжayyéλλw.
ἀπαγγέλλω.
-
ἀπ-άγω, (f. ἀπ-άξω), 2. aor.
ἀπ ηγαγον, v. a. [ἀπ-ό, “away”;
ἄγω, “to lead”] To lead away
as a prisoner; xviii. 13.
ἀπ-αντάω - αντῶ, f. ἀπο
avтhow, (p. ȧπ-hνтηка), 1. aor.
ἀπήντησα, ν. n. [ἀπό, in
"strengthening" force; ȧvráw,
"to meet"] With Dat.: To meet.
ἀπαρνέομαι αρνούμαι, f.
ἀπαρνήσομαι, 1. aor. ἀπ-ηρνη-
σăµŋv, v. mid. [ảπ-ó, in "inten-
sive" force; apvéoμal, "to
deny"] To deny utterly.
ăv-w, adv. [åv-á, "up"] 1.
Upwards, up.-2. On high,
aloft, above:-Tà avw, the
things on high, i.e. heaven;
viii. 23;—ἕως ἄνω (supply τοῦ), \ ἀπαρνεομαι.
ἀπ νήσομαι, f. ind. of
104
VOCABULARY.
åπéßnoav, 3. pers. plur. 2.
aor. ind. of ȧroßaivw.
åπélăvov, 2. aor. ind. of
ἀποθνήσκω.
ἀπειθ-έω -ω, f. ἀπειθήσω, 1.
aor. ἠπείθησα, v. n. [ἀπειθής,
disobedient"] With Dat.:
To be disobedient to, to dis-
obey.
ἀπειθῶν, ουσα, ον, contr.
P. pres. of ἀπειθέω.
ἀπεκαλύφθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of ἀποκαλύπτω.
άπéкoα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀποκόπτω.
behind, i.e.) to fall back, re-
tire, retreat backwards.-2.
To betake one's self, set out,
go, or come to, etc., some per-
son or place.
åπéσтaλκα, perf. ind. of
ἀπέσταλκα,
TOOTÉλλW.
ἀπεσταλμένος, η, ov, P. perf.
pass. of ἀποστέλλω.
åπéσтeiλα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀποστέλλω.
åπîλðʊv, 2. aor. ind. of
ἀπέρχομαι.
årývrηoa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀπαντάω.
ἀπεληλύθεισαν, 3. pers. ἄπιστος, πιστον, adj. [α,
plur. pluperf. ind. of dπéрx-"negative"; TIOTÓS,
ομαι.
"be-
lieving"] Not believing, unbe-
åπeλðeîv, 2. aor. inf. of lieving, without belief or faith,
faithless.
ἀπέρχομαι.
ἀπελθών, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor.
of ἀπέρχομαι.
åπéλūov, imperf. ind.
of
ἀπολύω.
ảπélvσa, 1. aor. ind.
ἀπολύω.
of
åτó (before a soft vowel
ἀπ'; but ἀπὸ Ἀριμαθείας, xix.
38; before an aspirated vowel
ȧp'), prep. gov. gen. 1. From,
in the fullest meaning of the
word.-2. In the place of the
ἀπέρχομαι, f. ἀπελεύσου partitive Gen. alone after
µci, p. ảπ-eλýλŭēɑ, v. mid. verbs act., to denote a part:-
[ἀπ-ό, “away”; ἔρχομαι, “to ἐνέγκατε ἀπὸ τῶν ὀψαρίων,
come, to go"] 1. To go away, bring ye some of the fishes,
depart: — dñéρxeσ0αι oτio xxi. 10.-3. Without depend-
τινός,
Tivós, to go away behind one, ent gen., and in combination
i.e. to follow one or be one's with gen. of space or distance:
disciple, an expression which Away, off :-ond rnxŵv dia-
had its origin in the teacher Kooiwv, two hundred cubits
of a sect, etc., propounding off, xxi. 8; cf. the use of the
his doctrines while walking Lat. prep. ab in the same
about, followed closely by his force.-4. Of time, as a com-
disciples;-dréρxeσdai eis тà mencing point: From, after;
ỏπiσw, (to go away to the parts | xix. 27.-5. Of a person as the
VOCABULARY.
105
pívoμaι (mid.), in force of " to
adjudge❞ something to some
one] (“To adjudge” something
to some one "from" another;
hence, "to give a decision, pro-
nounce an opinion," respecting
a matter; hence) In conversa-
tion, etc.: To reply, answer ;
--sometimes with Dat. of per-
son.
origin or source of anything: į expĭ0ŋv, v. mid. [åñó, “from”;
Of; vii. 17 [akin to Sans.
apa, "away from "].
ἀποβαίνω, f. ἀπο-βήσομαι,
(p. drо-ВéВnkα), 2. aor. d-
ἀπο-βέβηκα),
éßnv, v. n. [åxó, "away from";
Baivw, "to go"] ("To go
away from"; hence) To go
forth from a vessel, etc., to
disembark, etc.
åπolăveîode, 2. pers. plur.
fut. ind. of aжо@výσкw.
árolávη, 3. pers. sing. 2.aor.
ἀποθάνῃ,
subj. of ἀποθνήσκω.
åтolăvш, 2. aor. subj. of
ἀποθνήσκω.
ἀποθνήσκω, f. ἀποθανοῦ
μαι, 2. aor. ἀπέθανον, v. n.
[ἀπό, in strengthening"
force; Ovhoкw, "to die"] 1.
To die.2. In 2. aor.: Το
have died, i. e. to be dead.
ἀπο-καλύπτω, (f. ἀπο-καλ-
úчw, late perf. åño-кekáλvøα),
1. aor. ἀπεκάλυψα, v. a. [ἀπό,
negative=English"un"; κaλ-
ύπτω, "to cover"] (“To
uncover"; hence) To disclose,
reveal, make known.-Pass.:
ἀπο-καλύπτομαι, p. ἀπο-κε-
κάλυμμαι, 1.aor. ἀπ εκαλύφθην,
1. fut. ἀπο-καλυφθήσομαι.
(ἀπο-κόπτω, f. ἀπο-κόψω),
1. aor. ἀπέκοψα, v. a. [ἀπό,
"from"; KÓπтw, "to cut"]
("To cut from " an object;
hence) To cut off.
νομαι,
απόκρισις, σεως, f. [ἀποκρί-
voual, "to answer"; see kρivw]
("An answering"; hence)
An answer, reply.
ἀποκτεῖναι, 1. aor. inf. of
ἀποκτείνω.
ἀποκτείνας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of άπоKтELVW.
ἀποκτείνω.
ἀποκτείνω, f. ἀπο-κτενῶ, (p.
ἀπ-έκτονα), 1. aor. ἀπέκτεινα,
v. a. [åró, in “strengthening"
force, κτείνω, “ to kill,” etc.]
To kill, put to death, etc.
ἀποκτενῶ, fut. ind. of ἀπο-
KTEÍVW.
ἀπολέσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
áñóλλõµi.
άTоλéσEL, 3. pers. sing. f.
ind. of ἀπόλλυμι.
άπodéon,3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of ἀπόλλυμι.
åπоλéσw, fut. ind. and 1.
aor. subj. of ἀπόλλυμι.
ἀπόλλυμι, f. ἀπο-λέσω, (p.
ἀπολώλεκα), 1. aor. ἀπώλεσα,
v.a. [ảπó, in "intensive" force;
ἀπο-κρίνομαι, (f. ȧπо- ŏλλvμι, "to destroy"] 1. Act.:
κρινοῦμαι),1.aor. ἀπεκρινάμην, a. Το destroy utterly or en-
1. aor. pass. in mid. force, àπ-tirely.-b. To cause the death
106
VOCABULARY.
of, to kill.-c. To lose.-2.
Mid.: ἀπόλλυμαι, f. ἀπολοῦ-
μai, 2. aor. år-wλóuny, ("To
destroy one's self utterly";
hence) of persons or things:
To perish.
άπoλûσaι, 1. aor. inf. of
ἀπολύω.
ἀπολύσω, 1. aor. subj. of
άπоλúш; xviii. 39.
ἀπολύω, f. ἀπο-λύσω, (p.
ἀπο-λέλυκα), 1. aor. ἀπέλυσα,
v. a. [àπó, "from"; λúw, "to
loose"]("To loose from" some-
thing; hence) To release, set
free.
ἀπορ-έω -ω, f. ἀπορήσω, p.
Hπóρηкα, V.N. [άπoр-os, “with-
out resources, at a loss"]|
1. Neut. To be at a loss,
to be perplexed or in doubt,
etc.-2. Mid.: ȧnoр-éoμaι
-οῦμαι, (f. ἀπορήσομαι) = no. 1.
ἀπο-στέλλω, f. ἀπο-στελῶ, p.
ἀπέσταλκα, 1. aor. ἀπέστειλα
[ảπó, "from"; σTEλλw, "to
[ἀπό,
στέλλω,
send"] ("To send from" a
person or place; hence) To
send forth on a mission, etc.;
-at xi. 3 without nearer
Object.-Pass.: άπo-σréλλo-
μαι, p. ἀπέσταλμαι, 2. aor.
ἀπεστάλην.
ἀπόστολος, ου, m. [for
άñóσteλ-os; fr. åπoσTéλ-λw,
ἀπόστολος; ἀποστέλλω,
"to send forth "] ("One sent
forth"; hence) An apostle.
ἀπο-συνάγωγος, ov, adj.
[àπó, "away from ";
[ἀπό,
aywy-ń, “a synagogue"] Put |
away, or excluded, from the
synagogue; i. e. excommuni
cated and debarred from tak-
ing part in the sacred rites of
the Jewish people.
ἅπτω, (f. ἅψω), 1. aor. ήψα.
v. a.: 1. Act.: To fasten to,
to join.-2. Mid.: ẵπ-тoμal,
(f. ἅψομαι), 1. aor. ἡψάμην,
("To fasten, or join, one's
self” to something; hence)
With Gen. : Το take, or lay,
hold of; to touch [perhaps
akin to Sans. root SAP, "to
connect "].
ἀπώλεια, είας, f. [strength-
ened fr. ἀπόλεια; fr. ἀπόλο
Auμ, "to destroy "] Destruc-
tion :—å vids rîjs àñwλeías, the
ἀπωλείας,
son of destruction, i. e. a per-
son devoted to destruction or
perdition; xvii. 12.
"to
åpaɩ, 1. aor. inf. of atpw.
ἀρεστός, τή, τόν, adj. [for
ἀρεσκ-τός, fr. ἀρέσκω,
please"] Pleasing, pleasant.
As Subst. : ἀρεστὰ, ὢν, n.
plur. Things that are pleasing,
etc.
ἀριθμός, ο, m. Number ;
at vi. 10, àpieµóv is the acc. of
"respect after πεντακισ
χίλιοι.
'Apiμabaía, as, f. Arima-
thea; a city of Judea, the site
of which is not determined.
(ἀριστ-άω -ω, f. ἀριστήσω,
p. ἠρίστηκα), 1. aor. ηρίστησα,
συν- v. n. [ἄριστον, “a morning-
meal"; later, "a mid-day
VOCABULARY.
107
meal "] ("To take a morning-
meal or mid-day meal"; hence)
1. To breakfast.-2. To dine.
åplotýσăte, 2. pers. plur.
1. aor. imperat. of apιoráw.
åpkéw -ŵ, (f. åpкéσw), 1. aor.
йρкеσа, v. п.: With Dat.: 1.
To be sufficient, to suffice; vi.
7.-2. Impers.: ȧρкeî, lt
It
sufficeth, etc.
ἀρνέομαι -οῦμαι, f. ἀρνήσο-
μαι, 1. aor. ἠρνησάμην, v.
mid. To say no"; to deny.
ȧpv-íov, ov, n. dim. [åpv-ós,
ἀρν-ίον,
"a lamb"] A little lamb, a
lamb;—at xxi. 15, applied
figuratively by Christ to the
members of His flock.
ἆρον, 1. aor. imperat. of αἴρω.
åρтāļш, f. åряăσw (and
åрпáέw, р. пρжǎкα), v. а. 1.
To snatch, or pluck, away,
etc.-2. To seize and carry
off by force, etc.
ă-p-păþ-os, ov, adj. [à,
"not"; pad, root of pánтw,
"to sew," with its first letter
(p) doubled] ("Not sewn
hence) Of a robe: Without
seam, seamless.
;
ǎptɩ, adv. Just now, at this
moment or present time, now;
—ἕως ἄρτι, up to, or until, this
present time :—àπ' ǎρTI, from
this very time, henceforth, xiii.
19; xiv. 7: but at i. 52 (after
now: i. e.) hereafter.
ἄρτος, ου, m. : 1. A loaf of
bread;-Plur.: Loaves.-2.
In collective force : Bread.
apx-n, ns, f. [ắpx-, “ to
begin"] A beginning, com-
mencement.

a
ἀρχιερεύς, ιερέως, m. [ἀρχε
ós, "a chief"; iepeús,
ἱερεύς,
priest"] ("Chief-priest") Of
the Jews: 1. High-priest.—
2. Plur.: The chief-priests;
i. e.
i. e. the heads of the 24
courses ; see συνέδριον.
ἀρχι-τρίκλινος, τρικλίνου,
m. [apx-w, "to rule"; (4)
connecting vowel; Tpíkλivos,
"a dining-room " with three
couches] (" He who rules, or
presides over, a тρíkλшos";
hence) A ruler, or master, of
a feast.
ãpxw, (f. &pè̟w, p. ñpxa), v.
a. ("To be first"; hence) In
power, etc.: With Gen.: To
rule, govern, command.---
Mid.: apxoμal, (f. ǎipŝoµai),
1. aor. ǹpέăµŋv: In time: To
begin, commence [prob. akin
to Sans. root ARH, in force of
"to be able"].
ἄρχων, οντος, m. [ἄρχων,
"ruling ; P. pres. of ǎpx-w,
"to rule," used as subst.]
(" One ruling"; hence) A
ruler, chief, etc.;-8 apXwv
ἄρχων
τοῦ κόσμου (τούτου), the ruler
of (this) world, i. e. Satan.
|
ἄρωμα, ατος, n. A spice
[prob. akin to Sans. root
GHRÂ, "to smell"; and so,
"the thing that is smelt on
account of its fragrance].
"
ἀσθένεια, είας, f. [ἀσθενής,
108
VOCABULARY.
"weak"] ("The state, or con- | prefixed, in all genders and
dition, of the dreevýs"; hence) cases: The same.-As Subst. :
1. Weakness, want of strength, rò avró, the same thing.-3.
feebleness.-2. A sickness, As simple pron. of 3rd person:
illness, disease.
•
dolev-éo @,l.aor.ho0évnra, |
v. n. [id.] 1. To be weak,
feeble, or infirm.-2. To be
sick, ill, etc.
ἀσθενήσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of ἀσθενέω.
ἀσθενῶν, οῦσα, ον, contr.
P.pres. of aσ0evéw.-As Subst.:
åσlev@v, oûvtos, A sick person;
-oi àσlevoûvtes, the sick, i. e.
sick persons generally.
årīµ-álw, (f. åτīμăσw, p.
ǹtīμăka), 1. aor. ǹτīµăσa,
v. n. [ǎτiμ-os, "dishonoured"]
("To make ariμos"; hence)
To dishonour.
av-λý, λñs, f. ("A court-
yard"; hence, a dwelling-
place," surrounding the court-
yard; hence "a dwelling or
abode" in general; hence) 1.
A palace, etc.-2. Of sheep:
A fold [either fr. &-w, "to
blow," fr. Sans. root vâ;
akin to Sans. root vas,
dwell"].
""
or
to
αὐξ ἄνω, (f. αὐξήσω, p. ηΰξ-
ŋka), v. a. To grow, grow up,
increase [akin to Sans. root
VAKSH, "to grow "].
He, she, it, they, etc. ;-some-
times repeated; cf. v. 36
[akin to a pron. av, preserved
in the Zend language].
1. avтoû, masc. and neut.
gen. sing. of αυτός.
2. αὐτοῦ, ἧς, ου; see ἑαυτοῦ.
αυτό φωρος, or, adj. [αὐτο
ós, "self, very"; (o) connect-
ing vowel; pwp-άw, "to search
after a thief (pwp)”; hence,
"to detect, discover," etc.]
Detected, or caught, in the
very act :-adverbial expres-
sion, er' avropwpw, (or as one
word, eπavтopúpy), caught in
the very act, usually in combin-
ation with some verb de-
noting "to take, catch,” etc.
ἀφῆκα, 1. aor. ind. of
ȧpínui.
ἀφῆτε,
åôîτε, 2. pers. plur. 2. aor.
subj. of àpínu.
apíevraι, 3. pers. plur. ind.
ἀφίενται,
pres. pass. of àpinui.
ἀφίημι, f. ἀφήσω, (p. ἀφε
είκα), 1. aor. ἀφῆκα, 2. aor.
ἀφ-ῆν, v.a. [ἀπ-ό, “from, away"
(see aπ-ó); Inui, “to send"]
1. ("To send from "
hence) a. To forgive, remit,
pardon, etc., sin, an injury,
etc.-b. From the idea of
I"
aú-τós, Tη, Tó, pron. adj.
1. Self, very.-As Subst.: Of
all persons: avrós, oû, m.
myself, you yourself, he him-
self, etc.-2. With article
one;
giving up, yielding," etc.,
connected with sending
away": To allow, suffer,
VOCABULARY.
109
permit, etc.-2. (In a reflexive
force: «To send one's self
away from" something; hence)
a. To leave, forsake, aban-
don. b. To leave, quit, a
place, etc.—c. To leave behind
one at death.-d. To leave
alone or unmolested; xi. 48.
e. With double Acc.: Το
leave one in the state denoted
by second: Acc.; xiv. 18.-
Pass.: adíepaι, p. ȧpeîuai, 1.
aor. (àpeion, and) àpéonv, 1.
fut. ἀφεθήσομαι.
ἀφῶμεν, 1. pers. plur. 2. aor.
subj. of ἀφίημι.
βαθύς, εία, ύ, adj. Deep.
Batov, ov, n. A palm-branch;
-at xii. 13 in connexion with
Φοίνιξ.
βάλε, βάλετε, 2. pers. sing.
and plur. 2. aor. imperat. of
βάλλω.
Вăλéτw, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. imperat. of Bárλw.
scabbard; xviii. 11.-Pass.:
βάλλομαι, p. βέβλημαι, 1. aor.
¿Bλhony, 1. f. Banonooμai
[akin to Sans. root GAL, "to
fall," in causative force].
βάλω, 2. aor. subj. of
Báλλw.
βάλλω.
βαπτίζω, f. βαπτίσω, p.
βεβάπτικα, 1. aor. ἐβάπτισα,
v. a. and n. [akin to ẞáπT-W,
"to dip"] ("To dip in water";
hence) 1.: a. Act.: To baptize
a person.-b. Neut.: To bap-
tiže, administer baptism.—2.
Pass. : βαπτίζομαι, p. βεβάπτ-
ισμαι, L. aor. ἐβαπτίσθην, 1.
f. βαπτισθήσομαι, “ To be
dipped in water"; hence) To
be baptized.
(βάπτω, f. βάψω), 1. aor.
Baya, v. a. To dip.
βάψας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of Bánтw.
*Βαραββᾶς, ου, m. (“ Son
of Abba," or of a "Father")
Barabbas; a Jewish prisoner
condemned to death for in-
surrection and murder, whose
liberation was demanded by
the people of Jerusalem at the
feast of the Passover, in the
place of Christ.
βάλλω, (f. βάλω), p. βέ-
Вλŋка, 2. aor. ěẞăλov, v. a.
("To cause to fall"; hence)
1. To put, place, lay, etc.-
2. To throw, cast;-at viii.
59 supply avτOús (= Xíbovs)
after βάλωσιν.3. With εἰς
Tǹv kapdíav, To put into the
heart, i. e. to suggest, urge,
induce, etc. ; xiii. 2.-4. With("A
personal pron. in reflexive
force: To cast one's self, i. e.
to leap, etc.; xxi. 7.-5. To
put up a sword into its
βασιλεία (quadrisyll.), ίας,
f. [Bariλe-ów (quadrisyll.),
"to be a king, to reign"]
reigning"; hence)

kingdom.
βασιλεύς, έως, m. A king.
βασιλικός, ική, ικόν, adj.
[Bao-eus, "a king."] Of, or
IIO
VOCABULARY.
belonging to, a king. As | imparting to its waters the

Subst.: Baoiλikós, où, m.
("One belonging to a king";
hence, "a king's friend or
officer "; hence) A nobleman.
BaoTalw, f. BaσTǎow, 1. aor.
¿ßάorăσa, v. a.-1. Of stones:
To take up for the purpose of
throwing, etc.-2. To carry,
bear.-3. To carry off, take
away, etc.
βεβληκώς, υία, ός, Ρ. perf.
of βάλλω.
BEBλnuevos, n, ov, P. perf.
βεβλημένος,
pass. of βάλλω.
Beẞρwкóσι, masc. dat. plur.
of Вeßрwкús, P. perf. of Bi-
Вρwσкw;-at vi. 13 used as
Subst.
Βηθαβρά,
Bηlaẞăρá, âs, f. (“The
house, or place, of passage ")
Bethabara, a place, or village,
on the Jordan, where there
was a ford.
power of healing the first sick
person who bathed in them
afterwards.
a
*Bη0λeéu, f. indecl. ("House
of bread") Bethlehem;
town of the tribe of Judah,
celebrated first of all as the
birth-place of David, and sub-
sequently more celebrated as
the birth-place of the Saviour.
*Bŋlσaïdá, n. indecl. (“The
House of provisions or food";
or, "The House of the Chase"
="of fishing") Bethsaida;
a town of Galilee, on the W.
shore of the Sea of Tiberias.
Its inhabitants were mainly
fishermen.
βῆμα, μᾶτος, n. [βη, a root
of Baive in the force of "to
mount"] ("That which is
mounted"; hence) Of a mag-
istrate, etc.: Á tribunal,
seat, etc.
βιβλίον, του, n. dim. [βίβλ-
os, "a book"]("A little book";
hence) 1. A scroll of writing;
a writing, document, etc.-2.
4 book.
*Bn@avía, as, f. (acc. to
some, "The House of dates ;
acc. to others, "The House of
ships") Bethany (now El-Azar-
ich, "The Village of Lazarus");
a village something less than
two miles from Jerusalem, at (βιβρώσκω, f. βρώσομαι),
the E. foot of the Mount of p. Béßрwкa, v. n. To eat, par-
Olives, more especially re-take of food [reduplicated and
markable as the scene of the
raising of Lazarus.
*Byleσdá, âs, f. ("House of
pity") Bethesda; a pool in
the neighbourhood of Jeru-
salem, into which at certain
seasons an angel descended,
lengthened from a root Bpo,
which is prob. akin to Sans.
root GRî, "to devour "]
βλασφημέω -ω, (f. βλασ
φημήσω, p. βεβλασφήμηκα),
1. aor. Bλaophunoa, v. n.
[Bλdopnμ-os, “speaking pro-
VOCABULARY.
III'
fanely"] To speak profanely
or blasphemously; to blas-
pheme.
βλασφημία, ἴας, f. [βλασ.
φημέω,
onu-éw, "to blaspheme"] A
blaspheming, blasphemy.
βλέπω, (f. βλέψω, p. βέ-
Bλepa), v. a. and n.: 1. Act.:
a. To see or behold an object.
-b. To look on or at.-2.
Neut. To possess the faculty
of sight, to see.
ov,
βλέπων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of
βλέπω;οἱ βλέποντες, those
who see or possess sight, ix.
39, etc.
βο-άω, -ω, (f. βοήσω, p. βε
Bóŋka), 1. aor. Bónoa, v. n.
To cry, or call, out [akin to
Sans. root HVE, "to call "].
βό-σκω, (f. βοσκήσω), ν. 2.
("To nourish "; hence) Of
animals as Object: To drive
to pasture, feed, tend [akin
to Sans. root PA, "to nourish "].
βούλομαι, f. βουλήσομαι, p.
βεβούλημαι, 1. aor. ἐβουλήθην
and ἠβουλήθην v. mid. Το
will, wish, desire [root Boud
(= Boλ), akin to Sans. root
VRI, "to choose"].
βοῶν, ώσα, ῶν, contr. P. pres.
of Boáw.-As Subst.: Bowv,
ŵvтos, m. One crying, or call-
ing, out; i. 23.
ẞpăx-iwv, lovos, m. An arm
[prps. akin to Sans. root GRAH,
“to take, seize ”].
Вpăxús, eîa, ú, adj. Of num-
ber, etc.: Small, little.-As
Subst.: ẞpaxú, n. A small, or
little, piece or portion.
βροντή, ής, f. Thunder.
βρώμα, μᾶτος, n. [βρω, root
of βι-βρώσκω,
"to eat"]
("That which is eaten ";
hence) Food.
βρώσις, σεως, f. [id.] (“ An
eating"; hence) Meat, food,
as opposed to drink.
*raßẞălâ, f. indecl. ("Lofty
place") Gabbatha; the name
given by the Jews to the place
in Jerusalem where the Roman
Governor's tribunal was placed;
the Greek term, as mentioned
at xix. 13, was Λιθόστρωτον;
see λιθόστρωτος.
;
γαζοφυλάκιον, ĭov, n.
[yāŠopvλa§, γαζοφυλάκ-ος,
one who guards treasure";
Bovs, Bobs, comm. gen. : 1. fr. yás-a, "royal treasure
A cow, ox.-2. Plur.: Cattle hence, "riches, treasure " in
in collective force [acc. to general; (o) connecting vowel;
some from the natural sound þúλag, þúλăk-os, “a guard"]
Bo, and so "the lowing or bel-("A thing pertaining-i. e.
lowing one"; acc. to others, here, entrusted-to a yāso-
akin to the Sanscrit go, "a přλaş”; hence) A place where
bull, a cow"; and in plur. treasure, etc., is kept or de-
"cattle"].
posited; a treasury.
112
VOCABULARY.
yeyévvηual, perf. ind. pass.
of yevváw.
γεγεννημένος, η, ον, P. perf.
pass. of yevváw.
γεννάω.
of
γέγονα, perf. ind. of γίνομαι.
yeyovéval, perf. inf.
γίνομαι.
γεγραμμένος, η, ον, Ρ. perf.
pass. of ypápw.
γέγραφα, perf. ind. of γράφω.
YeíTwv, ovos, comm. gen.
*Γαλιλαία, ας, f. Galilee;
the extreme N. part of the Holy
Land, on the confines of Pho-
nicia and Cole-Syria, divided
into Lower and Upper Galilee.
It seems to have been origin-
ally that district in the tribe
of Naphthali, which contained
the twenty cities (standing
round Kedesh as a supposed
centre) given by Solomon to
Hiram, king of Tyre.-Hence, | A neighbour.
Γαλιλαίος, α, ον (for Γαλαλαί-
Los), adj. Of, or belonging to,
Galilee; Galilean.-As Subst.: |
Fadidaîos, ov, m. A man of
Galilee; a Galilean ["a circle
or circuit"; the term Eretz
hagálil, "Land of the circle
or circuit," being that which
is employed to denote this dis-
trict at 1 Kings ix. 11, where
the transfer of it to Hiram is
mentioned]. See, also, TiBepiás.
Γαλιλαίος, α, ον, Γαλιλαίος,
ου, see Γαλιλαία.
yáμ-os, ou, m. [yau-éw, "to
marry"] 1. A marriage, a
wedding. 2. A marriage-
feast, wedding-feast.
yáp (usually the second
word in a clause, but at iv.
45; xii. 8, in the third place)
conj. For.
ye, enclitic particle: At
least, indeed, at any rate
[prob. akin to Sans. gha or
gha, an old pronominal base].
yeyevnµévos, n, ov, P. perf.
οι γίνομαι.
(γεμίζω, f. γεμίσω, Attic
yeμĭŵ), 1. aor. ¿yéµìoa, v. a.
[yeu-w, "to be full "] (“To
make to be full"; hence) 1.
To fill.-2. With Acc. and
Gen.: To fill a thing with
something.
yeµíσăte, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of yeμisw.
yevéσbat, 2. aor. inf. of
yívoμai.
yev-etý, etñs, f. [yev, root
oι γίνομαι, " to be born"]
of
("A being born"; hence)
The time of birth, birth.
yevýσoμal, fut. ind. of
yivoμai.
yévηTaι, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. subj. of yívoμai.
γεν-ν-άω -ω, f. γεννήσω, p.
yeyévvŋka, 1. aor. ¿yévvnoa,
v. a. [root γεν (see γίνομαι)
with v doubled] ("To cause
to be born "; hence) 1. Act. :
a. Of a father: To engender,
beget.-b. Of a mother: To
bear, bring forth.-2. Pass.:
γεν-ν-άομαι ώμαι, μ. γεγέννη
•
VOCABULARY.
113
μai, 1. aor. ¿yevvýonv: Of a
child: To be born.
yevvηoñ, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of yevváw.
yevvηoñvaι, 1. aor. inf. pass.
of γεννάω.
γενομένος, η, ον, P. 2. aor.
οι γίνομαι.
γένωμαι, 2. aor. subj. of
γίνομαι.
γέρων, οντος, m. An old
man.-As Adj.: Old [akin to
Sans. root JRI, "to grow old"]. |
Yevontaι, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. mid. of yeúw.
country.-4. The ground.—5.
Soil, or earth, in which seeds,
etc., are sown.
ynpāσns, 2. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. of ynpaokw.
γηράσκω, (f. γηράσω and
γηράσομαι, p. γεγήρακα), 1.
aor. ἐγήρασα, τ. n. [γῆρας,
γήρατος,
"old age"]
To
come to old age, become aged,
become or be old.
γίνομαι, γίγνομαι, f. γεν-
hoouai, p. yéyova, 2. aor. èyev-
óµŋ; also in pass. forms, p.
γεγένημαι, 1. aor. ἐγενήθην,
(l. fut. γενηθήσομαι), v. mid.
("To come into being"; hence)
1. To be born.-2. To be
made, formed, or created.—
3. To happen, come to pass,
take place, occur.-4. Of
time: To arrive, be present,
have come :-πpwias yevouév-
(γεύω, f. γεύσω), 1. aor.
ěyeuσɑ, v. a.: 1. Act. To
give a taste of.-2. Mid.:
yeú-oμal, f. yeúσoμai, 1. aor.
¿yevoăµnv, (p. pass. in mid.
force, yéyevμai), v. mid. (“To
give one's self a taste of";
i. e.) With Gen. (or Acc.): To
taste something :-yeveσlains, when morning had come;
lavárov, to taste death; i. e.
θανάτου,
to experience death, to die
[akin to Sans. root JUSH, "to
enjoy "].
xxi. 4; Gen. Abs.-5. With
predicate: To be, become, or be
made, something:—yevéolai
τέκνα θεοῦ, to become children
ye-wpy-ós, óv, adj. [for ye- of God, i. 12.-6. Like iµí,
epy-ós; fr. yé-a (=y)," the To be.-With eis, "for": To
earth, soil"; obsol. epy-w, "to be for something; i. e. to be
work "]("One working the changed into, to be made;
earth or soil"; hence) Tilling, xvi. 20.-N.B. In the Gr.
or cultivating, the ground.- Test. γίνομαι is never usedl
As Subst.: ye@pyós, où, m. One with a follg. part. in the place
who tills the soil, etc.; a tiller of a finite word: eius alone is
of the ground, a husbandman thus employed; see ciui [re-
yî, yûs, f.: 1. Earth, as duplicated, and changed, from
opp. to "
heaven."-2. Land, root yev, akin to Sans. root
as opp. to sea.-3. 4 land,JAN, in intransitive force, "to
St. John.
I
114
VOCABULARY.
γογγύζων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.
of γογγύζω.
ov,
be born ; also, "to become, γογγυσμός, μοῦ, m. [for
take place"].
γογγυδ-μός ; fr. γογγύζω (=
yi-vw-σkw, yɩ-yvw-σkw, f. | yoyÿúd-ow), "to mutter"]
(γνώσω), γνώσομαι, p. ἔγνωκα, | 4 muttering, murmuring.
2. aor. ěyvwv, (imperat. yvwe,
subj. γνῶ, γνῶς, γνῶ, opt.
γνοίην, inf. γνῶναι, part. γνοῦς),
v. a. 1. To perceive, mark,
observe, understand, learn.-
2. I. past tenses: ("To have
perceived," etc.; hence) To
know [root yvw, akin to Sans.
root JNA, "to know"; cf.
Lat. no-sco (old form gno-sco),
Eng. "know"].
ου,
|
α
*Пoλyolâ, n. indecl. (“A
scull") Golgotha; a place near
Jerusalem, where criminals
were put to death, and in
which their bones were per-
mitted to lie unburied.
γονεύς, έως, m. [γον-άω
(=yevváw), "to beget"] (" A
begetter"; hence, "a father;"
hence) Plur.: Parents.
to
γράμμα, μᾶτος, n. [for
γράφ-μα; fr. γράφ-ω, σε το
froypad-
write"] ("That which is
written ; hence, a letter
of the alphabet; hence) Plur.:
1. Writings, etc.-2. Letters,
learning.-N.B. Cf. Lat.
literæ.
γλωσσ-ό-κομ-ον, n.
[yλwo-a, "a tongue"; hence,
[γλώσσα,
fr. similarity of shape, “
mouthpiece of a flute"; (o)
connecting vowel; rou-éw, "to
take care of"] ("That which
takes care of (= a bag for
carrying) the mouthpiece of a
flute"; hence) A bag in
general;-and at xii. 6 and
39, a bag for carrying money.
yvw.p-ilw, f. yvwplow (Attic,
γνωρίω, Ρ. ἐγνώρικα), 1. aor.
ἐγνώρισα, ν. a. To make
known; to reveal, declare
[root γνω ; see γινώσκω].
γνωρίσω, fut. ind. of 1. A scribe; i. e. one whose
γνωρίζω.
γνω-στός, στή, στόν, adj.:
With Dat.: Known to a person
[root γνω ; see γινώσκω].
γογγύζω, (f. γογγύσω, 1.
aor. éyóyyúσa, v. n. To mutter,
murmur [akin to Sans. root
GUÑJ, “to buzz ”].
γραμματεύς, έως, m. [γράμ-
μа, yрáµµăт-оs, "a written
character, a letter "] ("He
who attends to γράμμα
hence, "a writer or copyist";
hence) Among the Jews after
the return from the captivity:
office it was to expound the
Law as well as to transcribe
it.-2. Plur.: In connexion
with (ἀρχιερεῖς or) πρεσ-
βύτεροι, The Scribes, who were
members of the Sanhedrim.
γραφή, ης, f. [γράφω,
"to write"] ("That which is
VOCABULARY.
115
:
written"; hence) Sing. and
Plur. With definite article:
The Scripture or Scriptures;
i. e. the inspired writings.
γραφόμενος, η, ον, Ρ. pres.
pass. of γράφω.
γράφω, f. γράψω, Ρ. γέγραφα,
1. aor. ěypaya, v. a.: 1. To
write;-at xix. 21 with clause
as Object;-at v. 46 without
Object.-2. Impers. perf. ind.
pass.: уéуρаπтal, It is written.
-3. To write of, or about;
i. 46.-Pass.: уρápoμaι, p.
γέγραμμαι, (1. aor. ἐγράφθην).
γράψας, άσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of γράφω.
yuμvós, h, óv, adj. Naked,
without clothing.
γύναι, voc. sing. of γυνή.
yuv-ý, aιkós, f. (" She who
brings forth "; hence) A´
woman [akin to Sans. root
JAN, in transitive force, " to
bring forth"].
*Aaßís, m. indecl. ("Be-
loved ") David; king of the
Jewish nation, the son of Jesse,
and ancestor of Christ.
δαιμονιζομαι, 1. aor. ἐδαι-
μονίσθην, ν. pass. [δαίμων,
pass. [Saíuwv,
daiμov-os, "a demon or devil"]
To be possessed of a devil or
devils.
Ρ.
δαιμονιζόμενος, η, ον,
pres. of δαιμονίζομαι.
δαιμόνιον, του, n. (dim. only
in form) [δαίμων, δαίμονος, "a
tutelary genius"; but in Gr.
1
Test. always, in bad sense,
"a demon or devil"] A demon
or devil.
v.n.
(δακρύω, f. δακρύσω, p. δεν
δάκρυκα), 1. aor. ἐδάκρυσα, v. n.
[δακρυ, a tear"] To shed
tears, weep.
Sáktůλos, ov, m. A finger.
Sé, conj.: 1. And, also.-
2. But; see μév.
δεδεμένος, η, ον, Ρ. perf.
ov,
pass, of déw;-at xi. 44 folld.
by acc. of "Respect."
δεδομένος, η, ον, Ρ. perf.
pass. of δίδωμι.
Sedóğaoμal, perf. ind. pass.
of δοξάζω.
δέδωκα, perf. ind. of δίδωμι.
δεδώκεισαν, see δίδωμι.
Sei, imperf. edel, subj. dén,
(opt. déo), inf. dev, part. déov,
(f. deńσei, 1. aor. édénσe), v. n.
impers. [formed partly fr. déw,
"to bind "; partly from déw,
"to need"] It is binding or
necessary; it is needful.
δείκνυμι, -νύω, f. δείξω, (p.
dédeixa), 1. aor. ědeiţa, v. a.
To show [akin to Sans. root
DIC, "to show"].
Seiλiáτw, 3. pers. sing. pres.
imperat. of deiλiáa.
δειλιάω.
δειλι-άω -ω, (f. δειλιάσω),
v. n. [deλi-a, timidity"]
| ("To have, or be in a state of,
δειλία”; hence) Τo be terrified
or afraid.
Seîşov, 1. aor. imperat. of
δείκνυμι.
δείξω, fut. ind. of δείκνυμι.
I
2
116
VOCABULARY.

an
Seîπvov, ov, n.: 1. A meal. | denarium or denarius; a Rom-
-2. A supper ;-at xiii. 2,
deíπvov yevoμévov is gen. abs.
SEKα-TÉVTE, num. adj. indecl.
[déka, “ten ”; tévτe, "five"]
πέντε,
("Ten and five"; i. e.)
Fifteen.
dékă-TOS, TN, TOv, num. adj.
[δέκα, "ten "]("Provided
with ten"; hence) Tenth.
de§-ĭós, ìá, ìóv, adj. Right,
as opposed to "left" [akin to
Sans. daksha, "right"].
Sépw, (f. depŵ), 1. aor. edeipa,
v. a. ("To skin, flay"; hence)
To beat, or scourge, severely
[akin to Sans. root DRI, "to
divide, to tear"].
Seûpo, adv. Hither.
SEUTE, adv. Come! come now.
Scútepov, adv. [adverbial
δεύτερον,
neut. of deúтepos, "second"]
A second time, again.
δεύτερος, τέρα, τερον, adj.
Second.-Adverbial expres-
sion: ÈK DEUTÉρov, a second
time [akin to dúo].
δέχομαι, (f. δέξομαι), p. δέ.
deyμal, 1. aor. ěde¿áµnv, v.
mid. ("To receive"; hence)
To receive [akin to Sans. root
DAGH, "to attain "].
dé-w, f. dhow, (p. dédexa),
1. aor. ědnσa, v. a. To bind,
tie, fasten, fetter.-Pass. p.
δέδεμαι, 1. aor. ἐδέθην, (1. f.
δεθήσομαι) [probably akin to
Sans. root DÂ, "to bind "].
Sŋvápĭov, ov, n. [The Greek
form of the Lat. denarius] 4
silver coin containing
originally ten asses (whence
its name, as a "ten-as" piece),
afterwards sixteen, and equal
to about 8d. English. Its
currency in Judea in the time
of our Saviour was owing to
the fact that the Romans
were at this time masters of
the country, and governed it
by a magistrate sent from
Rome :- δηναρίων διακοσίων,
for two hundred denarii; vi.
7: Gen. of price. The fore-
going sum is much about
£6 17s. 6d. English; cf., also,
xii. 5.
S-TOTE, indef. adv. [dh,
marking explicitness; TÓTE,
"ever"] In combination with
rel. pron.. Who-ever, etc.;
V. 4.
=
Siá, prep. gov. gen. and
acc.: 1. With Gen.: a. Loc-
ally: Through.-b. Of time:
After, after an interval of.—
c. On account of, for the sake
of, for.-d. Through, by means
of, by.-2. With Acc.: a.
Through, in consequence of,
owing to.-b. On account of,
for the sake of, for.-c.
Because of, by reason of
[akin to Sans. dva, "two"].
diáßoλ-os, ov, m. [for diá-
βαλ-ος; fr. διαβάλλω, το
accuse falsely"] A false ac-
cuser, a slanderer; an epithet
[of Satan.
VOCABULARY.
117
Siă-Sídwp, f. dia-dwow, 1.
aor. di-édwka. v. a. [diá, “be-
tween”; didwμt, "to give "]
("To give between, or among,'
persons; hence) To divide out,
distribute.
"
reason, argue, turn over in the
mind, consider, etc.
(δια μερίζω, 1.aor. διεμέρισα,
v. a. [diá, "between”; µepiĠw,
"to part or divide "] 1.
Act.: To part, or divide, be-
tween or among.-2.) Mid.:
διαμεριζομαι, 1. aor. διεμερ-
Sia-Lovviμl or Lovvuw, (f.
δια-ζώσω, η διέζωκα), 1. aor. δι-
é(woa, v. a. [diá, in "strength-ìoăµnv. Of several Subjects:
ening force; Cávvuμ, "to To part, or divide, between or
|
gird"]("To gird complete among themselves.
ly"; hence) 1. Act.: To gird
about, gird around.-2. Mid.:
1. aor. dieswoάunv, To gird
one's self about or around
with something.-3. Pass.:
p. dié woμai, To be girded
about or around.
in
διασκορπίζω, 1. aor. διε-
σкóρπiσα, v. a. [διά.
"strengthening" force; σкоол-
i(w, "to scatter"] To scatter
completely, to disperse, scat-
ter abroad, etc.-Pass.: Si-
εσκόρπισμαι, 1. aor. διεσκορπο
ίσθην, 1. f. διασκορπισθήσο-
δια-σπορά, αs, f. [διά, " in
διακον-έω ω, f. διακονήσω,
(ρ. δεδιηκόνηκα), 1. aor. διηκόνομαι.
noa, v. n. [diāкov-os, "a serv-
ησα, [διακονος,
ant"]("To be a diāкovos ; different directions"; oтор,
hence) 1. Alone: To be a serv-root of σneipw, "to scatter"]
ant; to serve, minister.-2.
With Dat. of pers.: To min-
ister unto; to wait, or attend,
on; to do service to.
διάκονος, ου, m. A servant,
attendant, minister.
Sĭā-koσ-iol, tai, ia, num.
adj. Two hundred [probably
διά lengthened fr. διά in its
etymological power of " twice,
in two parts" (see diά) ; kos =
Kaт, fr. Sans. çat-a, "a hun-
dred ”; see έ-κăT-óv].
κατ,
διαλογίζομαι, (δια-λογίσο-
μai, p. dia-λeλóуioμai), v. mid.
[did, in "strengthening" force;
λογίζομαι, “ to reason ”] Το
("A scattering in different
directions; a dispersing, di-
spersion"; hence) Dispersion
=persons dispersed :- dia-
σπορά τῶν Ἑλλήνων, the di
spersion of the Gentiles, i.e.
the Jews dispersed throughout
the Gentile world; for the
term Ἑλλήνων here denotes all
who were not Jews.
Siă-rí, adv. [diá, “on ac.
count of"; rí (neut. acc. sing.
of ris, "who, what"), "what"]
(“On account of what”; i. e.)
Why, wherefore.
διατρίβω, (f. δια-τρίψω), 1.
aor. δι έτριψα, v. n. [διά, “ be-
118
VOCABULARY.
tween”; τρίβω, "to rub"]|cf. de-di-dăx-a, perf. of didá-
("To rub between" two sub-
stances; hence) Of time: With
or without xpóvov: To pass, or
spend, time; cf. Lat. tempus
terere.
διδακτός, τή, τόν, adj.
[διδακ, a root of διδάσκω, " to
teach"] Taught, instructed.—
At vi. 45, the words didakтol
ou are variously explained as
meaning, a. Taught respecting
God; i. e. having a full know-
ledge of God; just as in the
Septuagint didakтol Toλéμov
(1 Maccabees iv. 7) means
" taught, or well instructed,
about or in war"; in both
which instances the Gen. is
Respective."-b. Taught by
God, i. e. having God Himself
for their teacher; when the
Gen. is that of the "Agent."
okw; see didάoкw].
Δίδυμος, ου, m. [δίδυμος,
"double"; hence, "twin"]
Didymus, the Greek name of
the Apostle Thomas; see
Θωμᾶς.
δί- δω-μι, f. δώσω, p. δέδωκα,
pluperf. ¿dedúkelv (dedúкelσav
ἐδεδώκειν (δεδώκεισαν
for ededúкelo av, 3. pers. plur.
pluperf. ind., xi. 57), 1. aor.
(in ind. only) edwкα, 2. aor.
dwv, v. a. : 1. To give in the
fullest sense of the word;-
at xiv. 27, without nearer
Object;-at xvii. 9, πeρl ☎v
δέδωκάς μοι = περὶ ἐκείνων, οὓς
dédwкás μoi;—at iv. 14, ÈK TOÛ
δέδωκάς μοι;
ὕδατος, οὗ ἐγὼ δώσω = ἐκ τοῦ
údǎтos, d éyà dúow.-2. With
Acc. of person and Dat. of
thing: To give something to
some one, to bestow something
on some one.-3. Of a blow,
etc.: To give, inflict.—4. Of
an answer: To give, return.—
5. To give, supply, furnish,pro-
vide;-at iv. 7 and 10, with-
Si dá-σkw, f. didăţw, (p. out nearer Object and folld..
dedidăxa), 1. aor. ¿didača, v. a. by Inf. in force of Lat. Gerund
and n.: 1. Act.: a. Of personal in dum preceded by prep. ad :
Objects: To teach, to give dós μoi mieiv, give thou me
instruction to.-h. With Acc. (water) to drink, i. e. ad bib-
of person and Acc. of thing: endum, "for the purpose of
To teach one something.-2. drinking, or that I may drink."
Neut. To teach, to give in---6. To appoint, assign.-7.
struction [akin to a lost Sans.
Foot DAÇ].
διδάσκαλος, ἅλου, m.
[didáσk-w, "to teach"] A
[διδάσκω,
teacher.-In St. John always
used of Christ, as a term of
respect.
:
δι-δάχ ή, ής, f. : 1.Teaching,
instruction.-2. Doctrine [id.;
|
To ascribe, attribute.—8. To
surrender, place, put, give
up; xiii. 3.—Pass.: δί-δο-μαι,
p. dédouaι, 1. aor. ¿dó☺ŋv, 1. f..
VOCABULARY.
119
dolhooμai [lengthened and | 1. aor. subj. of diyáw; vii.
strengthened fr. root So, akin 37.
to Sans. root DÂ, “to give”].
δίδωσι, 3. pers. sing pres.
ind. of δίδωμι.
"
διψάω -ω, f. διψήσω, (p. δε-
δίψηκα), 1. aor. ἐδίψησα, v. n.
[δίψα,
[diya, "thirst"] To thirst.
Sinon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of diváw; iv. 14; vi. 35.
διψήσω, f. ind. of διψάω.
Supe, contr. 1. pers. sing.
διεγείρω, 1. aor. διήγειρα,
v. a. [di-ά, in "intensive"
force; ¿yeípw, "to awaken
hence, "to rouse, stir up"]
Of the sea: To rouse, or agi-pres. ind. of diyάw, xix. 28; 1.
tate, mightily.— Pass. : Supers. sing. pres. subj., iv. 15.
εγείρομαι, 1. aor. διηγέρθην. διώκω, f. διώξω (and διώξ
διέδωκα, 1. aor. ind.
διαδίδωμι.
of
dielwoµévos, n, ov, P. perf.
pass. of διαζώννυμι.
διελθών, ούσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor.
of διέρχομαι.
δι-έρχομαι, f. δι-ελεύσομαι,
p. διελήλυθα, 2. aor. δι-ῆλθον,
v. mid. [di-ά, "through"; px-
γιαι, "to come or go"] To
come or go through ;—at iv. 4
and viii. 59, strengthened by
follg. diá.
διεσκορπισμένος, η, ον, P.
perf. pass. of diασкоρπĪŠш.
διηκόνει, 3. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of διακονέω.
δίκαιος, αία, αιον, adj. [δικ-η,
"right, law"] ("Pertaining
to díkη"; hence) Righteous,
just.
f.
δικαιοσύνη, οσύνης,
[δίκαι-ος, "righteous" ("The
quality of the dikaios"; hence)
Righteousness.
α
δίκτυον, ου, n. A net; a
fishing-net.
Supq, contr. 3. pers. sing.
ομαι), 1. aor. ἐδίωξα, ν. a.
("To pursue"; hence) To
persecute.
δοκέω -ω, (f. δόξω and δοκήσω,
p. δεδόκηκα), 1. aor. ἔδοξα, v. a.
and n.-1. Act.: To think,
imagine, deem, suppose.-2.
Το appear . right, good, or
proper.
δοκῶν, ούσα, οὖν, contr.
oûv,
part. pres. of dokéw.
Sóλos, ou, m. ("A bait" for
fish; hence) Craft, deceit,
guile.
δόξα, ης, f. [for δόκ-σα; fr.
dok-é∞,"to think"](“A think-
ing"; hence, "a thought";
hence, as the thoughts which
others entertain of one) 1.
Honour.-2. Glory.
δοξάζω, f. δοξάσω, 1. aor.
¿dó¿ăσa, v. a. [dó§-a, “honour,
glory"] To ascribe honour or
glory to; to honour,glorify.—
Pass. δοξάζομαι, p. δεδόξασμαι,
1. aor. ἐδοξάσθην.
δοξάζων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
of do¢áłw.

pres.
120
VOCABULARY.
Soţãon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of δοξάζω.
Sogaoon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. pass. of do¿ā¿w.
Soğǎoov, 1. aor. imperat. of
δοξάζω.
δοξάσω, fut. ind. of δοξάζω.
Sóğn, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of δοκέω.
Sós, 2. aor. imperat. of di-
δωμι.
S, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of δίδωμι.
So-Sexα, num. adj. indecl.
[contr. fr. duw-deka; fr. dúw
= dúo), "two"; déka, “ten”]
"Two and ten;" i. e.) Twelve.
As Subst.: m. Twelve per-
sons, twelve :—oi dádeka, the
twelve (apostles) including
Judas; vi. 67, etc.
δῶμεν,
Soμev, 1. pers. plur. 2. aor.
subj. of δίδωμι.
Swp-cά, câs, f. [dwp-éw, “to
give, present as a gift"] ("A
giving"; hence) 1. A gift.—

δουλεύω, f. δουλεύσω, p.
δεδούλευκα, 1. aor. ἐδούλευσα,
v. n. [doûλ-os, "a slave "] 1.
To be a slave or servant.-
2. With Dat.: To be in bond-2. Adverbial Acc.: Swpeáv
age or subjection to.
Soûλ-os, ov, m. [prob. for
dé-oλA-os; fr. dé-w, "to bind";
8λ-os, "whole"] (“One wholly
bound"; hence) A bondman,
slave, servant.
Soûval, 2. aor. inf. of di-
δωμι.
δύναμαι, imperf. ἐδυναμην
and ἠδυνάμην, f. δυνήσομαι,
γ. δεδύνημαι, 1. aor. ἐδυνήθην
and ǹdvvýonv, v. mid. irreg.
With Inf. To be able to do,
etc.; I (etc.) can.
δύο (Gen. δύο, Dat. δυσί;
for usual dvoîv), dual num. adj.
Two ;-i. 35 and 40, xxi. 2, fol-
lowed by è and its Gen.;-at
ii. 6, etc., in attribution to a
plur. subst.-As Subst.: Súo,
m. Two persons :—oi dvo, the
two, i. e. Peter and the other
disciple (John), xx. 4 [akin
to Sans. dvi, "two"].
In
("As a gift, freely"; hence)
a bad sense : Without
cause, undeservedly.
δωρεάν, adv. see δωρεά.
Soon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
δώση,
subj. of didwμi, through a form
ědwσa; xvii. 2.
δώσω, fut. ind. of δίδωμι.
1. éáv, conj. [for ei-áv; fr.
εἰ, “if”; ἄν, conditional par-
ticle] With Subj.: If haply;
if that or so be that; if :—eàv
µʼn, if not, i. e. unless, except.
2. táv (ǎv), conditional part-
icle: With relative words (=
av) modifying their power:
déáv, whatsoever; xv. 7.
ἑαυτοῦ (αὑτοῦ), ἧς, ου,
reflexive pron.: 1. Strictly of
3rd person: Of, etc., himself,
herself, or itself.-2. Of 2nd
person: Thyself, yourself;
v. 42, etc.
VOCABULARY.
121
ἑαυτῶν, gen. plur. of ἑαυτοῦ.
ἕβδομος, η, ον, num. adj.
[ἑβδ.π επτ.in έπτ-ά, “seven"]
Seventh:—ὥρα ἑβδόμη, seventh
hour, i. e. one o'clock in the
afternoon.
¿Bλýłηv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of βάλλω.
'Eẞpaïo-Tí, adv. [for 'EB-
paid-rí; fr. 'Eẞpats, 'Eßpatd-
os, "Hebrew "]("After the
In the Hebrew tongue or lan-
guage.
ἐγεμίσα, 1. aor. ind. of
γεμίζω.
¿yevvýłŋv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of γεννάω.
¿yevóμnv, 2. aor. ind. of
γίνομαι.
ἐγευσάμην, 1. aor. ind.
mid. of yeúw.
èy-kaiv-ia, iwv, n. plur. [for
év-Kaív-ia; fr. év, "without
force"; καινός, "new"]
manner of the 'EBpats"; hence) | ("Things pertaining to that
which is new"; hence,
" a
festival in commemoration of
something made anew or in-
èyy-ús, adv. [akin to ǎyx-,
"near"] Near, nigh ;-some-augurated afresh") The En-
times with follg. gen.
¿yeyóveɩ, pluperf. ind. of
γίνομαι.
eyeɩpat, 1. aor. imperat. mid.
of ἐγείρω.
ἐγείρω, f. ἐγερῶ, (p. ἐγήγερ-
κα), 1, aor. йyεipa, v. a.: 1.
Act.: ("To awaken"; hence,
"to rouse, or stir, up"; hence)
To raise, or lift, up.-2. Mid.:
¿yeípoµal, (f. ¿yepoûµai), 1.
ἐγείρομαι,
aor. nye păμnv, ("To awaken
Ong's self"; hence) To lift,
or raise, up one's self; to
rise.-3. Pass.: eyeípoμat, p.
ἐγήγερμαι, 1. aor. ἠγέρθην, 1.
fut. ¿yepbhooμal, ("To be
awakened"; hence) a. To be
raised up, to arise.-b. Of
false prophets, etc.: In mid.
force: To arise, spring up,
appear amongst men, etc.
[akin to Sans. root JAGRI, "to
wake"].
cænia; the name of a Jew-
ish festival, instituted—1.
According to some, by Judas
Maccabeus in commemora-
tion of the cleansing of the
Temple from the pollution
of the heathens, and continu-
ing for eight days from
25th of the month Cislev
(December); 1 Macc. iv. 54
sqq.-2. According to others,
in recollection of the Temple
built by Zorobabel and re-
paired by Herod, and falling
on the 3rd of the month Adar
(March).
ypaya, 1. aor. ind. of
ypάow.
|
ἐγώ (Gen. ἐμοῦ, enclitic μου),
pron. pers. I [akin to Sans.
aham, “I”].
¿dáκρūσα, 1. aor. ind. of
dakρúw.
edet, imperf. ind. of deî.
122
VOCABULARY.

ἔδειξα, 1. aor.
ind. of
of
δείκνυμι.
éde§ăµηv, 1. aor. ind.
δέχομαι.
ἔδησα, 1. aor. ind. of δέω.
¿Sidovv, 3. pers. plur. imperf.
ind. of didwut, as if from
contracted form διδόω.
ἐδίωξα, 1. aor. ind. of
διώκω.
¿Sółŋv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
δίδωμι.
a
of
čovos, eos ous, n.
élos, eos ous, n.
habit, etc.
A nation.
A custom,
1. ei, 2. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of εἰμί.
2. ei, conj.: 1. If :—ei dè µn,
but if not, otherwise, else ;-
ei μn, (if not, i.e.) except, un-
less.-2. In interrogations,
and expressions of doubt, etc. :
Whether, etc.
eidov, 2. aor. ind. of elow.
eid-os, eos ous, n. [eld-w,
"to see"] ("That
; hence) A
ἔδοξα, 1. aor. ind. of δοκέω.
of
obsol.
¿dóţăσa, 1. aor. ind.
ἐδόξασα,
δοξάζω.
¿do§áσ0ηv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of δοξάζω.
ἔδωκα, 1. aor. ind. of δίδωμι.
ἐθεασάμην, 1. aor. ind. of
θεάομαι.
which is seen ""
form, shape.
1. (eïd-w, obsol. in pres.),
f. εἰδήσω (and εἴσομαι), p. οἶδα,
subj. εἴδω, p. perf. εἰδώς,
pluperf. ᾔδειν, 2. aor. εἶδον,
subj. ἴδω (opt. ἴδοιμι), inf. ἰδεῖν.
p. ιδών, 2. aor. mid. εἰδόμην,
v. a. : 1. Το know, to perceive
mentally.-2. Perf. and plu-
perf. are used as a pres. and
imperf.: (I) know, (I) knew.
"to
(ἐθέλω and) θέλω, f. (ἐθελ-
ήσω and) θελήσω, 1. aor.
ἠθέλησα (and ἐθέλησα, p.
тebéλŋka), v. n. and a.: 1. To
wish, will, desire.--2. With
Inf.: To wish, etc., to do, etc.;
to be willing to do, etc.;-the-3. The 2. aor. applies to the
Inf. is often to be supplied sight: (I) saw, behelů, etc.
from the context; e. g. at v. [akin to Sans. root VID,
21 supply (worоLeiv after 0éλei. perceive, to know "].
-3. Folld. by iva and Subj.:
To wish, will, desire, that one
should do, be, etc.; xvii. 24.
-4. With Objective clause:
To wish, etc., that one should
do, etc.; xxi. 22 and 23.-5.
In connexion with a negative:
To be unwilling, etc.; v. 40.
ἔθηκα, τίθημι
č◊ŋêɑ, 1. aor. ind. of Ti0nu;
see τίθημι.
2. eïdo, subj. of oida; see
1. elow.
eidós, vîa, ós, P. of olda;
see elow.
elkoσɩ, num. adj. indecl.
Twenty [akin to Sans. viñçati
|(contr. fr. dvi,“ two”; daçant
(original form of daçan),
"ten"; (1) suffix); whence also
Lat. viginti].
VOCABULARY.
123
ELλkveα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἕλκω.
وو
εἰ-μί, imperf. ἦν and ήμην,
f. ěσouai, v.n.: 1. To be.-2.
With eis, ("To be for"; i. e.)
To become.-3. With ex: To
beof a number of persons, etc.;
xviii. 17, etc.-4. With Dat.
of person: ("To be to' a
person; i. e. of the person as
Subject) To have or obtain.
-5. With Gen. of person:
To be the property of, to
belong to.-6. To be equivalent
to, etc., in meaning.-7. To
happen, take place, occur.--
8. To be equivalent to, to
make.-9. Folld. by part. in
concord with Subject, instead
of the simple verb of such
part. in the tense correspond-
ing to that of eiµí :—ĥv BaπT-
íĠwv = ¿ßáttige, i. 28: ĥv
ἐβάπτιζε, ἦν
dedoµévov – édédoтo, xix. 11
[for èσ-µí, akin to Sans. root
AS, "to be"].
εἶναι, pres. inf. of εἰμί.
εἶπα ; see εἶπον.
1. εἰπέ, imperat. of εἶπον.
2. eine, eiπev, 3. pers. sing.
of εἶπον.
eiπeìv, inf. of elπov.
eiπ-ov, 2. aor., 1. aor. eîñα,
εἶπα,
v. a. without pres.: 1. To say,
speak.-2. To direct, com-
mand, bid, etc.-3. To tell,
relate, mention, declare.-4.
With double Acc.: To call
one that which is denoted by
second Acc.
εἴπω, subj. of εἶπον.
εἰπών, ούσα, όν, P. of
εἶπον.
εἴρηκα, ειρήκειν, perf. and
pluperf. of etpw.
eip-ńvn,ńvns, f. [prob. etp-w,
"to bind or fasten" ("The
binding, or fastening, thing";
hence) Peace ;-cf. Lat. pax
(= pac-s), fr. root PAC = PAG,
whence pa(n)g-o, "to fasten,"
etc.
(eĭpw, perhaps only once,
f. ẻрw), p. eĭρnка, v. а.: 1.а. Tо
say, speak, etc.-b. To tell,
declare.-c.With double Acc.:
To call one that which is
denoted by second Acc.; xv.
15.-2. Without Object: To
speak, etc.
a.
1. eis, prep. gov. acc.: 1.
With verbs of motion:
Horizontally: Into, within.—
b. Of motion upwards: Up to,
to.-c. Of motion downwards :
Down to, into.-2. With verbs
of rest to denote previous
motion into a place, and then
the doing, etc., of something
in or at it.-3. Of a state,
condition, etc.: Into.-4. To
mark division, etc. : Into, in.
-5. To denote approach to,
towards, or unto a place, for
the purpose of going into it.
-6. To mark an object to-
wards which any mental pro-
cess or moral feeling is directed:
a. In, on, upon.-b. Against.
-7. To point out a purpose,
124
VOCABULARY.
aim, intention, etc.: a. For
the purpose of, for.-D. For
the use or benefit of; for,
unto.-8. Of time: Until, up
to, for.-9. With eiµí or yív-
quaι: (To be for) To become,
to be; xvi. 20.
eloĥλlov, 2. aor. ind. of
eiσépxoμaι.
EloτηKELV, pluperf. ind. of
loτnui.
eira, adv. Then, thereupon.
eixov, imperf. ind. of ěxw.
EK, (before a vowel ¿§), prep
2. eis, µía, ëv, num. adj. : 1. gov. gen.: 1. Of place: a.
One;-at xii. 2, etc., with Out of, from.-b. Down from,
Gen. of thing distributed.-out of.-2. Of time: a. From,
As Subst. a. Masc.: One ever since.-b. After; xix.12,
|
man, or person,one.-b. Neut.: etc.-c. Of a commencing
One thing.-2. First.-As point: From.-3. To mark
Subst.: pía, âs, f. First day: whence anything, etc., comes:
—τῇ μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων, on the From, from
first day of the week; Dat. of
time "when;" xx. 1.
among.-4.
After numerals: Of, out of;
vi. 8, etc.-5. Of an author,
eio-ǎyw, (f. eio-d¿w, p. eio- | source or origin: From, of.—
ayhoxa), 2.aor. eio-nyayov,v.a. 6. To mark removal out of a
[eis, "into"; ǎyw, "to lead"] | place: From, away from.—7.
To lead into a place; to lead
or bring in.
eioelevσopal, fut. ind. of
εἰσέρχομαι.
eiσeλbeîv, 2. aor. inf. of
εἰσέρχομαι.
εἰσελθέτω, 3. pers. sing.
aor. imperat. of eiσépxoµai.
eiσéλ0w, 2. aor. subj.
εἰσέρχομαι.
εἰσελθών, οὖσα, όν, P.
aor. of εἰσέρχομαι.
2.
of
2.
εἰσέρχομαι, f. εἰσελεύσου
μaι, p. eio-ελýλvea, 2. aor. eio-
ἦλθον,
λov, v. mid. [eis, "into";
Epxoμal, "to come or go"]
ἔρχομαι,
To come,
or go, into; to
enter.
elonyǎyov, 2. aor. ind. of
εἰσάγω.
To mark the agent after pass.
verbs: By.-8. Of the instru-
ment, means, etc.: With.-9.
Put partitively with its case
instead of simple partitive
gen. used as Object: πívwv K
τοῦ ὕδατος τούτου, drinking
of this water, i. e. a portion of
this water, iv. 13: épάyete
ἐκ τῶν ἄρτων, ye eat of the
loaves, i. e. a portion of the
loaves, vi. 26.-10. To denote
that from which something is
taken: Out of, of, from.-11.
With neut. adj. in adverbial
force: ek devтépov, a second
time.-12. To mark the ma-
terial: Of;-¿¿ àкavoŵv, of
thorns, xix. 2.-13. To mark
a result: In consequence of,
VOCABULARY.
125
by, with.-14. In accordance
with, according to, by.-15.
With εἰμί ; see εἰμί, no. 3.
ékátioa, 1. aor. ind. of
καθίζω.
ἕκαστος, η, ον, pron. adj.
Each.-As Subst. : KaσTos,
ov, m. Each man, each.
éκǎTóν, num. adj. indecl.
One hundred, a hundred [for
ἑν-κατόν
év-Kaтóν; fr. els, év-ós," one";
KǎTOV, akin to Sans. çatan,
a hundred"].
ἐκ-βάλλω, f. ἐκ-βάλω, (p. ἐκ-
βέβληκα), pluperf. ἐκ-βεβλή
Kew (for ¿¿-eßeßλýкew), 2. aor.
¿§-éßăλov, v. a. [ek, "out";
Báλaw, "to cast"] ("To cast,
or throw, out"; hence) 1. To
drive forth, or out, from a
place.-2. To send away, bid
depart, dismiss.-Pass.: èк-
βάλλομαι, (p. ἐκ-βέβλημαι),
1. aor. ἐξ-εβλήθην, l. fut. ἐκ-
βληθήσομαι.
ov,
ἐκβάλλων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.
οἱ ἐκβάλλω.
ἐκδεχόμενος, η, ον, Ρ. pres.
of éκdéxoμai.
¿keî, adv.: 1. There, in that
place.-2. Thither, to that
place.
;
¿keì-Oev, adv. [èk€î, “there”
suffix ev, denoting removal
"from"]("From there";
i. e.) From that place, thence.
¿ket-vos, vn, vo, pron. dem.
[exeî, "there"] The person or
[ἐκεῖ,
thing there; that person, or
thing;- frequently to mark
something that has preceded.
-As Subst. of all genders:
He, she, it.
as
ἐκ-κεντέω -κεντῶ, 1. aor. ἐξ-
ekévтnoα, v. a. [èk, in “inten-
sive force ; κεντέω, ❝ to
prick"; hence, "to sting
a bee; hence, "to stab"] To
stab, pierce with a spear, etc.:
εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν = εἰς
ἐκεῖνον, ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν, xix. 37.
(ἐκ-λέγω, 1. aor. ἐξ-έλεξα, p.
ἐξείλεχα, v. a. [ἐκ, σε
“out
Aéyw, "to pick or gather"]
λέγω,
1. ¿xßăλŵ, fut. ind. of èx-1. Act.: "To pick or gather
βάλλω.
2. ¿κẞăλw, 2. aor. subj. of
ἐκβάλλω.
ékßăλúv, oûσa, óv, P. 2. aor.
οἱ ἐκβάλλω.
ἐκ-δέχομαι, (f. ἐκ-δέξομαι),
v. mid. [ex," from "; déxoμal,
"to receive"] ("To receive
out.”—2.) Mid.: ¿x-déyopaɩ,
1. aor. ¿è̟-eλeşăµnv, (“ To pick
out for one's self"; hence) To
choose out, choose, select.
ἐκλήθην,
¿kλý@ŋv, 1. aor. ind. pass. of
καλέω.
ἐκ-μάσσω, (f. ἐκ-μάξω, Ρ.
èк-μéμǎxα), 1. aor. -éμaža,
ἐκ-μέμαχα), ἐξέμαξα,
something from " one; hence, v. a. [èk, in “intensive
"to succeed to" something; force; μάoow, "to handle "]
μάσσω,
hence) of events: To await,("To handle much"; hence)
wait for.
To wipe dry, to wipe, to dry.
126
VOCABULARY.
(ἐκ-νέω, f. ἐκ-νεύσομαι), 1.
aor. ἐξένευσα, v. n. [ἐκ, “ out,
away ; véw, "to swim "]
("To swim out or away
hence) To depart, go away,
convey one's self away.
EKπоρEvσoμaι, fut. ind. mid.
οἱ ἐκπορεύω.
:
(ÈK-TOρEÚw, V. a. [èk, "out";
Tорeuw," to make to go "] 1.
Act. "To make to go out.
2.) Mid. : ἐκπορεύομαι, f. ἐκ-
πορεύσομαι, (“ To make one's
self to go out"; hence) a. To
go, or come, out or forth; to
proceed forth.-b. To go
away, depart.
ἔκραξα, 1. aor. ind. of
κράζω.
¿κρйßηv, 2. aor. ind. pass. of
κρύπτω.
""
ἐκ-τείνω, f. ἐκτενῶ, (p. ἐκ-
Téтăka), 1. aor. ¿¿-éteiva, v. a.
τέτακα), ἐξέτεινα,
[èk, "out or forth”; Teivw,
to stretch"] To stretch out
or forth.
ἐκτενεῖς, 2. pers. sing. fut.
ind. of EKTEίVW.
Εκ-τος, τη, τον, num. adj.
[for e-ros; fr. ë¿, "six"]
("Provided with "; hence)
Sixth.
¿k-xéw, f. èk-xew, 1. aor.
ἐξέχεα, (p. ἐκ-κέχυκα), v. a.
[ẻk, "out"; xéw;
; Xéw, "to pour"]
To pour out money from the
bags in which it is placed, to
throw to the ground, etc.
ἔλαβον, 2. aor. ind. of
λαμβάνω.
!
λaía, as, f. An olive tree:-
τὸ ὄρος τῶν ἐλαιῶν, the mount
of the olive trees, i. e. Mount
Ölivet, which derived its name
from the number of olive trees
which grew upon it. It lay
something more than half a
mile E. of Jerusalem, and was
separated from it by the valley
and brook of Cedron.
¿λáλe, 3. pers. sing. imperf.
ἐλάλει,
ind. of λαλέω.
¿λáλŋoa, 1. aor. ind. of
λăλéw.
ἐλάσσων, or, comp. adj.
ον,
("Less"; hence) Inferior,
worse; see μikρós.
¿λaTToûσbaι, pres. inf. pass.
οἱ ἐλαττόω.
(ἐλαττόω -ω, f. ἐλαττώσω, p.
ἠλάττωκα), 1. aor. ἠλάττωσα,
v.a. [akin to ἐλάττων, “less”]
("To lessen"; hence) Pass.: To
decrease.-Pass.: èλaттóοµar
oûμaι, p. λáттwμαι (1. aor.
ἠλαττώθην, 1. fut. ἐλαττωθή
σομαι).
ἐλαύνω, (f. ἐλάσω and ἐλῶ),
p. ἐλήλακα, (v. a. " To set in
motion ; hence, with ellipse
of vauv, "a ship," as) v. n.
("To set, or put, a ship in
motion ; hence) To row.
""
ἐλέγξω, fut. ind. of ἐλέγχω.
¿λeyx◊îì, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
ἐλεγχθῇ,
subj. pass. of exéyxw.
ἐλεγχόμενος, η, ον, Ρ. pres.
[ass. of ἐλέγχω.
ἐλέγχω, f. ἐλέγξω, 1. aor.
λeysa, v. a.: 1. To convince.
VOCABULARY.
127
-2. To convict.—3. To ac-
-a son of Deucalion king of
cuse,reprove,reproach.-Pass. Pthia in Thessaly, who with
ἐλέγχομαι, (p. ἐλήλεγμαι), 1.
aor. ǹλéyxony, (1. fut. èλeyx-
θήσομαι).
λega, 1. aor. ind. of Aéyw.
ἐλεύθερος, ερα, ερον, adj.
("Doing as one desires,
desires,"
"pleasing one's self"; hence)
Free, at liberty [for è-λú0-epos,
akin to Sanscrit root LUBH,
"to desire"; whence, also,
Lat. lib-er, lub-et, lib-et].
ἐλευθερ-όω ω, f. ἐλευθερώσω,
(p. ἠλευθέρωκα), 1. aor. λευ-
θέρωσα, ν. a. [ἐλεύθερος,
"free"] To make, or set, free.
¿λevoeρwσel, 3. pers. sing.
fut. ind. of ¿λev0epów.
¿λev0epwoŋ, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. subj. of ἐλευθερόω.
ἐληλακώς, υία, ός, Ρ. perf.
of ἐλαύνω.
¿λýλŭðɑ, ¿àŋλvoeɩ, perf.
and pluperf. ind. of ěpxoµat.
ἐλθεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of
ἔρχομαι.
λon, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of ἔρχομαι.
ἐλθών, οὖσα, όν, P. 2. aor.
of ἔρχομαι.
his wife Pyrrha alone escaped
from the flood that, according
to mythology, destroyed all
the inhabitants of Thessaly;
hence, 4
Greek; Plur.:
Greeks, hence) Gentiles: a. As
opposed to Jews.-b. Converts
or proselytes from heathenism
to Judaism. See Exod. xii.
48, 49; Levit. xvii. 8, 10, etc.
Ελληνες; ων, see "Ελλην.
Ἑλληνιστί, adv. [for Ελ-
ληνιδ-τί; fr. Ελληνις, Ελ-
λήνιδος, “Greek ”] (“ After
the manner of the "Eλanvis ;"
hence) In the Greek tongue
or language.
ἐλπίζω, f. (ἐλπίσω and)
ἐλπίω, p. ἤλπικα, 1. aor. ήλ
πῖσα, v. n. [for ἐλπίδ σω; fr.
ἐλπίς, ἐλπίδος, " hope "] Το
put one's hope; to hope, trust.
¿λvrýłŋv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of λutéw.
ἐμαρτύρησα, 1. aor. ind. of
μаρTUρéw.
ἐμαστίγωσα, 1. aor. ind. of
μαστιγόω.
ἐμαυτόν, acc. masc. of ἐμ
ἑλκύσαι, 1. aor. inf. of αυτού.
ἕλκω.
Eλkuσŋ, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of ἕλκω.
ἕλκω, f. (έλξω and) ἑλκύσω,
1. aor. (eîλέa and) éíλkvσα, v.
To draw both in a literal
a.
and figurative force.
ἐμ-αυτοῦ, -αυτής (only in
sing. number), reflexive pron.
of 1st person [ἐγώ, ἐμοῦ, “Ι”;
αὐτοῦ, gen. of αὐτός, “ self”]
Of, etc., myself or my own
self.
(ἐμ-βαίνω, f. ἐμβήσομαι, p.
Ελλην, ηνος, m. (“Hellen ” | ἐμ-βέβηκα), 2. aor. ἐν-έβην, ν.
nvos,
v.
128
VOCABULARY.
n. [for ἐν-βαίνω ; fr. ἐν, “in” ;|βᾶτα, προβάτων.-As Subst.:
Baívw, "to go"] 1. To go in
or into, to enter, descend into.
-2. Of a vessel: With eis:
To enter into, go on board
of.
(ἐμ-βάπτω, f. ἐμ-βάψω), 1.
aor. év-éßaya, v. a. [for èv-
βάπτω ; fr. ἐν, “in”; βάπτω,
"to dip"] To dip in.
éµßás, ãoa, áv ; ẻµßîvai, P.
and Inf. 2. aor. of eußaiva.
uóv, oû, n. My property, a
thing belonging to me :-K
Toû èµoû λýРetai, he shall take
of mine, i. e. of that which
belongs to me, xvi. 14; cf. also
verse 15.
(ἐμ-πίπλημι, f. ἐμπλήσω,
p. ἐμ-πέπληκα), 1. aor. ἐν
έπλησα, v. a. [for ἐν πίμπλημι ;
| fr. év, in "augmentative" force;
πíμπλŋμ, “to fill "] ("To fill
completely ”; hence)
"To
satisfy with food.-Pass. (eu-
πίμπλᾶμαι), p. ἐμπέπλησμαι,
1. aor. év-eπλýσony, (1. fut.
ἐμ βλέπω, (f. ἐμ-βλέψω), 1.
aor. év-éßλeya, v. n. [for ev-
βλέπω] [ἐν, “ at ;” βλέπω, “to
look"] With Dat.: To look
at or upon; to fix the eyes, or | éµ-πληolhσoμai).-N.B. The
looks, upon.
éµßλé¥as, âσa, av, P. 1. aor.
of ἐμβλέπω.
ע:
first μ of the simple verb is
retained in the compound when
the following syllable is short;
ἐμβριμάομαι βριμώμαι, 1. e. g. ἐμ-πίμπλᾶμαι, ἐν-επιμπλα-
aor. ev-eßpiunoăuny, v. mid.uny; and so also when the
[for ev-Bpiµáoμai; fr. év, "at"; augment occurs, e. g. év.
Bpīμdoμai, "to snort"]("To еníµnλăσav (3rd pers. plur. of
snort at," a term strictly ap-imperf. ind., which would be
plicable to horses; hence) To ev-eπíμnλny, if found in use).
be deeply,or painfully,affected,
etc.; to groan inwardly.
éµßpiμwμevos, n, ov, contr.
pres. of ἐμβριμάομαι.
ἔμελλον and ήμελλον, im-
perf. ind. of μέλλω.
ἐμίσησα, 1. aor. ind. of
μισέω.
¿µvýσonv, 1. aor. ind.
μιμνήσκομαι.
P.
of
ἐμπόριον, του, n. [ἔμπορο
os, "a trader"]("A thing per-
taining to Europos"; hence)
A trading-place, mart, empor-
ium.
ἔμπροσθεν, adv. [for ἔν-
προσθεν ; fr. ἐν, “ in "; πρόσ-
Oev, "before"] ("In the place
before"; hence) With Gen.:
1. Of place: a. Before, in
éµ-ós, ý, óv, pron. poss. [¿yú, front of.-b. In the presence,
ẻµ-oû, “I”]˜¯Of, or belong or sight, of; before the eyes
ing, to me; my, mine;-at x.of.-2. Of time: Before, pre-
14 with ẻµá, éµŵv, supply π - viously to.
VOCABULARY.
129
(and èµ-păviô), 1. aor. ev.
εφάνισα, V. a. [upăv-hs,
manifest "] ("To
("To make
ἐμφανής
éµpăvhs or manifest "; hence)
To show forth, manifest, re-
veal, make known, etc.
ἐμφανίζω, 1. έμ-φανίσω Τ. 4; cf. δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ
avroû, hath given into his
hand and hath left it in it,
iii. 35.-8. To form adverbial
expressions :-èv кρVπтŶ, in
ἐν κρυπτῷ,
secret, secretly, vii. 4.-9.
Of a state or condition: In.
eva, masc. acc. sing. of els.
ἐνεβριμησάμην, 1. aor. ind
of ἐμβριμάομαι.
ἐμφανίσω, fut. ind. of ἐμ
φανίζω.
(ἐμ-φυσάω φυσῶ), 1. aor.
ἐν-εφύσησα, v. n. [fcr ἐν-φυσ
áw; fr. èv, “on or upon";
pvoάw, "to blow" forth the
φυσάω,
breath, as opposed to simple
breathing] To blow upon.
1. ev, neut. nom. and acc.
sing. of els.
2. év, prep. gov. dat. only:
1. Locally: a. In, within.
b. Among.-c. At.-2. Of
time: a. In, within, in the
course of, during :—èv & (sup- |
ply xpóvą), during the time
that, while; v.7.-b. On, upon;
-ẻv tŷ σaßßăтy, on the Sab-
bath, xix. 31.-c. In, at; xi.
24.-3. Of the instrument,
etc.: With, by.-4. Of the
agent: By.-5. Of a number
of persons: Among; ix. 16.—
6. Of persons in whom some-
thing is regarded as residing,
etc.; i. 48.—7. With verbs of
motion, or implying motion,
to denote going etc. into a
place and doing something or
being in it: κατέβαινεν ἐν τῇ
Kоλνμẞhopа, went down into
the pool and remained in it
for a shorter or longer time,
St. Johns
ἐνεπλήσθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of μπíπλnui.
ἐνεφύσησα, 1. aor. ind. of
upvoάw.
évláde, adv.
Hither.
Ayear.
ἐνιαυτός, ού, m.
vikŋσa, 1. aor. ind. of
vikáw.
ἔνιψα, ἐνιψάμην, 1. aor. act.
and mid. of vinTw.
ἐνταφιάζω, 1. aor. ἠνταφί
ǎos, v. n. [évrápi-a, "funeral
rites or obsequies "] ("To
perform évτápia"; hence) 1.
To prepare for burial, viz.
with spices, unguents, etc.-
2. To bury.-N.B. In St.
Matthew's Gospel this verb
occurs in active force.
ἐνταφιάσαι, 1 aor. inf. of
évтapiā(w.
ἐνταφιασμός, μου, m. [for
evтapiad µós; fr. evrapiasw
=évtapiád-ow, “to bury”] A
burial.
ἐντέλλομαι, f. ἐν-τελοῦμαι,
1. aor. ἐνετειλάμην, v. mid.
[EvTÉλλ-w (very rare), "to
command "] With Dat. of
person: 1. Act.: To command,
K
130
VOCABULARY.
enjoin, something to one; to |
command one, etc., that, etc.:
a. With Acc. of nearer Object;
xv. 14 and 17.-b. Folld. by
Objectival clause; viii. 5.-C.
Folld. by iva; xv. 17.-2.
Neut.: To command, enjoin
or bid, one; xiv. 31.
ἐντετυλιγμένος, η, ον, P.
perf. pass. of ἐντυλίσσω.
¿vteûðev, adv.: 1. From this
place, hence :——ἐντεῦθεν καὶ
ἐντεῦθεν, on this side and on
that side; xix. 18.-2. Hence,
from this source, etc.; xviii. 36.
ἐντολ-ή, ής, f. [for ἐντελή;
fr. ἐντέλλω ; see ἐντέλλομαι]
("That which is commanded";
hence) A commandment.
ἐν-τυλίσσω (or ἐν-τυλίττω,
f. ἐν-τύλιξω), 1. aor. ἐν-ετύλιξα,
v. a. [èv, "without force
τυλίσσω or τυλίττω, " to wrap,
""
;
|
-hyйyov, v. a. [ "out";
ǎyw, "to lead"] To lead out
or forth.
étéẞăλov, 2. aor. ind. of
ÈκBάλλw.
égekévτηoα, 1. aor. ind. of
ẻKKEVTÉW.
¿§eλeğăµnv, 1. aor. ind. mid.
of ἐκλέγω.
ἐξελήλυθα,
ἐξεληλύθειν,
perf. and pluperf. ind. of èg-
έρχομαι.
¿¿éλow, 2. aor. subj. of
étéрxoμal.
ἐξελθών, οῦσα, όν, Ρ. 2. aor.
of ἐξέρχομαι.
èžéµaža, 1. aor. ind. of
kμάσow.
étéμaσσov, imperf. ind. of
ἐκμάσσω.
ἐξένευσα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἐκνέω.
ἐξ έρχομαι, f. ἐξελεύσομαι,
or roll, up"] To wrap, or roll, p. è§-‹λýλ餤, 2. aor. ¿§-îλ0ov,
up; to roll together:-Tò v. mid. [e, "out"; epxoμal,
σουδάριον χωρὶς
Xwpis EVTETUX-"to come or go"] To come,
Lyμévov eis eva Tóπоν, the nap- or go, out or forth.
kin rolled up separately (and
put) into one (or a single)
place, xx. 7.-Pass.: part.
perf. ἐντετυλιγμένος.
ěvuğa, 1. aor. ind. of vúσow. |
évúπLov, adv. [adverbial
neut. sing. of evάios, "in
one's presence"] With Gen. :
In the presence of, before.
1. ; see ěk.
2. §, num. adj. indecl. Six
[akin to Sans. shash, "six"].
ἐξ-άγω, (f. ἐξ-άξω), 2. aor.
ἔξεστι, (f. ἔξεσται), v. im-
pers. [è, denoting "complete-
ness"; éσrí (impers.), "it is pos-
sible"] ("It is quite possible"
for one; hence) It is lawful,
or allowable; it is permitted,
etc.-N.B. This verb occurs
twice in St. John's Gospel,
and each time with clause as
Subject.
(ἐξετάζω, f. ἐξετάσω, rarely
¿§-eтŵ, P. ¿§-ńтăкα), 1. aor.
ἐξ-ήτᾶσα, v. a. [ἐξ, in " in-
VOCABULARY.
131
tensive" force; èτāŚw, "to | Outside, on the outside, out,
test, examine"] ("To test, or
xamine, thoroughly;" hence)
To question closely.
¿§erăσaι, 1. aor. inf.
ἐξετάζω.
¿éxeov, imperf. ind.
ἐκχέω.
of
of
¿§-nyéoµaɩ -nyoûμaɩ, (f. è§-
nynooμai),1. aor. ¿§-nynoăμny,
v. mid. [é, “out or forth";
Яyéoμai," to lead "] ("To lead
out or forth"; hence) To
relate, tell, reveal, disclose;
-at i. 18 supply auróv after
ἐξηγήσατο.
¿§nynoăµnv, 1. aor. ind. of
ἐξηγησάμην,
ἐξηγέομαι.
¿¿ñλov, 2. aor. ind. of
ἐξέρχομαι.
npxóunv, imperf. ind. of
ἐξέρχομαι.
ἐξουσία, σίας, f. [for ἐξοντα
σία ; fr. ἐξόν, ἐξόντos, part. of
impers. verb ěteσtɩ, “it is per-
mitted"] ("The being per-
mitted" to do something;
hence) With Inf.: Power,
ability, capability, capacity,
etc., to do, etc.
away.
é-opr-ń, îs, f. A feast;-
esp. of the Jewish Passover
[prob. akin to Sans. vrat-a,
in the force of "a holy act,'
as being, originally, a feast or
festival held in honour of
some deity; or, else, in the
force of the act of "eating";
é is a prefix].
ἐπαίρω, (f. ἐπ- ρω), 1. aor.
èπ-ñρα, v. a. [èπ-í, “up";
alpw, "to lift"] To lift up,
raise.
ἐπ-άνω, adv. [ἐπ-ί, " upon”;
vw, "above"] (Upon and
above"; hence, of place, "on
the upper part of, on the top
of"; hence) Of degree, rank,
etc.: With Gen.: Above,
higher than, etc.
éπāpas, āσa, av, P. 1. aor.
of ἐπαίρω.
¿πāρaтe, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of èraiρw.
ἐπάρατος, τον, adj. [ἐπαρά-
oual, "to curse"] Cursed,
accursed, under a curse.

ἐπ-αύριον, adv. [ἐπεί, " up-
(ἐξυπνίζω), f. ἐξυπνίσω, on”; αὔριον, “to-morrow 3]
v. a. [è, denoting "reversal";| Upon to-morrow, on the
iπvis, “tolull to sleep"]("Tomorrow ;-in Gr. Test. only
reverse the lulling to sleep "; with the Dat. fem. art. (7) pre-
hence) To awake one out of ceding, so that in each instance
sleep, to wake one.
ἡμέρᾳ must be supplied.
ἐξυπνίσω, fut. ind. of ἐπαυτοφώρῳ, see αὐτό
ἐξυπνίζω.

φωρος.
éπéẞăλov, 2. aor. ind. of
1. §-w, fut. ind. of ěxw.
2. ěž-w, adv. [, "out"] inìßáλλw.
ἐπιβάλλω.
K 2
132
VOCABULARY.
¿πéðŋкα, 1. aor. ind.
ἐπιτίθημι.
of
ETTEL, conj. Since, seeing that,
inasmuch as.
Ĕπ-eɩta, adv. [ẻπ-í, “in ad-
dition"; elta, "then"] ("In
addition then"; hence) Then,
thereafter, afterwards.
In, at.-b. Of persons: On, in
the case of.-2. With Dat. :
a. Of place: (a) On, upon.
—(b) În, at,``against.— b.
Of time: On, upon :--
--ETTL
ἐπὶ
ToÚT, on this, hereupon.-3.
With Acc.: a. Of place: (a)
On, upon.-(b) At.-(c) To.
b. of time: At.
Of At.-c. In
hostile sense: Against.—d.
Of persons: As to, as regards
or respects, towards, on or
ἐπενδύτης, του, m. [ἐπενδύ-
ω, "to put on over some.
thing else] ("That which is
put on over" something else;
hence) An outer tunic, over-upon.
tunic; -translated in English
Version "fisher's-coat,' at
xxi. 7.
ἐπερίσσευσα, 1. aor. ind. of
περισσεύω.
ἐπ-ερωτάω ερωτῶ, f. ἐπ.
ερωτήσω, 1. aor. ἐπηρώτησα,
v. a. [èπ-í, in "strengthening"
force; pwráw, "to ask "] 1.
To ask; to ask, or enquire,
of a person.-2. With Acc. of
person and Acc. of thing: To
ask a person of or about
something; to enquire of a
person about something; to
ask one something.
Ěπεσoν, 2. aor. ind. of
πίπτω,
of
Téτρeα, 1. aor. ind.
ἐπιτρέπω.
ἐπέχρισα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἐπιχρίω.
Éπηpúrησa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἐπερωτάω.
ení, prep. gov. gen., dat.,
and acc.: 1. With Gen. : a.
Of place: (a) On, upon.-(b)
ἐπίασα, 1. aor. ind. of
πιάζω.
ἐπι-βάλλω, f. ἐπὶ βαλῶ, 2.
aor. ἐποβάλον, v. a. [ἐπί,
"upon"; Báλλw, "to throw"]
With Acc. of nearer Object
folld. by ἐπί and Acc.: Το
throw, or cast, something on
or upon.
¿miyela, wv, n. plur. [neut.
plur. of èπiyeios, "of, or be-
longing to, the earth," used
as Subst.] Things pertaining
to the earth, earthly things.
ἐπί δίδωμι, f. ἐπὶ δώσω, 1.
aor. ἐπ-έδωκα, v. a. [ἐπί, “to”;
Sidwμ, "to give "] With Acc.
of thing and Dat. of person:
To give something to some one.
éπidúow, fut. ind. of π-
δίδωμι.
ἐπιθυμία, ίας, f. [ἐπιθυμε
éw, "to long after, desire"] 1.
An eager longing or desire.-
2. In bad sense: Lust, evil
desire.
ἐπικατάρατος, τον, adj.
VOCABULARY.
133
وو
[ἐπικαταρα-ομαι, " to imprecate
curses on" ("With curses
imprecated on one; hence)
Accursed;-at vii. 49
κατάρατοι, plur., is predicated
of oxλos, sing., a noun of
multitude.
V.
-
ἐπιστραφείς, είσα, έν, Ρ. 2.
aor. pass. of ἐπιστρέφω.
ἐπιστραφῶσι, 3. pers. plur.
2. aor. subj. pass. of πI-
στρέφω.

"
ἐπιστρέφω, f. ἐπι-στρέψω,
1. aor. ἐπέστρεψα, v. a. [ἐπί,
ἐπί-κειμαι, v. mid. [ἐπί, “to”; στρέφω, “ to turn"]
upon "; keîμaι, "to lie "] ("To turn to
κείμαι,
some object;
To lie, or be laid, upon or hence) To turn round, turn
on something;-at xi. 38 about.—Mid.: π-σтρéþοµaι,
ἐπι-στρέφομαι,
strengthened by follg. èní. 2. aor. pass. in mid. force,
ἐπικείμενος, η, ον, Ρ. ἐπεστράφην, Τo turn one's
ἐπίκειμαι.
self round; to turn to God;
étiλeyóμevos, n, ov, P. pres. to become or be converted.
pass. of ἐπιλέγω.
of
(ἐπὶ λέγω, v. a. [ἐπί, in
"intensive" force; Aéyw, "to
call"] To call an object by
some name).-Pass.: éπi-λéy-
opal, To be called or named.
ομαι,
ἐπί-μένω, f. ἐπι-μενῶ, 1.
aor. ἐπέμενα, ν. n. [ení,
"further"; μévw,
μένω, "to re-
main"] ("To remain further
or longer"; hence) To continue
doing, etc.;-at viii. 7 folld. by
part. in concord with Subject.
ἔπιον, 2. aor. ind. of πίνω.
¿πĭπeσúv, oûσa, óv, P. 2.
aor. of ἐπιπίπτω.
ἐπί-πίπτω, (f. ἐπιπεσοῦμαι),
p. ¿ni-пénтwкa, 2. aor. -
ἐπί-πέπτωκα, ἐπ-
έπεσον, v. n. [ἐπί, " upon ”;
πίπτω, “ to fall "] (“ To fall
upon"; hence) To recline, or
lean, upon;-at xiii. 25
strengthened by follg. èπí.
ÈTíσTEVσα, 1. aor. ind.
πιστεύω.
of
66
-
ἐπί τίθημι, f. ἐπι-θήσω, (p.
ἐπι-τέθεικα), 1. aor. ἐπ-έθηκα,
2. aor. èπ-éonv, v. a. [ẻπí,
[ἐπί,
upon"; ríoŋui, "to put"]
τίθημι,
With Acc. of thing and Dat.
èrí: To put, or place,
κpon; to lay upon ;-at xix.
2 supply, as Acc. of nearer
Object, avτóv = σTÉPAVOV è§
aкavov.
or
ἐπιτρέπω, (f. ἐπιτρέψω),
1. aor. éπ-éтрeya, v. a. [èní,
"to"; τРÉπW, "to turn"]
τρέπω,
("To turn" something "to"
a person; hence, "to give up,
yield"; hence) With Inf. : To
permit, suffer, allow one to
do, etc.;-at xix. 38 supply
ἆραι τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ after
ἐπέτρεψεν.
(ἐπι-χρίω), 1.201. ἐπ έχρισα,
v. a. [ění, “upon "; xpiw, “to
anoint"] ("To anoint upon ";
hence) To lay something as an
ointment upon, to anoint with.
134
VOCABULARY.
ἐπληρώθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of πληρόω.
¿πoíŋσa, 1. aor.ind. of Toléw.
ἐποίησα, ποιέω.
ἐπουράνια, ων, n. plur.
[neut. plur. of movрávios,
"heavenly," used as Subst.]
Heavenly things, things per-
taining to heaven.
¿πνðóμµηv, 2. aor. ind. of
πυνθάνομαι.
ov,
ἐργάζομαι, (f. ἐργάσομαι),
1. aor.eipyǎσăμny, v.mid. [ěpy-
work"] 1. To work, per-
form, do ;-at vi. 28; ix. 4
with cognate Acc.-2. With-
out nearer Object: To work, to
perform a work or works.-
3. P. perf. pass.: Wrought,
done, accomplished.-Pass.:
(épyásoμai), p. eĭpyaoμai, (1.
aor. eipyάoony, 1. f. épyaooń-
σομαι).
ἔργ-ον, ου, η. [root εργ, "to
work"] 1.Work.-2. A deed,
act, action.
épeuvâтe, 2. pers. plur. pres.
imperat. of ἐρευνάω.
¿pevváw -ŵ, (f. ¿pevvnow), 1.
ἐρευνάω ἐρευνήσω),
aor. ǹpeúvnσa, v. a. and n. : 1.
Act.: To search, search into,
investigate.-2. Neut.: To
search, make a search.
¿peúvηoov, 1. aor. imperat.
of épevváw.
ěpnμos, ov, adj. Of places:
Lonely, solitary, desolate,
desert.-As Subst.: ěpnuos,
ov, f. A wilderness, desert, etc.
ἑρμηνευόμενος, η, ον, Ρ.
pres. pass. of épµŋveúw.
ἑρμηνεύω, f. ἑρμηνεύσω, ν.
a. ['Epμns, “Herines or Mer-
cury"; the fabled messenger
of the heathen deities of Greece
and Rome, and the tutelary
god of all skill and accomplish-
ments] ("To act the part of
Hermes about or in some-
thing"; hence) To interpret.
Pass.: ἑρμηνεύομαι. Το be
interpreted, to mean by in-
terpretation.
ἔρχομαι, f. ἐλεύσομαι, p.
éλnλvoa, 2. aor. ἦλθον, ν.
mid.: 1. To come, to go.-2.
Pres. ; of an all but immediate
future: Will come, is, etc.,
coming; iv. 25, etc.-3. Of
things as Subjects: To come
= to be brought.-4. Of time:
To come, arrive, etc. [akin to
Sans. archha, (fr. root RICHH
or RI, "to go")= ĕpxoμai].
ἐρχόμενος, η, ον, P. pres. of
ἔρχομαι.
ἐρωτάω -ω, f. ἐρωτήσω, (p.
ἠρώτηκα), 1. aor. ἠρώτησα,
v. a.: 1. With Acc. of person
and Acc. of thing: To ask
one of, or about, something;
to ask one something.-2. To
ask, beg, request.-3. With-
out Object: To ask, request,
make entreaty, etc.-4. To
ask or question.
¿púτησov, 1. aor. imperat.
of pwráw.
ἐρωτήσω, fut. ind. of ἐρωτάω.
ἔσεσθ
σeo 2. pers. plur. fut.,
ind. of eiµí.



VOCABULARY.
135
tokývwoα, 1. aor. ind. of
ἐσκήνωσα,
σκηνόω.
ἔσομαι, fut. ind. of εἰμί.
ἐσταυρώθην, l. aor. ind.
pass. of σταυρόω.
ἐσταύρωσα, 1. aor. ind, of
σταυρόω.
čσTηka, perf. ind. of tornu.
ἕστηκα, ἵστημι.
ἑστηκώς (contr. ἑστώς), υῖα,
ós, P. perf. of lornμi.
ἔστην, 2. aor. ind. of ἵστημι.
OTí(v), 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of eiμl.
ẻστρă¶ην, 2. aor. ind. pass.
οι στρέφω.
ἑστώς ; see έστηκώς.
¿σ¢pāyiσa, 1. aor. ind. of
σφραγίζω.
¤σxătos, n, ov, sup. adj.
[perhaps akin to ex, è¿, “out”]
("Outermost "; hence) 1. Of
time, order, rank, etc. : Last:
—ἡ ἐσχάτη ἡμέρα, the last day,
i. e. the day of judgment.-2.
Of age: Youngest.-As Subst.:
čoxăтol, wv, m. plur.: With
article: The youngest; viii. 9.
éoxioonv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of σχίζω.
ἔσχον, 2. aor. ind. of ἔχω.
čo-w, adv. [for elo-w (és, eis,
"into")] Within, inside:-
only at xx. 26.
ἔσω-θεν, adv. [ἔσω, “ with-
in"; suffix, Dev = "from"]
From within.
éτápaža, 1. aor. ind. of
ταράσσω.
étăpáx0ŋv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
οἱ ταράσσω.
ἐτέθην,
Télŋv, 1. aor. ind. pass. of
τίθημι.
¿TεOVÝKELV, pluperf. ind. of
ἐτελείωσα, 1. aor. iud. of
θνήσκω.
τελειόω.
ĕtepos, α, ov, adj. Other of
two; another.
ἐτήρουν, ἐτήρησα, imperf.
and 1. aor. ind. of Tnpéw.
ĚTI, adv.: 1. Of time: Still,
yet.-2. Further,
Further, beyond,
etc. [akin to Sans. ati, "be-
yond"].
ἑτοιμάζω, f. ἑτοιμάσω, p.
ἡτοίμακα, 1. aor. ἡτοίμασα,
v. a. [erou-os, "ready"] To
make or get ready, to pre-
pare.
Éтоιμǎσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
тoμāŚw.
ἑτοιμάσω, fut. ind. of έτοιμο
άζω.
A year
Toλpa, contr. 3. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of roλµáw.
ἔτος, εις ους, η.
[akin to Saus. vatsas,
year"].
a
εὐθέως, adv. Γεὐθύς, εὐθένος,
"straight"]("After the man-
ner of the eveús "; hence) Of
time: Straightway, forthwith,
immediately.
evoúvăтe, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of evðūvw.
(εὐθύνω, f. εὐθύνω), 1. aor.
evÐvva,v.a. [ev0-ús," straight"]
Of roads, etc.: To make
straight or direct.
1. €úðús, eîa, ú, adj. Straight.
136
VOCABULARY.
2. εὐθύς, adv. [1. εὐθύος]
Of time = εὐθέως.
eu-λoy-éw -, imperf. (ev-,
and) ηὐλόγεον ουν, f. εὐλογήσω,
1. aor. εὐλόγησα (and η λόγ.
noa), v. a. [eʊ, “well”; λéyw,
"to speak of" ;] ("To speak
well of"; hence) To bless.
Pass. : εὐλογ· έομαι -οῦμαι,
p. εὐλόγημαι, (1. aor. ευλογή.
θην, 1. f. εὐλογηθήσομαι).
evdoynpévos, n, ov, P. perf.
pass. of εὐλογέω.
Evρηкα, perf. ind. of eup-
ίσκω.
εὑρήσω, 1. fut. ind. of εὑρ-
ίσκω.
εὑρίσκω, f. εὑρήσω, p. εὑρ-
ήκα, 1. aor. εὕρησα, 2. aor. εὑρ
ov, v. a. irreg. [root up] 1.
To find.-2. To find out, dis-
cover.
εὗρον, 2. aor. ind. of εὑρ-
ίσκω.
eùpúv, oûσa, bv, P. 2. aor.
of εὑρίσκω.
εὐχαριστέω -ŵ, 1. aor.
εὐχαρίστησα, v. n. [εὐχάριστο
Os,
"thankful"]("To be
thankful"; hence, as a result)
To offer, or give, thanks.
Eixaρioτnoas, āσa, av, P.
1. aor. of εὐχαριστέω.
ἔφαγον, 2. aor. without
present: To eat.
¿pavepúlŋv, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of φανερόω.
pavéρwoa, 1. aor. ind. of
φανερόω.
ἔφην, 2. aor. ind. of φημί.
¿þoßýłηv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
οι φοβέω.
poßoûvтo, 3. pers. plur.
contr. imperf. mid. of φοβέω ;
ix. 22.
'Eopatu, m. indecl. Eph.
raim; a city of Judæa men-
tioned only by St. John, and
without any clue to its locality,
except that it was near the
wilderness or desert, i. e. prob-
ably the wild rocky country
N.E. of Jerusalem.
ἐφύλαξα, 1. aor. of φυλάσσω.
¿óúvnoa, 1. aor. ind. of

φωνέω.
éxăpîv, 2. aor. ind. pass. of
χαίρω.
èxoés, adv. [a lengthened
form of x0és] Yesterday.
ἐχορτάσθην, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of χορτάζω.
ἔχω, imperf. εἶχον, f. ἕξω
and σχήσω, p. ἔσχηκα, 2. aor.
čσxov, v. a. and n.: 1. Act.:
a. To have in the fullest
sense of the word, to possess.
b. Of a state or condition
as Object: To have, to be
brought to, to be involved in:
λúπην, xvi. 22.-c. With Inf.:
To have power, be able, to do,
etc.-d. Of time: To be
arrived at, to reach; viii. 57;
ix. 21.-2. Neut. ("To have
one's self"; i. e.) To be in a
certain state; iv. 52;-at xi.
17 folld. by Acc. of duration
of time [akin to Sans. root
SAH, "to sustain, support"].

VOCABULARY.
137
ἔχων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres. ofἔχω.
éάρāka, perf. ind. of ópáw.
ἑώρακα,
¿wpākŵs, vîa, ós, P. perf. of
δράω.
¿úpwv, contr. imperf. ind. of
δράω.
ews, adv.: 1. Of time: a.
Until, till ;-sts. with Gen. :
ews ou (supply xpóvov), until
the time that, xiii. 38.-b.
While, whilst.-2. Of order,
etc.: With Gen. : Until, up
to; viii. 9.-3. With Adv.:
As far as, until.
Láw, Lw, f. Show and Sh-
σομαι, (p. ἔζηκα), v. n. To be
alive, to live:-(ŵv aρTOS,
ἄρτος,
living bread, i. e. the bread of
life, a term applied by Jesus to
Himself, vi. 51;-at iv. 10,
idwp (ŵv, living water, has a
two-fold meaning, viz. its
ordinary acceptation of "flow-
ing or stream-water,
posed to that in pools, cisterns,
etc.; and also the meaning of
'the water of eternal life"; cf.
Revelation xxi. 6.
as op-
Zeẞedaîos, ov, m. Zebedee;
the husband of Salōmē, and the
father of James and John.
Ln, contr. 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of Cáw.
ζῆ-λος, λου, m. [lengthened
for (e-λos; fr. Lé-w, "to boil"]
("That which boils "; hence)
Morally: Fervour, zeal.
(nooμal, fut. ind. of Cáw.
Intéw -ŵ, f. Śnτhow, (p.
ἐζήτηκα), 1. aor. ἐζήτησα, v. a. :
1. To seek, look for.-2.
To ask for, demand, require.
-3. With Inf.: To seek, or
endeavour, to do, etc.-4.
To seek, search after, try to
find, etc.
ζήτησις, σεως, f. [length-
ened from Chre-ois; fr. (nté-w,
"to seek"; hence, "to enquire
into "] ("An enquiring into"
something; hence) An en-
quiry, a questioning, etc.
LηToûνtes, nom. plur. masc.
of contr. part. pres. of (ntéw.
ζητῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. P.
pres. of ζητέω.
Lúun, ns, f. Leaven.
Lw-ń, ñs, f. [Sάw, sŵ, "to
live "]("That which lives";
hence) 1. Life.-2. With or
without alúvios: Life eternal.
ζῶν, ζώσα, ζῶν, contr. part.
pres. of Cáw.
Lw-v-vuw (and Ló-v-vūµi), f.
(wow, 1. aor. ě(woα, v. a. To
ἔζωσα,
gird [akin to Sans. root YU,
"to bind "].
ζω-ο-ποιέω-ποιῶ, f. ζωοποιή-
ow, v. a. [Sw-ós, “alive”; (0)
connecting vowel; woιéw, “to
make"] To make alive, cause
to live, quicken ;—at v. 21 oûs
θέλει ζωοποιεί = ἐκείνους, οὓς
θέλει, ζωοποιεῖ;-at vi. 63
(wоTоlour is put without a
ζωοποιοῦν
follg. Object.
1. , conj.: 1. Or.-2.
1.,
After comparative words:
138
VOCABULARY.
Than.-3. Elliptically for
ovdèv žλλo, ň, Nothing else
than, i.e. only; xiii. 10: this
is a very rare construction and
occurs nowhere else in the Gr.
Test.; some editions give ei
un ("except ").
2., fem. nom. sing. of dem.
art. ó.
3., fem. nom. sing. of rel.
pron. ös.
4. , fem. dat. sing. of rel.
pron. ös.
5., 3. pers. sing. pres.subj.
of εἰμί.
žyǎyov, 2. aor. ind. of ǎyw.
nyáπησα, 1. aor. ind. of
αγαπάω.
nyǎπwv, contr. imperf. ind.
of ἀγαπάω.
nyeɩpa, 1. aor.ind. of eyeípw.
nyépoŋv, 1. aor. ind. pass. of
ἐγείρω.
nyíǎσa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἁγιάζω.
nyiaσμévos, n, ov, P. perf.
pass. of ἁγιάζω.
ǹyópăσa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀγοράζω.
nywvitóμnv, imperf. ind. of
ἀγωνίζομαι.
ᾔδειν ; see 1. εἴδω.
Selσav, 3. pers. plur. of
ᾔδειν.
ňon, adv.: 1. Now, already.
2. Presently, forthwith
[akin to Sans. adya, "to-day,
now"].
ηdůvăµηv, imperf. ind. of
δύναμαι.
ἠθέλησα, ἤθελον, 1. aor. and
imperf. ind. of léλw.
йkoλoú◊ŋσa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀκολουθέω.
йкoλovoûν, contr. imperf.
ind. of aκoλovléw.
кovσα, 1. aor. ind. of
ȧкоów.
ἠκούσθη; see ἀκούω.
ἤλειψα, 1. aor.
ἀλείφω.
ind. of
ἦλθον, 2. aor. ind. of ἔρχε
ομαι.
*'Hλias, ov, m. ("My God is
Jehovah") Elias or Elijah;
a prophet who was carried up
to heaven in a chariot of fire,
and expected by the Jews to
return to earth before the
coming of the Messiah; cf.
2 Kings ii. 11; Malachi iv. 5.
ἡλικία, ἵας, f. [ήλιξ, ήλικος,
"of the same age"] ("The
state, or condition, of the λ;"
hence, "the being of the same
age" with another; hence,
"age" generally; hence) Ma-
ture age, man's estate, man-
hood:-λıkíav ěxew, to have,
i. e. to arrive at, man's estate,
ix. 21 and 23.
ήλος, ου, m. A nail.
ηλπĭкătε, 2. pers. plur. perf.
ind. of ἐλπίζω.
μаρтov, 2. aor. ind. of
auаpтůvw.
ἡμεῖς, ἡμῶν, ἡμῖν, ἡμᾶς, plur.
of ἐγώ.
ἤμελλον ; see ἔμελλον.
ἡμέρα, ας, f. Day :τῇ ἡμέ

VOCABULARY.
139
θαρσείτε; see θαρσέω.
θαρσέω -ω, (f. θαρσήσω),
ρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, on the third day
(Dat. of "time when "), ii. 1;
dúo nμépas, during, or for, two | v. n. [0ápo-os, "courage"] 1.
days (Acc. of "Duration of
time"), iv. 40.
йveyka, 1. aor. ind. of pépw.
nvoica, 1. aor. ind. of avoiyw.
ἠντληκώς, υία, ός, P. perf. of
ἀντλέω.
npíorηoa, 1. aor. ind. of
ἀριστάω.
ἠρμένος,
ýpµévos, n, ov, P. perf. pass.
rf aĭpw.
◄σăμnv, 1. aor. ind. of
“άρνευμαι.
*Ησαΐας, ου, m. (“ Help of
Jehovah") Hesaias, or Isaiah;
the great evangelical prophet,
who lived between 760 and 698
B.C.
nooével, contr. 3. pers. sing.
imperf. ind. of àσlevéw.
йτσa, 1. aor. ind. of airéw.
θάλασσα, ης, f. The sea :
Oáλaσσa τîjs гaλıλaías, the Sea
of Galilee, called also the Sea
of Tiberias, from Tiberias, a
city near it; and the Lake of
Gennesareth, from Gennesar-
eth, a district in its immediate
neighbourhood; see Tißepiás
[prob. akin to Sans. root TRAS,
"to tremble," and so the
trembling or agitated thing,
in reference to the action of
the winds and tide].
θάνατος, ἅτου, m. [θαν,
root of evh-σkw, "to die"]
Death.
To take courage, to be of good
courage.-2. Imperat.: 0ápo-
ELTE (plur.), Be of good cour-
age, take good cheer.
θαυμάζω, f. θαυμάσω, p.
τεθαύμακα), 1. aor. ἐθαύμασα,
v. n. and a. [for eavµár-ow; fr.
θαῦμα, θαύματος, " wonder"]
1. Neut.: To wonder, marvel,
be astonished.-2. Act.: To
wonder, etc., at.
θαυμαστός, τή, τόν, adj.
[for θαυματ-τός; fr. θαυμάζω
(= lavµáт-ow), "to wonder
θαυμάτ-σω),
at "] ("To be wondered at ";
hence) Wonderful, wondrous,
marvellous.
θεάομαι-ώμαι, f. θεάσομαι,
1. aor. ἐθεασάμην, p. τεθέαμαι,
v. mid. with 1. aor. pass.
ἐθεάθην [θέα, “a seeing, view,"
etc.] ("To obtain a seeing, or
view, of" some object; hence)
To see, behold.
θεασάμενος, η, ον, P. 1. aor.
of leάoμal.
Deáσaσle, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of Beάouai.
θεῖναι, 2. aor. inf. of τίθημι.
θέλημα, ήματος, n. [θέλω,
"to will"] Will, wish, etc.
éλw, a shortened form of
ἐθέλω; see ἐθέλω.
Oεós, où, m. God;-s
;-see ¿,
no. 1. a. (e) [akin to Sans.
deva; cf. Lat. deus].
θεο-σεβής, es, adj. [Θεός,
140
VOCABULARY.
"God"; (0) connecting vowel ; | holder "] 1. Act.: ("To be a
σέβομαι,
"to reverence, wor-
ship"] God - reverencing,
God-worshipping.
θεραπεύω, f. θεραπεύσω (p.
Teleρǎπeνкα), 1. aor. ¿0eрăπ-
ευσα, v. a. [θέραψ, θέραπος,
66 a servant, attendant"]
("To be a épay to" one;
θραψ
hence, "to serve, attend
upon"; hence, "to take care
of"; hence) To heal, cure,
etc.-Pass. : θεραπεύομαι, p.
τεθεραπευμαι, 1. aor. ἐθεραπεύ-
θην, (f. θεραπευθήσομαι).
:
|
Oewpós of"; hence) a. To see,
behold.-b. To perceive, ob-
serve, etc.-2. Neut.: ("To
be a θεωρός ” ; hence) Το be-
hold, look on, be a spectator.
θεωρήσῃ, θεωρήσωσι, 3.
pers. sing. and plur. 1. aor.
subj. of Oewpéw.
θεωρῶν, ούσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of 0ewpéw.
θεωρέω.
Oewpŵσt, 3. pers. plur. pres.
θεωρῶσι,
subj. of θεωρέω.
On, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor. subj.
of τίθημι.
θήκη, κης, f. [θη, a root of
Tí-On-μi, "to put or place"]
τί-θη-μι,
("A thing pertaining to
putting or placing" anything
hence) Of a sword: A
scabbard, sheath.
θερίζω, f. θερίσω (and θερ-
iŵ), 1. aor. ¿épioa, v. a. and
n. [0ép-os, "summer"; hence,
harvest"] ("To harvest ";
hence) 1. Act. To reap some-in;
thing, iv. 38; where BepiCev,
ὅ etc. = θερίζειν ἐκεῖνο, ὅ, etc.
-2. Neut.: To reap, i. e. to
perform the work of reaping,
iv. 36 and 37.
depio-μós, μoû, m. [for
θερισμός,
Depid-μós; fr. lepi5w (= Oepíd- |
ow), "to reap"]("A reaping";
hence) Reaping time, harvest.
Depμaivóμevos, n, ov, P. pres.
mid. of θερμαίνω.
(θερμ-αίνω, f. θερμάνω, 1.
aor. élépμnva and élépμava,
v.a. [Oepμ-ós, "hot"] To make
hot; to heat, warm.- -Mid. :)
θερμαίνομαι, Το warm one's
To
self.
Dewp-éw -ŵ, (f. Dewphow, p.
тεОεάρηкα), 1. aor. 0ewpnoa,
v. a. and n. [0cwp-ós, "a be-
θήσω, fut. ind. of τίθημι.
θλίψις, εως, f. [for θλίβ- σις;
fr. exiß-w, "to rub, gall";
hence, to distress, afflict
(“An afflicting"; hence) Afflic-
tion, distress, tribulation, etc.
(θνήσκω, f. θανούμαι), p.
тéovηка, v. n. 1. In present
tense: To die.-2. In perf.
tenses: ("To have died
i. e.) To be dead [root θαν, akin
to Sans. root HAN, "to strike,
to kill "].
;
θρέμμα, μᾶτος, n. [for τρέφο
μα; fr. τρέφω, " to rear,
nurse"]("That which is
reared, a nursling"; hence)
Plur.: Cattle, esp. sheep and
goats.
VOCABULARY.
141
Opny-éw -ŵ, f. Opnyhow, v. n.
[Opĥv-os, "a dirge"]("To sing
[θρήνος,
a Opĥvos "; hence) To wail, la-
ment, etc.
θρηνήσω, fut. ind. of θρηνέω.
θρίξ, τριχός (mostly plur.), f.
Hair, usually that on the
head [akin to Sans. root
DRIH, "to grow"; and so
the growing thing"; cf. at.
cri-nis for cre-nis, fr. cre-sco,
"to grow "].
θυγάτηρ, ατέρος ατρός, f.
A daughter [akin to Sans.
duhitṛ-i, “a daughter"; fr.
root DUH, "to milk"; and so,
literally, "a milker "].
Oúpa, as, f. A door [akin
to Sans. dvára, "a door, a
gate "].
Oup-wp-ós, où, m. [0úp-a,“ a
door"; p-a, "care"]("He
who has care or charge of the
door"; i. e.) A porter, door-
keeper.
Oúơn. 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. of Oúw.
Oùw, f. Ovow, р. Télйкα, 1.
aor. élvσa, v. a. ("To offer "
in sacrifice, "to sacrifice";
hence) To kill, slay.
catcher,
*'lakúẞ, m. indecl. (“ Heel-
or Supplanter ")
Jacob; son of Isaac, and
brother of Esau.
ἰάομαι -ῶμαι, p. ἴᾶμαι, 1.
aor. ἰαθην, 1. f. ἰαθήσομαι, ν.
mid. and pass.: 1. Mid.: To
heal.-2. Pass.: To be healed.
1. ïde, imperat. of eldov.
2. ïde, adv. [strictly 2. pers.
sing. imperat. of eldov; see
elow] See! look! lo! behold!
ïdïos, a, ov, adj. (" Pertain-
ing to one's self"; hence) 1.
Private.-2. Own, one's, etc.,
own.-As Subst.: a. idiol, wv,
m. plur. One's, etc., own people,
etc.; those belonging to one,
etc.-b. (a) idia, wv, n. plur.:
One's, etc., own things or
property; that which belongs
to one, etc.-(b) One's, etc.,
own house or home.-c. idĭov,
ov, n. sing.: One's, etc., own,
what belongs to one, etc.
iSoú, adv. [strictly 2. pers.
sing. imperat. of eidóμnv, 2.
aor. mid.; see eĭdw] See! look!
lo! behold!
ἴδω, subj. of είδον.
ἰδών, οὖσα, όν, P. of εἶδον.
e, 2. aor. subj. of Tionμi. ἱερεύς, έως, m. [ἱερά,
*Owμâs, â, m. ("Twin ")"offerings, sacrifices"]("He
Thomas, called also Didymus;
one of the twelve Apostles.
According to tradition he car-
ried the Gospel into Parthia,
Media, Persia, Ethiopia, and
India ; see Δίδυμος.
who attends to, or makes,
iepά;" hence) A priest.—The
Jewish priests were the de-
scendants of Levi, the third
son of the patriarch Jacob,
through Aaron. To them be-
longed the offices of the priest-
142
VOCABULARY.
hood, in contradistinction to
those performed by the Le-
vites ; see Λευΐτης.
iep-óv, où, n. [neut. of iep-ós,
"sacred," used as a subst.] ("A
sacred thing or place"; hence)
A temple ;-esp. the temple at
Jerusalem.
**lepoσóλvμa, wv, n. plur.
Jerusalem; see 'Iepovoaλnu.
Ἱερουσαλήμ.
Ἱεροσολυμίτης, ίτου, m.
[Ιεροσολύμα, Jerusalem "]
A man of Jerusalem.
*Ιερουσαλήμ, n.
("Possession, or Inheritance, of
Peace") Jerusalem; the chief
city of the Holy Land.
indecl.
**Inσoûs, oû, m. ("The Lord,
He delivers";-or "Whose
help is Jehovah") Jesus Christ,
the incarnate son of God, the
Saviour of mankind.
i-µás, µávтos, m. ("That
which binds or fastens"; hence)
A leathern strap or thong;
-at i. 27 used of a strap fast-
ening the sandal to the foot
[akin to Sans. root SI, "to
bind "].
ἱμάτιον, του, n., dim. only
in form [obsol. îµa (= eîµa),
iuár-os, "that which one puts
on"; hence," a cloak," etc.] 1.
A cloak, mantle, outer gar-
ment.-2. Plur.: Clothes or
garments in general.
iµătioµévos, n, ov, P. perf.
pass. of a verb iuari(w, "to
ἱματίζω,
clothe" (perhaps found only
in Gr. Test. and in the fore-
|
going form) Clothed, wearing
clothes.
iva, conj. with Subj. That,
in order that.
*Ιορδάνης, ου, m. (“ De-
scending the rushing cur-
rent") Jordan; the chief,
and only large, river of Pales-
tine, full of rapids, which flows
from Antilibanus, and is lost
in the Dead Sea.
'lovdaía, as, 'lovdaîol, wv;
see 'Iovdaîos,
'lovd-aîos, aía, aîov, adj.
['Ioúd-as," Judah," the son of
Jacob; hence, "the land of
Judah; Judæa"] Of, or belong-
ing to, Judah or Judæa; iii.
22.-As Subst.: a. 'lovdaîos,
ov, m. A man of Judah or
Judæa; a Jew;-Plur.: The
Jews.-b. 'lovdaía, as, f.
Judah or Judæa; iv. 47,
etc.
*Ιούδας, α, m. ("Cele-
brated or Praised ") Judas,
one of the twelve Apostles,
who treacherously betrayed
his Master; see Ισκαριώτης.
Looɩ, pres. imperat. of eiµí.
*Ισκαριώτης, ου, m. Is-
cariot; i. e. "man of Kerioth,”
a town of Judah.
loos, n, ov, adj. Equal.
*'lσpāńλ, m. indecl. ("God-
wrestling or God's Prince ")
Israel (the name given to
Jacob, the son of Isaac, after
wrestling with the Angel at
the river Jabbok (now El-
VOCABULARY.
143
Zerka), and refusing to let
the death of Christ, and the
35th after the destruction of
him go till he had received a
blessing from him; hence) The Jerusalem.
descendants of Israel; Israel, 'Iwvâs, â, m. ("Dove")
the Israelites.-Hence, 'lo-Jonas; the father of Simon
ραηλίτης, ίτου, m. A man of Peter.
Israel, an Israelite.
*'Iwond, m. indecl. [(prob.)
“ Hei. e. God
P.
-στη-μι, f. στήσω, p. ἕστης
κα, 1. aor. ἔστησα, 2. aor.
čotny, v. a. and n. 1. Act.:
Pres., imperf., 1. fut., 1. aor.:
To make to stand; to set,
place, etc.-2. Neut.: Perf.,
pluperf. (as pres. and imperf.
in force), 2. aor. To stand
[akin to Sans. root STHÂ, "to
stand"; cf. Lat. sto(= sta-o)].
loxvoa, 1. aor. ind. of ioxuw.
loxū-w, (f. ¡oxvow), p.toxu- |
ка, 1. aor. ἴσχυσα, ν. n.
[ioxús, toxv-os, "strength"]
("To have ioxús"; hence)
1. To be strong in body or
health.-2. With Inf.: To
have power, or be able, to do,
etc.
gives in-
crease "] Joseph: 1. The
dearly-loved son of the patri-
arch Jacob, sold by his breth-
ren to Ishmaelite merchants,
and carried by them into
Egypt, where he arrived, after
various trials, at the highest
dignity under Pharaoh, and
thus became the instrument
of preserving the lives of his
father and brethren and their
households in the seven years'
famine which he had foretold.
When the promised land came
into the possession of the
Israelites, Joseph's bones were
buried in Shechem, which be-
came the inheritance of his
descendants. With reference
xxxiii. 19; Acts vii. 16;
Joshua xvi.; xvii.; xxiv. 32.
ἰχθύς, ύoς, m. Afish.
Iwávvns, ov, m. ("Whom to the woman of Samaria's
Jehovah bestows," or "Je-statement at iv. 12, cf. Gen.
hovah is gracious") John:
1. The Baptist; the son of
Zacharias, the priest, and of
Elizabeth.-2. The son of
Zebedee, one of the twelve
Apostles, and the writer of
the Gospel and of the three
Epistles bearing his name, and
also of the Apocalypse or
Revelation. He is supposed to
have died in the 68th year after
-2. The husband of the Virgin
Mary.-3. A man of Arima.
thea, who begged of Pilate the
body of Jesus and laid it
in a tomb which he had pre-
pared for himself.
καγώ for καὶ ἐγώ. And I
I too or also; see ¿yw.
144
VOCABULARY.
καθαίρω, (f. καθαρῶ, p.
кeкáðаρka), v. a. (“To purify";
hence) of a vine: To clear of
dead branches, to prune, etc.
[akin to Sans. root ÇUDH,
"to purify"].
kădăpio-µós, μoû, m. [for
καθαριδομός; καθαριζω
Kalaрid-μós; fг. κălăρi(w (=
kalapid-σw)," to cleanse "] 4
cleansing, purification.
κalăρós, á, óv, adj. Pure,
clean [from same root as
καθαίρω ; see καθαίρω].
καθέζομαι, (f. καθεδούμαι,
later kǎo-edhooμai), v. mid.
[κα0' (Sее καтá), "down";
(see
Coμal, "to sit"] To sit down,
seat one's self, take one's
seat.
kǎłeĽóμevos, n, ov, P. pres.
of καθέζομαι.
κατά),
κάθ
-nμаι, v. mid. [Kа0' (see
Kaтά), "down"; ual, "to
sit " To sit down, to be
seated, to sit.
kǎl-ilw, f. kǎliow, p. кeкão-
ika, 1. aor. ékǎlioα, v. n. [kαe'
(see Kaтά), "down"; I
(neut.), "to sit"] To sit down,
to be seated, to sit.
kădiσas, āσa, av, P. 1. aor.
of κalisw.
κað-ws, adv. [κað³ (see καтά),
'according to "; s, "as"]
According as, just as.
•
•
κaí, conj. and adv.: 1. Conj.:
And :καί . κal, both
and.-2. Adv.: a. Even.
b. Also, too.—c. For, for of
a truth.
|
Καϊάφας, α, m. Caiaphas,
appointed High Priest of the
Jews by Valerius Gratus the
procurator of Judæa in the
room of Simon who was de-
posed. Subsequently he was,
himself, deprived of his office
by Vitellius, the Governor of
Judæa.
καινός, ή, όν, adj. New,
in the fullest meaning of the
word.
Kaιpós, oû, m. 1. An ap-
καιρός, ο, :
pointed time or season. -2.
A particular time or season.
Kaîoap, ǎpos, m. [Greek
form of Lat. Cæsar] Cæsar ;
a cognomen in the Julian
family at Rome, esp. of Caius
Julius, the first Roman em-
peror, who was assassinated by
Brutus and Cassius, B.C. 44.
After him all the Roman
emperors bore the name of
Cæsar, with the title of Aug-
ustus, till the time of Adrian,
A.D. 117-138, when Augustus
came to denote the reigning
emperor, Cæsar the heir to
the throne. In St. John's
Gospel Cæsar denotes Tiberius,
the third emperor [akin to
Sans. keça, “hair” ; and so,
Hairy One," as born with
much hair on the body].
τοι,
καί τοι, adv. [καί, " and ";
TOL, "indeed "] And indeed;
-with ye added, kaitoiye, and
yet indeed.
καίτοιγε ; see καίτοι.
VOCABULARY.
145
καίω, (f. καύσω, p. κέκαυκα), | which is denoted by the second
Acc.;-in Pass. with Nom.
after verb, To be called some-
thing.-Pass.: kădéoµaι oûμal,
p. κέκλημαι, 1. aor. ἐκλήθην,
1. f. κληθήσομαι.
v. a. 1. Act.: a. To burn,
kindle, set on fire.-b. Of a
lamp: To light.-2. Pass.:
καίομαι, p. κέκαυμαι, (1. aor.
ἐκαύθην), 1. fut. καυθήσομαι:
a. To be burned, to be de-
stroyed by fire.-b. Part.
pres.: ("Set on fire"; hence)
Of a lamp: Burning, bright-
shining.
kåkei for kal keî; see
ἐκεῖ.
κἀκεῖνα, κἀκεῖνος for και
ἐκεῖνα, καὶ ἐκεῖνος; see ἐκεῖνος.
κακ-ο-ποι-ός, όν, adj. [κακ-
ós, “evil”; (0) connecting
vowel; ποι-έω, "to do"]
Doing evil.-As Subst.: kako-
TOιós, où, m. An evil-doer ;
a criminal, a malefactor.
kăkós, ʼn, óv, adj. Bad of
its kind, evil.-As Subst.
kǎkóv, oû, n. A bad thing; an
evil, wickedness. Comp.:
irreg. χείρων.
κǎк-ŵs, adv.[кăк-ós, "bad"]
("After the manner of the
κακός
kakós"; hence) Of language,
etc.: Badly, i. e. in an unbe-
coming or disrespectful way,
disrespectfully, etc.; xviii.
23.
kădéw -ŵ, f. xăλéσw (and
καλως, Ρ. κέκληκα, 1. aor.
ékáλeσα, v.a.: 1. To call, call
to one's self, summon, etc.-
2. To call, or invite, to an
entertainment, etc.-3. With
double Acc.: To call one that
St. John.
καλός, ή, όν, adj. (“ Beau-
tiful, fair"; hence) Good,
excellent.
κăλ-ŵs, adv. [κаλ-ós, good"]
("After the manner of the
kaλós"; hence) Well, rightly,
correctly.
kav for kal ǎv: 1. And if.—
2. Even if
Kavâ, f. indecl. Cana; a
village of Galilee, the scene
of our Lord's first miracle.
Its site is not certainly known.
*Kaπeρvǎoúμ, f. indecl.
(prob. "Village of Nahum, i. e.
of consolation") Capernaum
(now Tell-Hum= "The
ruined heap of camels"); a
flourishing city on the shores
of the Sea of Galilee or Lake
of Gennesareth.
Kapd-ia, ias, f. A heart,
both in proper and figurative
sense [akin to Sans. hrid,
"heart"; cf. Lat. cor, cord-
is].
καρπός, ού, m. Of trees,
the soil, etc.: Fruit, produce,
etc. [by some referred to ἁρπ,
root of åpπā(w, "to seize,
etc., with κ as compensation
for the aspirate (cf. Lat.carpo),
and, so, "that which is seized
or plucked"; acc. to others
L
146
VOCABULARY.
akin to Sans. root CRA, "to a foundation] ("A laying" as
ripen "; and, so, "that which a foundation; hence) 1. 4
is ripened "].
foundation.—2. A beginning,
commencement.
(κατάγνυμι and κατ-αγνύω,
f. κατάξω), 1. aor. κατέαξα,
v. a. [Kaтá, in "augmentative"
force; ayvūμi, “to break"] To
break thoroughly or to pieces.
KǎTá (before a soft vowel
Kar', before an aspirated vowel
καθ'), prep. gov. gen. and acc. :
1. With Gen. a. Down.-b.
Against.-2. With Acc.
("Down"): a. Distributively:
With numerals: By ;-with (Pass. : κατ' άγνυμαι, p. κατ.
a numeral repeated, such num- éayual, with p. act. in pass.
eral being regarded in the force Kaт-éaya, 1. aor. κaт-
second instance as an indeclin- cáפŋv), 2. aor. кat-EāYNV.
able word dependent on the κατάκειμαι, (f. κατά
prep.: els καo' eis, one by one, Kelooμaι), V. mid. [κατά,
one after another, viii. 9.-b."down"; кeîuaι, "to lie"]
κείμαι,
According to, in accordance 1. To lie down on something.
with, after :-катà σάρка,-2. To lie sick.
according to, or after, the κατακείμενος, η, ον, Ρ. pres.
flesh, viii. 15: κατ᾿ ὄνομα, of κατακειμαι.
according to, or by, name.—c.
Of time: At, on.
κατὰ
κατα βαίνω, f. κατα-βήσομαι,
р. кǎта-ßéßηка, 2. аoг. кат-|
έβην, [κατά,
ÉВην, v. n. [катά, "down";
Baivw, "to go"] To go, or
come, down; to descend.
καταβαίνων, ουσα, ον, Ρ.
pres. of καταβαίνω.
καταβάς, ᾶσα, άν, Ρ. 2. aor.
of καταβαίνω.
кătăßéßηêа, perf. ind.
καταβαίνω.
of
κατακρίνω, f. κατα-κρίνω,
1. aor. κατέκρινα, v. a. [κατά,
against "; крīvш, “to judge”]
("To judge against "; hence)
To condemn.
кătăλăßη, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. subj. of καταλαμβάνω.
κατα-λαμβάνω, f. κατα-λήψ
ομαι, p. κατείληφα, 2. aor.
κατέλαβον, v. a. [κατά, in
strengthening" force; λau-
Băvw, "to take"] 1. To take,
or lay, hold of; to seize upon.
2.-2. To catch, discover, detect.
κǎτăẞn, 3. pers. sing.
aor. subj. of kaтaßαíνw.
kătăßηîɩ, 2. aor. imperat.
of καταβαίνω.
καταβολή, ής, f. [for
καταβαλ-ή; fr. καταβάλλω,
"to throw down; to lay" as
-3. Of darkness: To overtake,
come upon, etc.-4. To_com-
prehend, understand.-Pass.:
κατα-λαμβάνομαι, p.
είλημμαι, 1. aor. κατειλήφθην
and kaт-eλýpoŋy.
кат-
VOCABULARY.
147
κατα λείπω, f. κατα-λείψω,
(p. κατα-λέλοιπα), v. a. [κατά,
strengthening force;
in
λeiπw, "to leave"] To leave
behind one. Pass.:
Ma
κατα
who speaks against ” another;
hence) An accuser.
KǎT-w, adv. [kăt-ά, “down”]
Downwards, down.
*Kespúv (indecl. in Gr.
λείπομαι, p. κατα-λέλειμμαι, 1. Test. and LXX; but in Jose-
aoг. Kaт-ελεíþ¤ŋy, (1. fut. Kaтa-phus with Gen. ŵvos), m.
λειφθήσομαι).
kǎtǎþáɣetal; see кaтépăу-
ov, at end.
Kaтéẞην, 2. aor. ind. of
καταβαίνω.
κατειλημμένος, η, ov, P.
perf. pass. of kатаλаµßăνw.
kǎtelλýþoŋv, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of καταλαμβάνω.
kăteλeidonv, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of καταλείπω.
κατέφαγον, 2. aor. without
a present, v. a. [кαт-ά, in
augmentative" force; pay-
ov; see păуov] To eat up
entirely, to devour, whether in
a literal or a figurative sense.-
N.B. In the Septuagint and
also in the Gr. Test. a form кат-
aþáɣoµɑɩ occurs as a fut. mid.
κατηγορέω -ώ, f. κατο
ηγορήσω, 1. aor. κατηγόρησα,
v. n. [κατήγορος, an ac-
cuser " With Gen.: To be
an accuser of; to accuse.
κατηγορία, ας, f. [κατ.
ηγορέω,
nyop-éw," to accuse"] ("An
accusing "; hence) An accusa-
tion, charge.
KǎT-nyop-os, ov, m. [for κăт-
άyoρ-os; fг. KaT-ά, " against ";
ἀγορ, ἀγορ-εύω,
ȧyop, verbal root of ȧyop-euw,
in force of "to speak "] ("One
("Black, Gloomy ") Cedron;
a stream, or water-course,
passing through a valley of
the same name, and eventually
emptying itself into the Dead
Sea.
κείμαι, f. κείσομαι, v. mid.
To lie, or be laid, anywhere
[akin to Sans. root çI,
lie, lie down "].
" to
κείμενος, η, ον, P. pres. of
κείμαι.
kelpia, as, f.: 1. Sing.: A
cord, band, esp. of a bedstead.
-2. Plur.: Bands, swathings,
grave-clothes.
κεκλεισμένος, η, ον, P. perf.
ov,
pass. of Kλeíw.
KEKOίμηTaι, 3. pers. sing.
κεκοίμηται,
perf. ind. pass. of кoiμdw.
κοιμάω.
кεкоπίāкα, perf. ind. of
κοπιάω.
κεκοπιακώς, υία, ός, Ρ. perf.
of konιáw.
κοπιάω.
κέκραγα, perf. ind. of κράζω.
κεκρυμμένος, η, ον, Ρ. perf.
pass. of KрÚTтw.
ov,
κέρ-μα, μᾶτος, n. [κερ, a
root of keiρw, "to cut small"]
(“That which is cut small";
hence) Of money: Small coin,
small change.—The name
had its origin in the circum-
L 2
148
VOCABULARY.
kdaiwv, ovoa, ov, P. pres. of
κλάσμα, σμᾶτος, n. [κλά
stance that in the earlier and |
ruder ages small pieces were κλαίω.
cut or clipped from the larger
pieces of money for the pur-w, "to break "]("That which
pose of making up a required
weight or sum.
κερματιστής, τοῦ, m. [for
κερματιστής ; fr. κερματίζω =
κερματίσω, " to deal in κέρ-
µaтa or small coin"] A dealer
in small change, a money -
changer. All money paid into
the treasury of the temple
was required to be in Jew-
ish coin. Hence the pre-
sence of the money-changers
in the temple, who gave small
change (half-shekels and ge-
rahs)-for the larger coins, or
for foreign monies brought by
Jews who resided in other
lands and came from time to
time to Jerusalem.
kepăλ-η, îs, f. A head [akin
to Sans. kapál-as, "a head"].
κῆπος, ου, m. A garden.
кηж-ονρ-ós, оû, m. [кîπ-os,
κηπουρός, ού, [κῆπος,
"a garden"; oup-os, " a
keeper, guard," etc.] A
keeper of a garden; also, a
gardener.
*Kn¢âs, â, m. ("Rock")
Cephas; a name given by
Christ to His Apostle Peter.
kivη-σls, σews, f. [length-
κίνησις,
ened from kive-σis; fr. kīvé-w,
to move"] A moving.
κλαίω, f. κλαύσω and κλαύ-
σομαι, 1. aor. ἔκλαυσα, v. n.
To weep, lament, bewail.
;
has been, or is, broken"
hence) of food: A fragment,
broken piece.
κλείω, (f. κλείσω, p. κέ.
κλεικα), 1. aor. ἔκλεισα, v. a.
To shut.-Pass.: (kλeloµaι,
p. κέκλειμαι and) κεκλεισμαι,
1. aor. èkλeloony, (1. fut.
ἐκλείσθην,
κλεισθήσομαι).
κλέπτης, του, m. [κλέπτω,
"to steal"]("One who steals";
hence) A thief.
kλéπ-tw, f. kλéyw, (p. ké-
кλоpα), 1. aor. ěkλeyα, v. a.
κλοφα), ἔκλεψα,
[root kλen] To steal.
kλŋońon, 2. pers. sing. 1.
fut. ind. pass. of kaλéw.
κλῆμα, μᾶτος, n. [for κλά-
μa; fг. кλá-∞, "to break off,"
esp. the luxuriant shoots of
the vine] ("That which is
broken off"; hence) A vine-
twig, vine-shoot, vine-branch;
-at xv. 2 and 5 used figura-
tively of Christ's people.
kλn-pos, pov, m. ("That
which is broken"; hence) A
lot, as formed by a fragment
of pottery, a broken twig, etc.
[akin to Sans. root CRÎ, in pass.
to be broken"].
κλίνας, ᾶσα, αv, P. 1. aor. of
κλίνω.
κλίνω, (f. κλίνω), p. κέ-
κλίκα, 1. aor. ἔκλινα, v. a. Το
bend, incline, bow the head,
VOCABULARY.
149
"to lean"].
*Κλωπας, α, m. Clopas
(otherwise Cleophas); an-
other name for Alphæus, the
brother of Joseph the husband
of Mary the mother of Jesus,
and the father of James the
Less.
Kolλ-ia, ias, f. [Koîλ-os,
κοιλία,
"hollow"]("The condition or
quality of the kоîλоs"; hencе,
"hollowness"; hence) 1. The
belly.-2. Of women: The
womb.
etc. [akin to Sans. root ÇRI, reclining on couches at meals
in ancient times. On each
couch there were commonly
three persons. They lay with
the upper part of the body
resting on the left arm, the
head a little raised, the back
supported by cushions, and
the limbs either stretched out
at full length or a little bent.
The feet of the upper occup-
ant of each couch came be-
hind the back of the second,
while those of the second were
extended in like manner be-
(κοι-μάω μω, f. κοιμήσω, hind the back of the third, a
v. a. 1. Act. To put, or lull, pillow being placed between
|
to sleep).-2. Pass.: KOL-μáo- the second and third. The
μαι μώμαι, p. κεκοίμημαι, 1. head of each of the two lower
aor. ěkоiμnoηv, 1. fut. кoun-occupants of the couch was
Onσoμai: a. To be put to sleep.
b. To fall asleep, to sleep
[akin to Sans. root çI, "to lie
down"; whence also keîμai].
κοίμησις, ήσεως, f. [κοιμ-
άομαι, "to sleep"; seе Kоμάw,
no. 2, b.] A sleeping, sleep.
KÓKKOS, OU, M. A grain of a
fruit, plant, etc.
:
opposite to the bosom of the
person immediately above him;
so that if either of them
wanted to speak to the per-
son above, especially if secrecy
was desired, it was necessary
to lean on his bosom. Probably
the enquiry which St. John
addressed to Jesus was in-
κολλυβιστής, ιστού, m.tended not to be overheard.
[κόλλυβος, "the rate of ex-
change”] (“One who makes,
or fixes, the rate of exchange";
hence) A money-changer.
KÓλTOS, OV, M. A bosom,
breast:—ἀνακείμενος ἐν τῷ
κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, reclining, or
leaning, on the bosom of
Jesus. The foregoing expres-
sion refers to the mode of
κολυμβήθρα, θρας, f. [for
κολυμβά-θρα; fr. κολυμβάνω,
"to dive"] ("That which is
made for diving"; hence, "a
swimming bath"; hence) A
pool of water. See Σιλωάμ.
коμчÓтEρOV, comp. adv. [ad-
verbial neut. of кoμyóтepos,
comp. of Koμyós in the force of
"nice, fine"] ("More nicely,"
S
150
VOCABULARY.
etc.; hence) With respect to
health: In better health,
better:-Koμyóтepov čσxe, was
better or became better, iv. 52:
cf., in Lat., belle habere and
belle esse, "to be well"; En-
glish colloquial expression, "to
be nicely."
κοποιάω -ἴω, f. κοπιάσω, p.
κεκοπίακα, 1. aor. ἐκοπίασα,
v. n. [кóπ-os, “weariness"]
("To be in a state of kóros";
hence) To be weary, grow
tired.
κράζω, f. κεκράξομαι, p. κέ.
крāya, 1. aor. ěkрağa, v. n. To
cry out, call out aloud [prob.
akin to Sans. root KRUÇ, “to
cry out"].
a
κρανιον, ου, n. A skull
[akin to kápa, Sans. çiras,
head"].
κρατέω -ω, f. κρατήσω, p.
κεκράτηκα, 1. aor. ἐκράτησα,
v. a. [κράт-os, "power"] (“To
get into one's power"; hence,
"to lay hold of"; hence) To
retain.- Pass. :
κρατ εόμαι
-οῦμαι, p. κεκράτημαι, 1. aor.
èкρатhoпν, 1. fut. крaτηoń-
σομαι.
•
κραυγάζω, f. κραυγάσω,
1. aor. ἐκραύγασα, ν. 11.
[крavy-h, “a crying out "] To
cry out.
κριθ-ίνος, ίνη, ινον, adj.
[xpio-ń, "barley"] Of, or per-
taining to, barley; made of
barley, barley-.
κόπος, ου, m. [κόπτω, " to
beat"] ("A beating"; hence,
"suffering"; hence, σε toil,
trouble"; hence) Labour at-
tended with trouble.
κόσμος, ου,
[κραυγή,
m. ("Order,
arrangement"; hence, from
its perfect order, etc.) The
world, i.e. a. The universe.-
b. The world in which we live,
the earth:-8&pxwv тоû кóσμov
TUÚTOV, the ruler of this world,
i.e. Satan.-c. The inhabitants
of the world, men, mankind.
-d. Worldly persons; the
unrenewed or unregenerated
among mankind.-e. Thegreat
majority of people, an im-
mense number, xii. 19.-f. The
present state of existence as
opposed to eternal life, xii. 25.
kódĭvos, ou, m. A basket.
Kρaßẞāτos, ov, m. A couch
or bed [said to be a word of
Macedonian origin; cf. Lat.
grabātus].
κρίμα, μᾶτος, n. [κρι, root
of xpí-vw, "to judge "] 1. A
judging, judgment.—2. A sen-
tence.-3. Condemnation.
κρίνω, f. κρίνω, p. κέκρικα,
1. aor. expiva, v. n. and a.
(“To separate"; hence, "to
pick out, choose"; hence)
1. Neut.: a. To decide, de-
termine. b. To form a
judgment or opinion.—2.
Act.: a. With cognate Acc. :
To judge a judgment; i. e. to
form, arrive at, a judgment,
conclusion, opinion, etc.-b.
VOCABULARY.
151
To judge, bring to trial, try,
etc.-c. To adjudge to punish-
ment, to pass judgment or
sentence upon, to condemn.—
Pass.: kpi-voμal, p. kékpĭµai,
1. aor. éκpioŋv, 1. fut. кpieńσo-
μa [akin to Sans. root KRÎ,
"to pour out "].
κρίσις, σεως, f. [κρι, root
of κpi-vw, "to judge "] 1.
Judgment, power or right of
judging.-2. Judgment or sen-
tence:-кplowToleîv, to (make,
i. e.) pass judgment or sen-
tence, v. 27.-3. Judgment,
condemnation.-4. A cause,
or ground, of condemnation
or punishment.
κρυπτός, τή, τόν, adj. [for
κρυβετός; fr. κρυβ, root of
κрултш, "to hide "] ("Hid-
κρύπτω,
den"; hence) Secret;-for
ἐν κρυπτῷ, see er, no. 8.
(κρύπτω, f. κρύψω, p. κέ.
κρйда, v. a.) To hide, conceal.
Pass.: (κρύπτομαι), p. κέ-
κρυμμαι, (1. aor. ἐκρύφθην,
1. fut. κρυφθήσομαι), 2. aor.
ἐκρύβην.
(κυκλ-όω -ω, f. κυκλώσω, p.
κεκύκλωκα), 1. aor. ἐκύκλωσα,
v. a. [kÚkλ-os, "a circle"
To form a circle round, to
encircle, to surround, come
around.
κυκλώσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of κυκλόω.
(KÚTTW, f. Kú¥W, P. Kékūpα),
1. aor. ěkuya, v. n. To stoop
forwards, to bend down.
|
κύριος, ου, m. [κύριος,
possessing supreme power"]
("One possessing supreme pow-
er"; hence) 1. Of men: A
lord, master, etc.-2. With or
without article: THE LORD;
i. e. Christ.
kúļas, āσa, av, P. 1. aor. of
κύπτω.
κώμη, μης, f. (“ A thing
or place-for lying down or
sleeping"; hence) A village,
as a dwelling place [akin to
Sans. root çî, "to lie down, to
sleep"].
λαβεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of λαμβ
άνω.
λáßere, 2. pers. plur. 2. aor.
imperat. of λαμβάνω.
λáẞn, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of λaµßăvw.
λάβω, 2. aor. subj. of λαμβ-
άνω.
λαβών, οῦσα, όν, P. 2. aor. of
λαμβάνω.
λαγχάνω, f. λήξομαι, p.
είληχα (poet. λελογχα), 2.
aor. ěλăxov, v. n. To draw, or
cast, lots.
=
*^āļăpos, ov, m. (a late form
of Eleazar "God is helper")
Lazarus; the brother of
Mary and Martha, raised from
the dead by Jesus.
λάθρα, adv. [λαθ, root of
λavoăvw, to lie hid "] Secretly,
in secret, in a secret or hidden
manner.
λαλέω -ω, f. λαλήσω, p.
152
VOCABULARY.
λελάληκα, 1.aor. ἐλάλησα, v. n. 'to work for hire "]("A work-
and a.: 1. Neut.: a. To speak, ing for hire "; hence) Service.
to utter speech.-b. To talk, λáxwμev, 1. pers. plur. 2. aor.
converse.-2. Act.: a. To subj. of λayxávw; xix. 24. On
speak, utter by speech, utter. the hortatory force of the 1st
b. To speak of, tell, pub-person plur. subj. see ǎywμev,
lish, etc.—Pass.: λăλ-éoµat, in ǎyw.
-οῦμαι, p. λελάλημαι, 1. aor.
ἐλαλήθην, 1. f. λαληθήσομαι
[perhaps akin to LAD, “to use
the tongue"].
Aaλnow, fut. ind. (ix. 21),
and 1. aor. subj. (xii. 49) of
λαλέω.
λăλ-ïá, ìâs, f. [λaλ-éw, "to
[λαλέω,
speak "] ("A speaking";
hence) Speech.
λαλῶν, ουσα, ονν, contr. Ρ.
pres. of λαλέω.
ov,
λεγόμενος, η, ον, Ρ. pres.
pass. of λέγω.
λέγω, imperf. ἔλεγον, (f.
λέξω, p. λέλεχα), v. n. and a. :
1. Neut.: a. To speak, open
one's mouth in speech.—b. Of
writings, etc.: To say, declare.
|—c. To say what is the case:
où λéyeis, thou sayest, i. e.
thou speakest rightly, yes,
xviii. 37 :-καλῶς λέγετε, ye
say well or speak rightly, xiii.
15.-2. Act.: a. To say;
mostly with clause as Object.-
b. To speak, tell.-c. To call
by name; to call for or upon.
da(µ)ß-ăvw, f. λnyouaι, p.
elanda, 2. aor. λaßov, v. a.:
1. To take.-2. To receive:
for construction of K TOû
πληρώματος ἐλάβομεν
πλпρúμăτоs after éλáßouer atd.: (a) With double Acc.:
i. 16, see ěk, no. 9 ;-at vii. 39
où is the nearer Object after
λaußável, and is in the gen.,
instead of acc., by attraction to
Πνεύματος [strengthened fr.
root λaß, akin to Sans. root
LABH, "to obtain "].
λaµπ-ás, ǎdos, f. [λáµπ-w,
λαμπάς, [λάμπω,
"to shine, be bright"] ("The
shining, or bright, thing ";
hence) A torch.
λaós, où, m.: 1. The people.
-2. The Jewish people or
nation; xi. 50.
Aarpe-ía (trisyllable), as, f.
[for Aarpev-ía; fr. Aarpeú-w,
To call one that which is de-
noted by the second Acc.--
(b) In Pass. with a Nom.: To
be called something:-0рwπ-
ος λεγόμενος Ἰησοῦς, a man
called Jesus, i. e. whose name
is Jesus, ix. 11; cf., also, iv.
25, etc.:-also with Acc. follg.
when an Acc. has preceded :
eis móλiv λeyoμévnv Zvxáp, to
a city called Sychar, i. e. of
which the name is Sychar, iv.
5.-e. To tell, mention, speak
of or about; with Acc. of
nearer Object and Dat. of re-
mote Object.-f. To say with a
VOCABULARY.
153
particular meaning; to mean,
intend.-Pass.: Xéyoμal, (p.
λéλeyµai, 1. aor. èλéxony, 1. f.
λεχθήσομαι).
déywv, ovoa, ov, P. pres. of
λέγων,
λέγω.
έω.
λελάληκα, perf. ind. of λάλ.
dedovμévos, n, ov, P. perf.
pass. of λούω.
λέντιον, ου, η. [Gr. form of
Lat. linteum] A linen cloth,
napkin, towel.
της
λιθ-άζω, 1. aor. ἐλίθασα, v. a.
[xie-os, "a stone"] To cast
stones at, to stone.
λιθάσαι, 1. aor. inf. of λιθ.
asw.
Aulãowσiv, 3. pers. plur. 1.
λιθάσωσιν,
aor. subj. of λιθάζω.
λίθ-ῖνος, ἵνη, ἴνον, adj. [λίθ-
os, "a stone"] Of or made of
stone, stone.
Aĭloßoλéîobal, pres.inf.pass.
of λiloßoλéw.
λιθ-ο-βολέω -ω, 1. aor.
*Λευίτης, του, m. [forΛευΐσ- ἐλιθοβόλησα, v. a. [for λιθ-ο-
Tns; fr. *Aevis ("a bind- Băλ-éw; fr. Aí0-os, "a stone";
ing or garland "), Levi; the (o) connecting vowel; Baλ, a
third son of Jacob, whose de- root of Báλλw, "to throw "]
scendants through Gershom, ("To throw stones at "; hence)
Kohath, and Merari (Numbers To stone to death; cf. Levit.
iii. 17 sqq.) held by divine ap-xx.10.-Pass.: Aïß-o-ẞoλ-éoμaι
pointment the lower offices of -oûμa, 1. fut. Miloßoλnon-
the Jewish ministry; see | σομαι.
Numbers i. 50 sqq.; iii. 9;
viii. 15; xviii. 2] ("A man or
descendant of Levi"; i.e.) One
of the tribe of Levi, a Levite;
see ἱερεύς.
λevк-ós, ʼn, óv, adj. (" Shin-
ing, bright, brilliant"; hence)
White. As Subst.: λevкá, ŵv,
n. plur. White garments, xx.
12 [akin to Sans. root RUCH,
"to shine"].
λῃστής, τοῦ, m. [for ληισ.
της = ληιδοτής; fr. ληϊζομαι
(=λníd-σoµai), "to plunder "]
("One who plunders"; hence)
A robber.
Anoua, fut. ind. of λauß-
άνω.
λιθος,
Xĭlos, ov, m. A stone.
λιθ - ό στρωτος, στρωτον,
adj. [λio-os, "a stone "; (0)
connecting vowel; σтρwTÓS,
στρωτός,
'spread, covered "] ("Stone-
spread, stone-covered"; hence)
Paved with stones or tessel-
ated work.-As Subst. : λio-
ÓσтрWτOV, OV, n. A tessel-
ated, or mosaic, pavement.
Such a pavement Julius Cæsar
carried about with him in his
expeditions, according to Sue-
tonius. The Roman governors
in foreign countries seem to
have also had such pavements,
whereon their tribunals were
erected; see, also, гaßßălâ-
154
VOCABULARY.
|-oûµai, p. λeλūπnµai, 1. aor.
ẻλūπý0ŋv, 1. f. λúændhooµai,
ἐλυπήθην, λυπηθήσομαι,
To be grieved; to sorrow, etc.
λūπ-n, ns, f. Grief, sorrow,
pain of mind.
λóyos, ov, m. [for λéy-os ; | a. [λūπ-n, “grief”] 1. Act.:
fr. λéy-w, “to say or speak"] To cause grief to one; to
("That which is said or grieve.-2. Pass.: Auπ-éopaι
spoken"; hence) 1. A saying,
report, account, story, tale.—
2. Speech, discourse, word;
-Plur.: Words, conversation.
-3. Word, i. e. doctrine de-
clared by word of mouth, etc.
-4. Command, order, pre-pass. of Auréw.
cept, word, as something made
known by speaking.-5. Of
Jesus Christ: With art. pre-
fixed: THE WORD, as He
who makes God known to
man.
λóyxn, ns, f. A spear, lance.
λοιδορέω -ω, (f. λοιδορήσω,
p. λελοιδόρηκα), 1. aor. ἐλοιδόρ-
ησα, [λοίδορος,
noa, v. a. [λoídop-os, "abus-
ive"] To be abusive to; to
abuse, rail at, revile.
(λoúw, f. λovow, 1. aor.
čλovoa), v.a. To wash.-Pass.:
λούομαι, p. λέλουμαι, (1. aor.
ἐλούθην and ἐλούσθην.
Avon, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. pass. of λów.
Avoñval, 1. aor. inf. pass. of
λυθῆναι,
λύω.
λύκος, ου, m. A wolf
[acc. to some, akin to Sans.
root LUP, "to destroy," and
so, "the destroyer"; acc. to
others, akin to Sans. vrika,
"a wolf"; fr. root VRAÇCH,
"to tear," and so "the tearer";
cf. Lat. lup-us].
λυπηθήσομαι, 1. fut. ind.
Avσăтe, 2. pers. plur. 1. aor.
imperat. of xúw.
λύσω, 1. aor. subj. of λύω.
λύχνος, νου, m. ("The
shining thing"; hence) A
lamp, a light;—at v. 35 applied
figuratively to John the Bapt-
ist [akin to Sans. root EUCH,
" to shine ef. λευκός].
";
λύω, f. λύσω, p. λέλυκα, 1.
aor. čλūσa, v. a.: 1. To loosen,
loose, unfasten.-2. To break,
destroy, whether literally or
figuratively.-Pass. : λú-oµat,
p. λέλυμαι, 1. aor. ἐλύθην, 1. f.
Avonσouai [akin to Sans. root
Lû, "to cut"].
<<
Maydad-nvý, nvñs, f. adj.
[Μαγδαλ-ά, Magdala" (now
"the village of Mejdel "); a
fortified town of Galilee, at
the S.E. corner of the Lake of
Gennesaret] Of, or belonging
to, Magdala.-As Subst., with
art.: The woman of Magdala,
the Magdalene.
μαθητής, ητοῦ, m. [μανθ-
λūπ-éw -ŵ, (f. λūпýσw), p. ăvw, "to learn"; through root
λeλūπηка, 1. aor. éλūπŋσa, v. | μa] (“ A learner"; hence) A
VOCABULARY.
155
disciple; esp. a disciple of
Christ.
µăðáv, oûσa, óv, P. 2. aor. of
μανθάνω.
μαίνομαι, (f. μανήσομαι and
μavoûμai, p. μéμnva), v. mid. To
be mad or frenzied; to be out
of one's mind, to be beside
one's self.
μăκăpios, a, ov, also os, ov,
adj. Blessed, happy.
μακράν ; see μακρός.
μak-pós, pá, póv, adj. Long,
whether in space or time.
Adverbial expression: Acc.
fem. sing. μaкκрáν, A long
way, far, far off [akin to
Sans. root MAH, originally
MAGH, "to be great"].
μᾶλλον, comp. adv. [fr.
Pos. μáλ-a, very, excecd.
ingly "] More, in a higher
degree [acc. to some akin to
Sans. var-as, "remarkable
acc. to others akin to Sans.
root MAH; see μакρós].
CC
دو
|
which God assigned to each
man per day being a homer,
the tenth part of an ephah;
cf. Exod. xvi. 15 sqq.
*Mápba, ns, f. ("Lady,
Mistress ") Martha; the sis-
ter of Mary and Lazarus.
*Măpia, as, f. (“Rebellion ")
Mary: 1. The sister of Mary
the mother of Jesus, the wife
of Clōpas (called by St. Luke
Cleopas, in some editions
Cleopas) and the mother of
James the Less and Joses,
xix. 25.--2. The Magdalene;
see Maydaλnvh.-3. The sister
of Martha and Lazarus; xi.
1, etc.
μαρτυρ-έω -ω, f. μαρτυρήσω,
p. μεμαρτύρηκα, 1. aor. ἐμαρ
τύρησα, v. n. [μάρτυς, μάρτυρο
os, "a witness"] To witness,
to bear witness or testimony.
µaprupńow, fut. ind. and 1.
aor. subj. of μaptvpéw.
μαρτυρία, ἴας, f. [μάρτυς,
μáprup-os, “a witness"](" A
μάρτυρος,
thing pertaining to a μápтus ";
hence) Testimony, evidence,
witness.
*Máλxos, ov, m. ("Coun-
*Μάλχος,
sellor ") Malchus; a servant
of the High Priest; xviii. 10.
μανθάνω, (f. μαθήσω and
μαθήσομαι), γ. μεμάθηκα, 2.
aor. ἔμᾶθον, ν. a. To learn
[strengthened fr. root μað, μαστιγόω -ω, f. μαστίγ
akin to Sans. root MATH, "to wow, 1. aor. quaoriywoɑ, v. a.
ἐμαστίγωσα,
churn"; hence, "to agitate "[μάoтię, µáσтiy-os, "a scourge"]
[μάστιξ, μάστιγ-os,
To scourge with rods, etc.
in the mind].
*µávva, n. indecl. (“A por-
tion") Manna; the food mi-
raculously provided for Israel
in the wilderness; the portion
μαρτυρῶν, ούσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of μαρτυρέω.
μαχαιρά, αιρᾶς, f. A sabre
or sword [like μáx-oµai, "to
fight"; akin to Sans. makh-a,
a warrior"; and so "the
156
VOCABULARY.
1
thing for fighting," or "the
warrior's weapon"].
μάχομαι, f. μαχέσομαι, μαχ-
ήσομαι, μαχούμαι, p. μεμάχη-
μai, μeµáxeoμai, v. mid. irreg.
To fight [root μax, akin to
Sans. makh-a, "a warrior"].
μεγάλη, μεγάλῃ, nom. and
dat. fem. sing. of μéyas.
μeуăλov, masc. gen. sing. of
μέγας, vi. 18.
μeyăλwv, masc. gen. plur.
of μέγας, xxi. 11.
μέγας, άλη, α, adj. : 1. Of
size: Great, large.-2. Of a
voice, sound, etc.: Great,
mighty, loud.-3. Of degree:
Great, vast, mighty.-4. Of
number: Great, large, numer-
ous.-5. Of rank, author-
ity, etc. Great, powerful,
mighty, exalted.-6. Of the
wind, etc.: Great, violent.-
7. In importance, etc.: Great,
important, etc. Comp.:
μelswv; (Sup.: µéyiσтos) [from
same root as μak-pós; see
μακρός].
μelepμnvevóμevos, n, ov, P.
pres. pass. of μεθερμηνεύω.
(μεθ-ερμηνεύω, v. a. [μεθ᾽
(see μerá), denoting "change";
ἑρμηνεύω, "to interpret"]
"To interpret by changing
into another language; hence)
To explain; to translate.
Pass. :) μεθερμηνεύομαι.
(μεθύ-σκω, f. μεθύσω, v. a.
[μεov-w, "to be drunken"]
[μεθύσω,
"To cause to be drunken ”
i. e. "To make drunk or
intoxicated ").- Pass.: μebú-
σκομαι, (p. μεμέθυσμαι), 1. aor.
ἐμεθύσθην, (1. fut. μεθυσθήσο-
pai), To drink freely, to get
or be drunk.
μeilwv, Sov, comp. adj.; see
μέγας at end.
μεívăтe, 2. pers. plur. 1. aor.
imp. of μévw.
μέλει; see μέλω.
μέλλω, imperf. ἔμελλον and
ἤμελλον, f. μελλήσω, (1. aor.
ἐμέλλησα), v. n.
With Inf. :
To be about to do, etc., or on
the point of doing, etc.; some-
times to be rendered by the
English sign "will."
μέλλων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.
of μéλλw.
ov,
(μέλω, f. μελήσω, p. μεμέλο
ŋкα, 1. aor. èµéλŋoa, v. n. To
be an object of care or interest.
-In Greek authors generally,
and always in Gr. Test.) Im-
pers.: péλe, etc., with Dat. :
It is, or there is, an object of
care, etc., to one; it is, or
there is, a care to one;-at
x. 13, and xii. 6, μéλe and
ἔμελεν respectively contain
their Subject within their own
meaning: viz. µéλŋµa.
μeμaptůρηêa, perf. ind. of
μаρтνрéw.
μεμίσηκα, perf. ind. of μισέω.
μév, conj. Indeed, on the
one hand:-µév
the one hand...
; hand.
•
δέ, on
on the other
L
VOCABULARY.
157
μέντοι,
μév-TOL, adv. [uév, "in-
deed"; To, enclitic particle
used in "strengthening force"]
In truth, indeed, at any rate,
however.
μένω, f. μενω, (p. μεμένηκα),
1. aor. čμeiva, v. n.: 1. To
wait, remain.-2. To tarry,
continue.-3. To abide, dwell.
μép-os, eos ous, n. [obsol.
μείρω, "to portion
portion out,"
through root μep] ("That
which is portioned out";
hence) 1. A part, share.—2.
Of locality: A part, side of
anything.
µéo-os,n, ov, adj.: 1. Middle.
As Subst.: The middle, the
midst.-2. In the midst.-3.
With Gen.: (Midway between,
i. e.) In the midst of; i. 26
[akin to Sans. madh-yas,
"middle"; cf., also, Lat. měd-
ius].
µeo-ów -ŵ, (f. µeowow), v. n.
[μéo-os, "middle"] To be at
the middle:-μeσovσns Tĥs
εopTĥs, (the feast being at the
middle; i. e.) in the middle of
the feast, Gen. abs., vii. 14.
*Μεσσίας, ου, m. (“ An-
ointed One," i. e. One an-
ointed to some office with
holy oil, as were kings, pro-
phets, and priests) Messias;
a name more particularly given
by the Jews to that expected
son of David, who according
to their notions was to be a
temporal king and deliverer.
|
|
|
It belongs, however, especially
to Jesus Christ as claimed
by Himself in his conversation
with the woman of Samaria (iv.
25, 26); for He was anointed
with the unction of the Holy
Ghost and of power (Acts x.
38; see, also, Psalm xlv. 7;
Isaiah lxi. 1; Hebrews i. 9), of
which the ceremonial oil was
merely typical.
μεστός, ή, όν, adj. With
Gen.: Full of, filled with.
μεσῶν, οὖσα, ον, contr. Ρ.
pres. of μerów.
μετά (before a soft vowel
per', before an aspirated vowel
μee'), prep. gov. gen. and acc.:
1. With Gen.: a. With, to-
gether with.-b. In the midst
of, amid.-c.Among, amongst.
2. With Acc.: After.
μετα-βαίνω,f. μετα-βήσομαι,
Ρ. μετα-βέβηκα,2.aor.μετέβην,
v.n. [μerá, denoting "change";
Baivw, "to go"] 1. To go, or
pass, from one place or state
to another.-2. To go away,
depart.
μεтаßéßηKа, perf. ind. of
μεταβαίνω.
µετăẞî, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of μeraßairw.
μεταβαίνω.
μeтăẞηoɩ, 2. aor. imperat. of
μeтaßaiva.
μεταβαίνω.
µerağú, adv. Of time: Mean-
while :-ev тậ μetakú, in the
ἐν μεταξύ,
meanwhile, meantime.
μετρητής, τοῦ, m. [length-
ened fr. μετρε-τής; fr. μετρέω,
158
VOCABULARY.
"to measure"] ("A mea-
surer") At Athens this was
the same as the aupopeús, the
common liquid measure con-
taining about 9 gallons Eng-
lish, and hence translated
firkin. The Roman amphora
held about two-thirds of the
aupopeús, i. e. about 6 gallons.
µÉ-трOν, трOV, n. A measure
[akin to Sans. root MA, "to
measure"].
μηδένα, acc. sing. of μηδείς,
as Subst., viii. 10.
μηκέτι, adv. [μή, " not”;
Ti, " any more"] Not any
more, no more, no longer.
μnviσn, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
μηνύσῃ,
subj. of unvów.
μηνύω, f. μηνύσω, (p. μεμ-
άνūкα), 1. aor. ẻµývõσa, v. a.
To disclose, make known, give
information about.
μή ποτε, adv. [μή, σε not
µń-жOтe,
in interrogative force (see µń,
no. 1. d.); TÓTE in intensive
force, as used in interroga-
tions] In questions to which
a negative reply is expected,
uTore being not rendered
into English:-TOTE Åλnows
ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι, do
the rulers know of a truth
that? etc. the rulers do
=
not know of a truth—do they ?
µń, adv. and conj.: 1. Adv.: |
a. Not, as conveying a negative
impression; also, in independ-
ent clauses, containing a com-
mand, entreaty, warning, or
expressing a wish or fear.-b.
In combinations: (a) ei un, If
not; i. e. except. (b) εἰ δὲ μή,
But if not.—(c) où µn, Not by
any means, by no means.
c. In prohibitions: (a) With
Imperat. forbids what is occur--that, etc.
ring or being done.-(b) With
Subj. forbids generally, or some-
thing not yet begun.-d. When
used in questions a negative
reply is expected, and un is not
rendered into English.-2.
Conj.: a. That not.-b. Lest.
μη-δέ, conj. [μή, "not";
dé, "and"] And not, nor,
neither :-un undé, not
•
•
•
•
nor, not. neither.
μηδείς, μηδεμία, μηδέν,
num. adj. [und-é, "not even";
εἷς, "one"] Not even one, not
one, none.-As Subst. : undeís,
évos, m. No one, nobody.
μήτηρ, τέρος τρός, f. 4
mother [akin to Sans. mátri,
fr. root Mâ, in meaning of "to
produce"; and so,
a pro-
ducer"; cf. Lat. mā-ter].
µía, μiâ, nom. and dat. sing.
fem. of eîs.
μι-αίνω, (f. μιανω, p. μεμί-
аужα), v. а. ("To stain," etc.;
ayka), a.
hence) To pollute, defile.--
Pass.: (μιαίνομαι), P. μεμί-
ασμαι and μεμίαμμαι, 1. aor.
μiávon [akin to Sans. root
MIH, "to sprinkle "].
μlavoŵσi(v), 3. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of μiaívw.
VOCABULARY.
159
μίγμα, μᾶτος, n. [μιγ, root
of μίγνυμι, “ to mix”] (“ That
which is mixed”; hence) 4
mixture.
µīkpós, á, óv, adj. Little;
-in St. John's Gospel only of
time: μικρόν χρόνον, for a
little time, acc. of "Duration
of time "; vii. 33; xii. 35.
Comp.:
Comp.: μIKρ-Óтepos;
(Sup. : μικρ-ότατος).
μι-μνήσκομαι.(Γ.μνήσομαι),
Ρ. μέμνημαι, 1. aor. ἐμνήσθην,
v. mid. To call to mind, re-
member [akin to Sans. root
MNÂ, "to remember "].
μισέω -ω, f. μισήσω, p.
μεμίσηκα, 1. aor. ἐμίσησα, v. a.
[uîo-os, "hatred"] ("To have
μîoos of or towards "; hence)
To hate.
μiobós, où, m. ("Wages,
pay"; hence, with accessory
notion of giving) Reward, re-
compense.
(μισθωτός, τή, τόν, adj.
[lengthened from μσ00-rós, fr.
μoló-w, "to hire"] Hired.-
In Gr. Test. only as Subst.)
Owrós, oû, m. A hired servant.
μισῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. P.
pres. of μισέω.
|
μνημονεύω, (f. μνημονεύσω,
p. ἐμνημόνευκα), 1. aor. ἐμνη-
μόνευσα, v. n. [μνήμων, μνήμον
os, "mindful"] ("To be μvn-
μwv"; hence) To bear in
mind, recollect, remember.
μων
μοιχεία, ίας (trisyll.), f.
[uoixe-ów (trisyll.), "to com-
mit adultery "] (“A commit-
ting adultery"; hence) As the
act: Adultery.
μοιχεύω, f. μοιχεύσω, 1. aor.
ἐμοίχευσα, v. a. [μοιχός, “ an
adulterer"] 1. Act.: To com-
mit adultery with a woman.
-2. Pass.: Of a
Of a woman :
μοιχεύομαι, 1. aor. ἐμοιχέν
θην, Το have adultery com.
mitted with her.-N.B. With
the exception of two passages,
MoixeÚw occurs in Gr. Test.
only as neut. verb.
μov-n, îs, f. [for μev-h; fr.
μév-w, "to remain"] (“A
remaining or staying"; hence)
A place for remaining in ;
i. e. a mansion, dwelling,
abode.
- µov-o-yev-ńs, és, adj. [µóv-
os, "only"; (0) connecting
vowel ; γεν, root of γεννάω,
"to beget "] Only-begotten.
μóvov, adv. [adverbial neut.
of μόνος,
to re- of μóvos, "only"] Only.
μόνος, η, ον, adj. Only,
alone.
μνη-μεῖον, μείου, η. [μνη,
root of μιμνήσκω, “to re-
mind"]("That which re-
minds"; hence, "a meinor-
a menor
ial" of any kind; hence, of
one dead) A monument, a
tomb; cf. Lat. mon-umentum,
fr. mon-eo.
μύρον, ου, n. An unguent,
sweet ointment of
any kind.
*Mwoñs, éws, m. (" Water-
saved One"; or, else, with re-
160
VOCABULARY.
66
ference to Pharaoh's daughter | in St. John's Gospel only Plur.:
Drawing" (him) from the The dead;-at v. 25 used
water) Moses; the great law-figuratively of those who are
giver of the Jews.
spiritually dead [akin to
Sans. root NAÇ, "to perish";
in part. perf. pass.
"dead"].
*Nalăpéo, f. indecl. Nazar-
eth; a city of Galilee, of which
the Arabic name is En-Nâsir-
ah.
vevīkηka, perf. ind. of
viкáw.
vé-os (i. e. véƑ-os), a, ov,
adj. New [akin to Sans. nav-a,
"new"; cf. Lat. nov-us].
νεύω, (f. νεύσω, p. νένευκα),
1. aor. evevoa, v. n.: 1. To
nod with the head.-2. To
beckon.
Nalăp-nvós, nvh, nvóv, adj.
[NaCap-ά, another form of
Ναζαρέθ; see Ναζαρέθ] Of,
or belonging to, Nazara or
Nazareth; Nazarene.
Nagwpaîos, a, ov, another
form of NaÇapηvós.—AsSubst.: νικ-άω -ω, f. νικήσω, p. νε.
Ναζωραίος, ου, m. A man of
Nazareth, a Nazarene.
*Ναθαναήλ, indecl.
("Gift of God") Nathanael;
a man of Cana in Galilee, and
a disciple of Jesus. By some
he is considered to have been
the same person as St. Bar-
tholomew.
m.
vaí, a particle used in strong
affirmations. Yes, even so,
verily.
vā-ós, oû, m. [for vat-ós;
fr. vaí-w, in act. force, "to
dwell in"]("That which is
dwelt in"; hence, "a dwell-
ing-place, abode "; but in use
restricted to a dwelling for a
god; hence) 1. A temple.-
2. The temple at Jerusalem.
vápdos, ov, f. Nard, spike-
nard.
VEK Pós, pov, m.: Sing.
νεκρός,
One dead, a dead person;-
:
νίκηκα, 1. aor. ἐνίκησα, v. a.
[vík-n, "victory"] To gain
the victory over; to vanquish,
overcome, conquer.
Νικ-ό-δημος, δήμου, m. [νικ-
άw, "to conquer"; (0) con-
necting vowel; dâμos, "the
people"] ("Conqueror of the
people") Nicodemus; a Phari-
see, called "a ruler of the Jews,"
who held that remarkable
conversation with Jesus which
is given by St. John at ch.
iii. After the crucifixion
he brought "a mixture of
myrrh and aloes, about a
hundred pound weight," for
the purpose of embalming the
body of Jesus, xix. 39.
νιπτήρ, τῆρος, m. [νιπ,
root of vin-Tw, "to wash "]
("A washer"; ; hence)
washing vessel, a basin.
A
νίπτω, (f. νίψω), 1. aor.
VOCABULARY.
161
ěviya, v.a.: 1. Act.: To cleanse
by washing, to wash.-2. Mid. :
νίπ-τομαι, f. νίψομαι, 1. aor.
évițăμny, To cleanse by wash-
ing, to wash for one's self or
on one's own part [prob. akin
to Sans. root NIJ," to cleanse";
cf. the earlier form of the
word ví(w].
vía, 1. aor. imperat. mid.
of νίπτω ; ix. 7.
viváµevos, n, ov, P. 1. aor.
mid. of νίπτω.
víaoðaɩ, 1. aor. inf. mid.
of νίπτω.
νίψω, 1. aor. subj. of νίπτω
xiii. 8.
vo-éw -ŵ, (f. vohow, p. ve-
νόηκα), 1. aor. ἐνοήσα, v. n.
[vó-os, "the mind"] ("To use,
etc., the mind"; hence) To
perceive, comprehend, under-
stand.
νοήσωσι, 3. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. of voéw.
voμ-n, ñs, f. [for veu-h; fr.
véμ-w, "to pasture"]["A
pasturing"; hence) Pasture,
pasturage.
vóμ-os, ov, m. [for véμ-os
νόμος, νόμος
fr. véu-w, "to assign, appor-
tion"] ("That which is as-
signed or apportioned"; hence,
"a law, ordinance"; hence)
In St. John's Gospel, the
Mosaic Law.
νόσημα, ήμᾶτος, n. [length -
ened fr. vóσe-μa; fr. vooé-w,
"to be sick"] A sickness,
disease, etc.
St. John.
;
νύμφη, ης, t. A bride.
νυμφίος, του, m. νύμφη,
a bride"] ("One appertain-
ing to a vúμon"; hence) A
bridegroom.
vûv, adv. Now:-ews TOÛ
vûv, until the present time
[akin to Sans. nu or nú,
now"].
T
vú, vukrós, f. Night:-
VUKтós, by night, Gen. of time
"when" [akin to Sans. niça,
night"
naktam, "by
night"].
(νύσσω οι νύττω, f. νύξω)
1. aor. ἔνυξα, v. a. To prich
pierce.
(§np-aívw,f. Enpăvâ), 1. aor.
§hpāva, v. a. [§np-ós, "dry"]
1. Act.: To dry, dry up.-2.
Pass.: Enp-aívoμaɩ, p. ěšhpaµ-
μαι, 1. aor. ἐξηράνθην, (1. f.
ξηρανθήσομαι): Of a tree,
plant, etc.: To be dried up;
to be withered, to wither
away.
(Enpós, á, bv, adj. Dry, dried
up).—As Subst. : ¿npós, oû, m.
A withered person, i. e. one
whose limbs are withered up;
v. 3.
1. 8, n, Tó, definite article:
1. With Subst.: a. To point
out (a) Some particular person
or thing :τὸ ὄρος, the moun-
tain, i. e. the mountain in the
immediate neighbourhood of
the place; vi. 3: cf. the con-
M
162
VOCABULARY.
:
text.-(b) Some person or or wife of such person:-
τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου (supply υἱοί), the
sons of Zebedee, xxi. 2; ʼn roû
Kλwra (supply yvvh), the wife
of Clopas, xix. 25.-5. With
participles Lat. is, etc., qui,
he, etc., who:-8 Barтíswv,
βαπτίζων,
he who baptizeth, i. 33; &
TIOTEúwv, he that believeth, xii.
44.-6. With Adverbs the art.
forms, a. An adjectival ex-
pression :-TÒ TOTÈ TUOλÓV,
τὸν ποτέ τυφλόν,
the man formerly blind, ix. 13.
thing before mentioned:-τοῦ
Tupλoû, ix. 6, refers to upλós,
ix. 2.—(c) What belongs, etc.,
to one:-Toùs idíovs, his own,
xiii. 1.-(d) The collected mem-
bers of a class:-тâv åv0рúπwv,
of men in general.-(e) Some
distinction in the nature, char-
acter, etc., of the word to which
it is prefixed:-eós, God, i.e.
the Supreme Being, the Deity;
ó cós, God, i. e. the one or
true God; see cós.-b. With-b. A complex noun :—eis rà
Personal names of individuals, oniow, (to the things behind,
the art. points out the person, i. e.) back, or back again, xviii.
(a) As the one just previously 6.-7. (Masc. or) fem. art.
spokenof:ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάν- plur. with περί and Acc. of
νης, i. 32 ; εἱστήκει ὁ Ἰωάννης, the name of a person, or of a
i. 35. This distinction, how- pron. referring to a person,
ever, does not always hold denotes that person's followers,
good in the Gr. Test., as may etc.:-тàs πEpì Máplav, those
περὶ
benotably seen in St. Matthew's (women) around Martha, i. e.
genealogy of our Lord.-(b) her attendants or friends, xi.
As distinguished from others 19.-8. Joined to a Nom., in
of the same name :-'Ioúdas & the place of a Voc. :—ĥ yvvń,
δ γυνή,
'Iσkaρióτns, Judas the Is-woman! viii. 10; xaîpe,
cariot, or the man of Kerioth.
-2. With adj. plur. used as
subst. to denote the whole of
the class specified by such
word:-TOÙS πTwxous, the poor
a class, xii. 8.-3. The
neut. art. sing. of all cases
joined to an inf. mood forms
a verbal noun:-πро тоû уeν-
éσ0aι, xiii. 19.—4. The masc.
or fem. art. with Gen. of the
name of a person denotes the
son (also daughter or mother)
Baσiλeds Tŵv 'Iovdaíwv, hail,
king of the Jews! xix. 3; see,
also, xx. 28.-9. Repeated
with an attributive adj., after
a subst. to which it has also
been prefixed, for the sake of
emphasis:-Tò pŵs tò åλno-
ivóv, the true light, rather the
light, viz. the true one, i. 9
[akin to Sans. sa, “one "].
2. 8, ǹ, 76, demonstr. pron. :
He, she, it:-οἱ μέν . . . ἄλλοι,
some indeed others, vii.
...
VOCABULARY.
163
12 [akin to Sans. ta, “ he, | έομαι -οῦμαι, p. ᾠκοδόμημαι), 1.
aor. ᾠκοδομήθην, (l. fut. οἶκο-
δομηθήσομαι).
she, it"].
ὁδηγ-έω -ω, f. ὁδηγήσω, v. a.
[ódny-ós, “a guide"] To be
[ὁδηγός,
a guide to one; to guide,
lead.
έω.
ὁδηγήσω, fut. ind, of ὁδηγ
ὁδοιπορία, ἵας, f. [ὁδοιπόρ-
os, “a traveller "] ("A thing
pertaining to an ὁδοιπόρος ”;
hence) A journey.
ó8-ós, où, f. (“That which
approaches or forms an ap-
proach"; hence) A way, whe-
ther actual or figurative [akin
to Sans. root SAD, in force of
"to approach "].
olk-os, ov, m. ("That in
which one sits down"; hence)
A house [akin to Sans. veç-a,
a house", ; fr. root VIC, "to
sit down"; cf. Lat. vic-us].
oivos, ov, m.
ου,
Wine.
ο-ἴ-ομαι (οἶμαι, imperf. φ.
όμην, f. οἰήσομαι, later οἰηθή
σομαι, 1. aor. φήθην). Το think,
imagine, suppose, etc. [akin
to Sans. root I, "to go,” which
with prefix ava (here repre-
sented by o), viz. AVA-I, has
the force of "to consider, be-
lieve"].
ŏlw, (f. ¿show, p. ŏdwda), ỏктά, num. adj. indecl.
v. n. ("To smell, have a Eight [akin to Sans. ashtan,
smell," whether good or bad;" eight"].
hence) In a bad sense: To
stink.
¿0óv-čov, ov, n.dim. [ỏ0óv-n,
"fine linen"] A piece of fine
linen;-Plur.: Linen band-
ages, linen cloths.
oik-ia, ĭas, f. [oik-éw, "to
inhabit"]("An inhabiting";
hence) 1. A house, dwelling,
abode, habitation.-2.A house
or family.
ŏλ-os, n, ov, adj.: 1. Whole,
entire, complete. 2. The
whole of that denoted by the
subst. to which it is in attribu-
tion [akin to Sans. sam-a, "all
whole, entire "].
ὅμοιος, οία, οιον, adj. Like,
similar :-mostly with Dat.,
as at ix. 9; but at viii. 55 with
Gen. [akin to Sans. sam-a, in
force of "like," etc.].
ὁμοίως, adv. [ὅμοιος,
like" ("After the manner
of the uolos"; hence) In like
manner.
οἰκ-ο-δομέω -ω, f. οἶκο-
δομήσω, 1. aor. ᾠκοδόμησα, ν.
a. [for. oik-o-deµ-éw; fr. olk-
os, a house"; (o) connecting
vowel; δέμ-ω, "to build"] ὁμολογέω -ω, f. ὁμολογήσω,
("To build a house"; hence) (p. μoλóynkα), 1. aor. ¿µoλóy-
To build, raise, erect, con- noa, v. a. [óμóλoy-os, "assent-
struct,etc.—Pass.: (olk-o-Soµ- ¦ ing "] ("To be dµóλoyos to ”;

M 2
164
VOCABULARY.
hence) To allow, admit, con- a. After, behind.-b. With
Gen.: After, or behind, one.
fess.
óμoλoyńon, 3. pers. sing. 1.-2. Of time: After, sub-
aor. subj. of dµoλoyéw.
óμoû, adv. [adverbial neut.
gen. of duós, as a gen. of place]
("At the same place"; hence)
Together.
óμ-ŵs, adv. [óμ-ós, "equal"]
("Equally "; hence) For all
that, nevertheless, still, how-
ever.
sequently to, later than.
ὅπλον, ου, n. A weapon.
ŏπου, adv.: 1. Of place:
Where :-8rov av or éáv; see
2. ¿v, no. 2, and 2. éáv.—2. Of
time: When [either akin to
obsol. drós = obsol. mós,
akin to Sans. ka, "who"?
or lengthened fr. που,
ỏv-ápĭov, apĭov, n. dim. [ov-"where"].
Os, "an ass"] A little, or
young, ass.
ores, adv. [either fr. obsol.
ÓÃÓs (sее 8πоν); or lengthen-
ed fr. @s, "in what way,"
etc.] 1. In what way or man-
form of yvw (see Yi-yvá-σкwner; how.-2. That, in order
ὄνομα, μᾶτος,
ŏ-vo-μа, μăтos, n. [for o-
yvo-μa; fr. root yvo, short
γνομα
in y-vw-σx), with ỏ as prefix;
cf. Lat. no-men for gnomen]
("The thing which serves for
knowing an object by"; hence)
1. A name by which a person
or thing is known or di-
stinguished.-2. Fame, re-
putation, renown, by which
a person's name is spread
abroad.-3. Authority, power,
command.
ovos, ou, m. and f. An ass.
ὄντ-ως, adv. [ὤν, ὄντος,
"being"; part. pres. of eiuí,
"to be"] ("After the manner
of v"; hence) In reality,
really, truly.
ὄξ-ος, εος ους, n. [ỏ-ús,
sharp"] ("That which is
¿ús "; hence) Sharp, or sour,
wine; vinegar.
dniow, adv.: 1. Of place:
that.
ópáw -ŵ, f. ŏvoµai, p. kúpā-
кa, v. a. and n.: 1. Act.: To
see.-2. Neut.: To look, see,
behold; xix. 35.
ópy-ń, îs, f. [ỏpy-áw, in
force of "to be eager "]
("Eagerness"; hence, "char-
acter or disposition resulting
from natural impulse”; hence)
Wrath, passion, anger.
opepos, ov, m. Day-break,
dawn, early morn.
ŏpos, eos ous, n. A mountain.
ỏρôăvós, ý, óv, adj. (“ With-
out father or mother;" hence)
Helpless, destitute, bereaved;
--at xiv. 18 applied to the
disciples of Christ,-teachers
being regarded as fathers, their
disciples as their children.
os, й, 8, pron. rel. Who,
VOCABULARY.
165
which:-ov (supply Tóπov),
τόπου),
adverbial gen. of place, where;
-ews of (supply xpóvov), up
to what time, or the time that,
i.e. until; xiii. 38;—èv $
(supply xpóvw), (in the time
which, i. e.) while, v. 7.-
Particular constructions: a.
By attraction the relative is
put in the case of the anteced-
ent, instead of that required
by the verb on which it de-
pends: Toû xwpĭov, ov ědwkev,
for 8, iv. 5; τοῦ ὕδατος, οὗ
¿yw dúow, for 8, iv. 14; Tŷ
λóyw, & elnev, for %v, iv. 50.-
ᾧ
b. When the relative refers
to a word (or clause) which
is to be explained, it is put in
the neut. nom. sing. with σTí,
λέγεται, οι ἑρμηνεύεται: Μεσο
σίαν, ὁ ἐστὶ μεθερμηνευόμενον,
i. 42; ραββί, 8 λέγεται, i. 39 ;
Κηφᾶς, ὁ ἑρμηνεύεται, i. 43.
c. The demonstrative pron. is
frequently omitted before the
relative: ὃν ἔγραψε Μωσης
εὑρήκαμεν for ἐκεῖνον, ὅν, i.
46; 8 viós, oùs Béλei, (wowoleî,
for ékeívovs, ovs, v. 21 [prob.
akin to Sans. rel. pron. ya,
"who, which "].
|
Ŏσoɩ, wv, m. plur.: As many
ὅσοι,
as.-b. doɑ, wv, n. plur. As
many things as, how many
things.
ὀστέον, ου, n. 4 bone [akin
to Sans. asthi, a bone"].
80-TIS, ½-TIS, 8-ть, pron. [os,
"who"; Tís, "any "] 1. In-
definite: ("Any one who, any
thing which "; i. e.) Whoever,
whatever person or thing.-
2. Relative: Referring to a
definite person, etc.: Who.
Ŏт-av, adv. [87-€, "when";
av, indefinite particle] With
Subj., always in classical
authors and mostly in Gr.
Test.: At whatever time,
whenever, whensoever.
Ŏтe, adv. When.
1. 8,Tɩ, neut. nom. and acc.
of ὅστις.
2. 8Tɩ, adv. and conj.: 1.
Αdν. : a. That.-b. Often
used, esp. in Gr. Test., after a
verb, etc., denoting "speak-
ing,” etc., before the quoted
words of another person. In
this case it is equivalent to
the inverted commas used in
English, and is not to be ren-
dered:-ἔλεγον, ὅτι πιστεύο
ỏσ-µń, µñs, f. [for ỏd-µh; μev, they said, we believe, iv.
fr. od, root of ŏ(w (= ŏd-ow), | 42.-2. Conj.: a. Because.-
"to smell"] A smell, scent, b. Seeing that, inasmuch as,
odour.
for that.
ŏơos, n, ov, adj.: 1. Of
time: As long as, how long.
2. Of number: As many
as, how many.-As Subst.: a.
1. où, masc. and neut. gen.
sing. of os.
2. où, as adv. Where; see 8s.
3. où (before a consonant,
166
VOCABULARY.
ouk before a soft vowel, before!
an aspirated vowel oux), adv.:
1. Not :-où µh (with Subj.),
not by any means, by no
means.-2. Imparting to a
word the very reverse of the
meaning which such word has
by itself:-dúvăµai, to be able;
où dúvăμai, to be unable;
δύναμαι,
¿éλw, to be willing; oùк
¿éλw, to be unwilling;-TOλλ-
ἐθέλω,to
ás, many; où поλλás,
many, i. e. few, ii. 12.
not
où-Sé, conj. and adv. [ov,
"not"; δέ, and"] 1.
Conj. And not, nor :-ovdé
ovdé, neither • nor;
•
οὐ . . οὐδέ, not
2. Adv.: Not even.
•
. nor.-
ovd-eís, ovde-µìa, ovd-év,
adj. [ovd-é, “not even"; eis,
one"] Not even one, not
one;—at xxi. 12 with Gen.
of " thing distributed."-As
Subst. a. ovdeís, m. No one,
nobody;-after a negative,
any one, any body.-b. ovdév,
n. Nothing;-after a nega-
tive, any thing.
Ovdé-TOTE, adv. [oudé, “not
even"; πотé, "at any time"]
Not even at any time, never at
any time, never.
οὐδέ πω, adv. [οὐδέ, “ and
not"; πw, "yet"] And not
yet, not as yet.
οὐκ ; see οὐ.
OυK-ÉTɩ, adv. [ouk, "not";
οὐκέτι, [οὐκ,
ĚTI, “any longer"] No longer,
no more.
OŮK-OUν, adv. [originally
identical with oŬK-OUV (OUK,
"not"; ovv, "therefore "),
"not therefore, so not"; but
afterwards it lost all negative
power] Then, therefore; xviii.
37.
ouv, adv.: 1. Then.-2.
Therefore, consequently.
ой-πш, adv. [oй, "not"; πw,
οὔ
"yet"] Not yet, not as yet.
ovpăvós, oû, m., sing. and
plur. Heaven, the heavens.
ovσa, ovσɩ, fem. nom. sing.,
and masc. and neut. dat. plur.
of wv.
οὔτε
• •
• • •
ov-Te, conj. [ov, “not”; тe,
"and"] 1. And not, nor:
OŬTε, neither
nor.-2. Folld. by a simple
copulative, κaí (or Te): Both
not and :-οὔτε ἄντλημα
ἔχεις, καὶ τὸ φρέαρ ἐστὶ βαθύ,
thou both hast not a bucket,
and the well is deep, iv. 11:
by some, however, the passage
is rather regarded as elliptical,
oŬTE ǎλλо T having to be
supplied. If so, it belongs to
no. 1, and will run thus: thou
neither hast a bucket nor any-
thing else-i. e. wherewith to
draw water,-and the well is
deep.
-at
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο, pron.
dem. This.-As Subst.: a.
Masc.: OÙTos, This man ;—
vii. 18 inserted after several
intervening words in the case
and gender of preceding Sub-
VOCABULARY.
167

ject of the verb for the sake of |
emphasis. Plur.: These men,
these.-b. Neut.: (a) TOUTO,
τοῦτο,
This thing, this.-(b) Plur. :
TaνTа, These things.
οὕτως (before a consonant
οὕτω), adv. [οὗτος, this"]
In this way or manner; thus,
so.
οὐχ ; see οὐ.
oùxí, a strengthened form
of oùx; see où.
ὀφείλω, ὀφειλήσω,
¿þeiλw, (f. òpeiλhow, p.
ὠφείληκα), 1. aor. ὤφειλα, v. a. :
1. To owe. 2. With Inf. :|
(I, etc.) ought to do, etc.
ὀφθαλμός, θαλμοῦ, m.[prob.
akin to root or, "to see"]
(“The seeing thing"; hence)
An eye, whether actually or
figuratively.
op-is, ews, m. A snake,
serpent [prob. akin to Sans.
ahi, "a snake"].
ὄχλος, ου, m. A crowd,
multitude, throng of people:-
ŏxλov ŏvтos, gen. abs., v. 13;
-at vi. 12 in plur.
|
ỏчĩa, ĭas, f. The latter part
of the day, late afternoon,
early evening.
ὄψις, εως, f. [for ὄποσις ; fr.
obsol. π- тоual, "to see ";
ὅπο τομαι,
whence ὄψομαι (= οπ-σομαι);
see ópáw] ("A seeing, sight";
hence) Appearance, look.
ὄψομαι, fut. ind. of ὁράω.
παιδάριον, ἄρίου, n. dim.
[maîs, maid-ós, "a child"] A
little child.
παιδίον, του, n. dim. [παῖς,
maid-ós, "a child"] A little, or
young, child, whether male or
female.
παιδίσκη, ίσκης, f. dim.
[id.] A little, or young, female
child; a little, or young, girl;
a maiden.
παῖς, παιδός, comm. gen.
A child, whether boy or
girl.
παίω, (f. παίσω and παιήσω,
p. πέπαικα), 1. aor. ἔπαισα, v. a.
To strike, smite, inflict blows
upon;—at xviii. 10 applied to
the use of a sword.
Táλiv, adv.: 1. Again, a
second time.-2. Again, back
again.
πάντοτε, adv. [πᾶς, παντο
ós, "all"] Always, at all
times.
¿-ápiov, apĭov, n. dim.
ὀψάριον,
[uy-ov, "boiled meat ; hence,
fish"] A little fish, a fish;
or, in collective force, fish.
ὄψει ὄψη,
ŏчeɩ and ŏчp, 2. pers. sing.
of ὄψομαι, fut. ind. of ὁράω.
ŏų.ïos, ìa, ĭov, adj. [õy-e;
"late in the day"] (" Pertain- πăρά, preр. gov. gen., dat.,
ing to be"; hence) Towards (and acc.): 1. With Gen.:
the latter part of the day,draw- From the side of, from.-2.
ing towards evening, late in With Dat.: a. Near, beside.
the afternoon.-As Subst.:|b. With.-c. Like the Lat.
168
VOCABULARY.
παρα-γίνομαι, (f. παρα-
γενήσομαι), 2. aor. παρεγενό-
μην, v. mid. [παρά, near";
vívouμai, "to be"] 1. To be
near, to be at hand.-2. To
arrive, come up.
apud: At or in the house of aid "] "Called to one's aid” in
[akin to Sans. parâ, “ away"]. a court of justice or on a
trial). As Subst. : παράκλη
τος, ου, m. (“One called to one's
aid in a court of justice, etc.;
an advocate;" hence) Of the
Holy Spirit: Prob.: A de-
fender. If the word is trans-
lated Comforter, it must be
formed from Tаpakaλéw in the
force of "to cheer, encourage."
-N.B. In 1 Ep. of St. John ii.
1 the term is applied to Christ,
and there means "advocate."
παρ ἄγω, (f. παράξω), v. n.
[πaр-ά, "by"; ǎyw," to lead"]
("To lead by "; hence, in re-
flexive or neut. force, "to lead
one's self by "; hence) To pass
by or along.
Tăρădidóval, pres. inf. of
παραδίδωμι.
παραδιδούς, οῦσα, όν, Ρ.
pres. of παραδίδωμι.
(παρα-κύπτω), 1. aor. παρ.
έκυψα, ν. n. [παρά, " beside ";
κύπτω, “ to bend or stoop ”]
("To bend, or stoop, beside
a place; hence of a person
outside a place: To peep, or
look, in.
παρακύψας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1.
aor. of παρακύπτω.
παραδίδωμι, f. παραδώσω,
p. παρα-δέδωκα, 1. aor. παρ.
έδωκα, 2. aor. παρ-έδων, (plu.
perf. without augment, rapa-
δεδώκειν), v. a. [παρά," from ” ;
dídwµï, “to give ”] (“ To give παρα-λαμβάνω, f. παρα-
from one's self to another; λήψομαι, 2. aor. παρέλαβον,
hence) 1. To give up, sur- v. a. [πapá, "from"; λaµßăvw,
render, into the hands of "to take"] 1. To take from
another.-2. To deliver up, the hands, etc., of another
betray.-Pass. тăρă-Sidoμαι, 2. To take to one's self as a
p. жарa-dédoμai, 1. aor. Tap-
εδόθην, 1. f. παραδοθήσομαι.
παραδοθῶ, 1. aor. subj. pass.
of παραδίδωμι.
Tăpădâ, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of παραδίδωμι.
Tăpădwow, fut. ind. of
παραδίδωμι.
(παράκλητος, τον, adj.
[παράκλη, a root of παρακαλέω,
in force of "to call to one's
friend, etc.-3. To receive.
παραμυθέομαι -μυθοῦμαι,
1. aor. παρεμυθησάμην, v. mid.
[παρά, « beside”; μυθέομαι,
to speak"]("To speak be-
side" one; hence, with ac-
cessory notion of consolation)
To speak words of comfort to
one; to comfort or console
one.
παραμυθήσωνται, 3. pers.

VOCABULARY.
169
plur. 1. aor. subj. of rapa- | A dark saying, a parable =
μυθέομαι.
παραβολή of the other Evan-
gelists.
παραμυθούμενος, η, or, P.
pres. of παραμυθέομαι.
παρασκευή, ης, f. [παρα-
σкevάw, "to prepare," through
verbal root παρασκευ] (“A pre-
paring, preparation"; hence)
Among the Jews: Prepara-
tion-time or Preparation-day;
i. e. the day on which pre-
paration was made for the
Sabbath day which followed
it, and on which work was not
to be done.
παρεγίνοντο, 3. pers. plur.
imperf. ind. of παραγίνομαι.
πǎρédwкα, 1. aor. ind. of
παραδίδωμι.
Tǎρékvуa, 1. aor. ind.
παρακύπτω.
of
παρ-ίστημι, f. παρα-στήσω,
р.паρ-éσтпкa, pluperf. wap-eio-
τήκειν, l. aor. παρ-έστησα, 2.
aor. πаρ-éσтηy, v. a. and n.
παρέστην,
[παρ-ά, “beside ” ; ἵστημι, “ to
cause to stand-to stand"]
1. Act. In pres., imperf., 1.
fut. and 1. aor.: ("To cause
to stand beside"; hence) To
place, or set, beside.-2. Neut.:
In perf., pluperf., and 2. aor.:
Of persons: To stand beside,
by, or near.
παροιμία, ἴας, f. [πάροιμ-
os, "by the road"]("A thing
pertaining" to nápoμos; hence,
"a bye-word, common say-
ing"; hence, a proverb ";
hence) In St. John's Gospel:
παρρησία, σίας, f. [for
παντ-ρε-σία; fr. πᾶς, παντός,
"all"; pe, root of obsol. ¿é-w,
"to say"]("A saying all
things or every thing" that
one pleases; hence) Of speech:
Freedom, boldness.
πᾶς, πᾶσα, πᾶν, adj. : 1.
Sing. : a. All, the whole, the
whole of.-b. Every.- As
Subst.: (a) Tâs, Tavтós, m.
Every one, each man. -(b)
πᾶν, παντός, n. Every thing.
2. Plur.: All.-As Subst.: a.
Távτes, wv, m. plur.: All men
or persons, all. p. πάντα,
wv, n. plur. All things.-
3. In a restricted or qualified
force: All, in the meaning of
a very large number of. -As
Subst. : πάντες, ων, m. plur.
All men; i. e. very many men.
-4. Position of râs :- -When
the subst., preceded by the
article,is to be stronglymarked,
râs is placed either before the
article or after the subst.:
râs & λaós, all THE PEOPLE,
viii. 2; Thν κрíσiv nãoαν,
all JUDGMENT, v. 22; тà ẻµà
πάντα, all things that are
MINE, xvii. 10.

πᾶσαν,
*Пáoxɑ, n. indecl. (“A
passing over"; hence, "a
sparing ") The Passover; i.e.
a. The Jewish feast of seven
days kept annually in com-
170
VOCABULARY.
memoration of God's deliver- | BANDH, "to bind "; and so,
ance of His people from
Egyptian bondage; ii. 13.-
b. The Supper at which the
Jews ate the Paschal lamb;
xviii. 28.
πατήρ, τέρος τρός,
Tă-TÝP, TÉPOS TPÓS, m. ("A
protector"; also "a nour-
isher"): 1. A father, as one
who protects, etc.-2. Of God,
as The Father of Christ and
Christ's people [akin to Sans.
pitri, fr. root PA, "to pro-
tect, to nourish "; cf. Lat.
pater].
πατ
marρ-ís, idos, f. [Taτhp,
πατρός, "a father"]("That
which belongs to one's father
or fathers"; hence) Father-
land, native country, land of
one's birth.
Tεivăσ, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. of πεινάω.
πειν-άω -ω, f. πεινάσω (and
πεινήσω, p. πεπείνηκα), 1. aor.
ἐπείνασα (and ἐπείνησα), v. n.
[TEIV-a, "hunger"]("To have
Teîva"; hence) To feel hung-
ry, to be hungry.
πείνα
πειράζω, 1. aor. ἐπείρασα,
v. a. [πeîp-a, "a trial or
proof"] 1. To make trial or
proof of a person.-2. To
seek to draw into evil, to
tempt to sin.
πέμπω, f. πέμψω, p. πέ-
πομφα), 1. aor. ἔπεμψα, v. a.
To send.
TEVÕEρós, où, m. A father-
in-law [akin to Sans. root
literally, "he who binds "].
πεντακισχιλίοι, χιλίαι,
xīλia, num. adj. plur. [πevră-
Kis, "five times"; xixiol,
thousand"]("Five times a
thousand"; i. e.) Five thou-
sand.
a
TÉνTE, num. adj. indecl.
Five [akin to Sans. pançhan,
"five"].
TEVT-Ń-KOV-Tα, num. adj.
indecl. Fifty [πévt-e, “five”;
(n) connecting vowel; кov (=
çan, in Sans. daçan), "ten";
Tα, suffix (= Lat. tus), "pro-
vided with"; and so, literally,
"provided with five tens "].
TETίOTEUкa, perf. ind.of
TIOTEúw.
πεπιστευκώς, υία, ός, P.
perf. of TiσTEúw.
teπλávnote, 2. pers. plur.
perf. ind. pass. of πλανάω.
TεTAŃрwкα, perf. ind. of
πληρόω.
TETλńρwμal, perf. ind. pass.
of πλnρów.
πεπληρωμένος, η, ον, Ρ.
perf. pass. of πληρόω.
TETоíηкα, perf. ind. of
Toléw.
πεποιηκώς, υία, όs, P. perf.
of roléw.
πεπώρωκα,
TETάρшка, perf. ind. of
πωρόω.
TEр, enclitic particle, em-
phasizing the word to which it
is subjoined.
Téρāv, adv. In St. John's
I
VOCABULARY.
171
Gospel always with Gen.:
Beyond, on the further side
of [lengthened fr. népã, and
akin to Sans. para, "distant,
being beyond "].
περί, prep. gov. gen. (dat.)
and acc.: 1. With Gen.:
("Around, about "; hence)
About, concerning, respecting.
2. With Acc.: Locally:
Around, about.
(περί βάλλω), f. περιβάλω,
2. aor. περιέβαλον, v. a. [περί,
"around ",
; Báλλw, "to throw
βάλλω,
or cast"] To throw, or cast,
something around one, etc.
(περι-δέω, f. περι-δήσω), v. a.
περί, σε
"around"; déw, "to
bind "] To bind around.-
Mid. (Tepi-Séoμai), pluperf.
pass. in mid. force περι-εδεδέ-
μην : With Dat.: To bind
one's self around, or gird
one's self, with something.
περιέβαλον, 2. aor. ind. of
περιβάλλω.
Tepiedédeto, 3. pers. sing.
pluperf. pass. of epidéw in
mid. force.
πeρieπăτel, contr. 3. pers.
sing. imperf. ind. of epi-
πατέω.
περιεπάτουν, contr. imperf.
ind. of περιπατέω.
tepieσtús, vîa, ós, contr.
fr. Tеρieσтηkús, P. perf. of
περιίστημι.
|
|
around.—2. Neut.: To stand
around.-N.B. For the act.
and neut. tenses of lornµi and
its compounds see loτnu.
TEPĭléνTES, nom. masc. plur.
of περιθείς, Ρ. 2. aor. of περι-
Tíonμi.
πepiπăteîte, contr. 2. pers.
plur. pres. imperat. of repi-
περισ
TαTEW.
περί πατέω πατώ, f. περί-
πατήσω, p. περί-πεπάτηκα, v. n.
[περί, “ around”; πατέω, “ το
walk"] To walk around, walk
about.
περιπάτῃ,
Teρĭπărî, 3. pers. sing.
pres. subj. of περιπατέω.
πeρinăτnow, fut. ind. of
περιπατέω.
ย
περιπατῶν, ούσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of περιπατέω.
περισσεύσας, ᾶσα, αν, P. 1.
aor. of repioσeuw.
περισσεύω, 1. aor. ἐπερίσσε
ευσα, ν. n. [περισσός, "over
and above"] To be over and
above.
περισσός, σσή, σσόν, adj.
[Tepi, "beyond measure"] Pos.:
Beyond measure, exceedingly
great, exceeding, excessive.
Η Comp.: περισσότερος ;
(Sup.: περισσότατος).
TEPLOTEpά, âs, f. A dove,
pigeon.
περι-τέμνω, ν. a. [περί,
"around"; Téμvw, "to cut"]
(περι-ίστημι), 1. aor. περι- | (“ Το cut around ”; hence)
έστησα, p. περι-έστηκα, v. a.
and n. 1. Act.: To place
To circumcise.
UorM
172
VOCABULARY.
of ἀπό see ἀπό, no. 3 [akin
to Sans. bahu, "the arm"].
περί τίθημι, (f. περι-θήσω,)
1. aoг. περĭ-éonка, 2. aoг. πeрi-
έθην, ν. a. [περί, “ around ”; (πiāļw), 1. aor. ènìãσa, v. a.
Tionμi, "to put or place"] [a Doric and Hellenic form of
τίθημι,
With Acc. of nearer Object TIESW] 1. To lay hold of,
and Dat. of remoter Object: seize.-2. To catch, take;
1. To put something around, at xxi. 10 v is the Gen. by
or on, a person or thing.-2. attraction to oyapiwv, and is
With accessory notion of the nearer Object, instead of
fastening, etc.: To tie about,
to fasten upon.
περιτομή, ης, f. [for περι-
τεμ-ή; fr. περιτεμ, root of
TEρITÉμ-vw, "to circumcise"]
Circumcision.
1. πέτρος, ου, m. A piece
of rock, a stone.
2. Méтpos, ov, m. [πéτρos,
"a piece of rock, a stone"]
Peter;
the interpretation of
Cephas, a name given by
Christ to Simon the son of
Jonas; i. 43.
teσúv, oûσa, bv, P. 2. aor.
of πίπτω.
πεþiληкa,
πεφίληκα,
φιλέω.
perf. ind. of
πηyń, îs, f. A fountain,
spring, etc.
πηλός, ού, m. Mud, clay.
πîxus, ews, m. ("A fore-
arm"; hence) As a measure
of length: A cubit, i. e. the
i.e.
distance from the point of
the elbow to the end of the
little finger; about 18 inches:
—ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων,
about two hundred cubits off,
xxi.8; where anxŵv diaкooíwv
is gen. of distance; for force
Mou
↑
.
å, after éniáάσăтe; see os,
no. a.
πιάσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
πιάζω.
Tiάowσiv, 3. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. of wiάłw.
πιεῖν, 2. aor. inf. of πίνω.
Πιλάτος, ου, m. [Gr. form
of Lat. Pilātus] Pilatus or
Pilate (Pontius); a Roman
Procurator of Judæa, who
came into office A.D. 26, and
held it for ten years. His
conduct during that time ap-
pears to have been very ty-
rannical; so much so, indeed,
that it caused an insurrection
at Jerusalem, and subsequent-
ly a rising of the people at
Samaria, neither of which was
suppressed without bloodshed.
The Samaritans having laid a
complaint against him before
Vitellius, the governor of
Syria, he was deprived of
power and sent to Rome to
answer for his conduct. There
he arrived shortly after the
death of Tiberius in March
A.D. 37. Caligula, the suc-
cessor of Tiberius, banished
VOCABULARY.
173
him into Gaul, and in that
country he is said to have
died by his own act A.D.
41.
πίμπλημι, f. πλήσω, p.
TÉTλŋка, 1. aor. ěπλŋσa, v. a.
With Acc. and Gen.: To fill
a
thing with something
[lengthened fr. root λŋ, akin
to Sans. root PRÂ, "to fill "].
πίνω, f. πίομαι, p. πέπωκα,
2. aor. ěπĭov, v. a.: 1. To
drink:-for construction of
Tívwv čk, see ẻ, no. 9;-at
iv. 7, 9, 10, without nearer
Object, where the inf. Tie
is used for the purpose of
expressing the aim, intention,
or design; to drink, i.e. for the
purpose of drinking, or that I
may drink.-2. To drink of
or out of [roots T and To,
akin to Sans. roots Pî and PÂ,
"to drink "].
πίνων, ουσα,
πivwv, ovσa, ov, P. pres. of
πίνω.
πιπράσκω, (ρ. πέπρακα),
v. a. To sell.-Pass.: Tɩπρά-
σκομαι, p. πέπρᾶμαι, 1. aor.
ἐπράθην, (f. πραθήσομαι) ;-at
xii. 5 with Gen. of price.
Tíπτw, f. πeσoûμal, p. πé-
πтwкα, 2. aor. čπeσov, v. n.
To fall [reduplicated fr. root
TET, akin to Sans. PAT,
fly"; also "to fall down "].
TLOTEvσal, 1. aor. inf. of
πιστεύω.
ΠΕΤ,
"to
TLOTEVOW, fut. ind. and 1.
aor. subj. of πιστεύω.
|
πιστεύω, f. πιστεύσω, p.
πεπίστευκα, 1. aor. ἐπίστευσα,
v. n. [πíor-is, "belief "]("To
have πioris"; hence) 1. To
believe or credit.-2. Το be-
lieve, have faith.-3. With
Dat. of person: To believe,
etc., a person.
ov,
πιστεύων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.
Of TIσTEUW.
πιστικός, ή, όν, adj. [The
origin of this word is doubt-
ful;-some assign it to тɩ, a
root of wi-VW, "to drink" ;
others to TíσT-IS, "belief,
trust," etc.; and as adj. in
ikós are formed fr. subst., this
latter opinion appears to be
the correct one] 1. (“ Pertain-
ing to ríoris"; hence, prob. as
a mercantile term, " deserving
of belief" in the seller on the
part of the purchaser; hence)
Genuine, pure, real, unadulter-
ated.-2. ("Drinkable "
hence) Liquid; but see
above.
;
πιστός, τή, τόν, adj. [for
πιθ-τός; fr. πιθ, root of πείθω,
" to persuade
"to persuade "; Pass., "to
be persuaded; to believe or
trust"] Believing, faithful,
trusting.
πίω, 2. aor. subj. of πίνω.
πλavą, contr. 3. pers. sing.
pres. ind. of #λaváw.
πλαν-άω -ω, f. πλανήσω,
1. aor. ἐπλάνησα, v. a. [πλάν
os, "a leading astray"] 1.
Act. To lead astray, to
174
VOCABULARY.
deceive, etc.-2. Pass.: πλαν-
άομαι -ώμαι, p. πεπλάνημαι,
1. aor. ἐπλανήθην, Τo be led
astray, to be deceived, to err.
Tλeîov, comp. adv. [adverb-
ial neut. of λeiwv, "more"]
Of degree: More, in a great-
er or higher degree;-at xxi.
15 folld. by Gen. of thing com-
pared.
πλείων (πλέων), ον; see
πολύς.
(wλék-w, f. πλéсw, р. πé-
πλexa and Téπλоxα), 1. aor.
ěπλeşα, v. a. To plait, make
by plaiting [akin to Sans. root
PRICH, “to mix, to unite"].
πλέξας, ᾶσα, av, P. 1. aor.
of πλέκω.
πλευρά,
Tλeupά, âs, f. ("A rib";
hence) A side of a person,
etc.
πλήθος, εος ους, n. [πλήθ-ω,
"to fill "] ("A filling"; Con-
”]
crete, "that which fills ";
hence) A great number, a
multitude.
Tλýν, adv. Except;-at viii.
10, with Gen.
πλń-ρns, pes, adj. With
Gen.: Filled with, full of
[akin to Sans. root PRÂ, "to
fill"].
Tλnp-ów -ŵ, f. Tλnpwow,
р. жеπλńρwка, 1. aor. èπλńpwσa,
v. a. [πλhp-ns, "full"] ("To
make"
a thing, etc., "An-
pns"; hence) 1. To fill.-2.
To fulfil, accomplish.-3. To
complete.-Pass.: πληρ- όομαι,
-οῦμαι, p. πεπλήρωμαι, 1. aor.
ἐπληρώθην, 1. f. πληρωθήσομαι.
πλnρwon, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of πλnрów.
πλήρω - μα, μᾶτος, n.
[lengthened fr. πλʼnρo-μa; fr.
Tλnpó-w, "to fill "] ("That
fill"]
which fills "; hence) Fulness.
πλήσας, ᾶσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
av, P.
οι πίμπλημι.
πλησίον,
Tλŋoiov, adv. [adverbial
neut. of λnoíos, "near"]
With Gen.: Near, close at
hand to; iv. 5.
πλοι-άριον, ἄρτου, n. dim.
[λoî-ov, “a vessel or ship”]
A small vessel, a little ship.
πλοῖον, ου, η. [i. e. πλό-ιον,
for πλέιον, fr. πλέ-ω, "" to
swim or float"] ("The swim-
ming or floating thing";
hence) A vessel, ship, etc.
TVÉî, contr. 3. pers. sing.
pres. ind. of véw.
πνεῦμα, μᾶτος, n. [πνευ,
lengthened form of πve, root
of πvéш, “to blow or breathe"]
("That which blows or
breathes"; hence) 1. Wind,
air.-2. Spirit, disposition.—
3. A spirit, spiritual being.-
4. With or without the art.,
and also sometimes with ἅγιον:
The Spirit, the Holy Spirit.-
5. One's soul or spirit, as the
residence, etc., of one's mind,
feelings, etc.
πνέω, (f. πνεύσομαι, πνευ-
σoûual, and in late poets
πνεύσω, p. πέπνευκα), 1. aor.
VOCABULARY.
175
ἔπνευσα, V. n.
n. To blow,
breathe.
πvéwv, ovσa, ov, P. pres. of
πνέω.
TÓ-0ev, adv. Whence [akin
to Sans. pron. ka, "who,
which"; cf. Ionic form κó-
θεν].
com-
carry out, obey, etc.—(e) Of
sin, sinful acts, etc.: To do,
commit; viii. 34.-(f) With
Acc. of verbal Subst.: To do,
execute, etc.; and in
bination with it being tanta-
mount to the verb from which
such subst. is derived :—кplov
κρίσιν
Toleiv, to do, or execute, judg-
ment = κρίνειν in force of to
pass sentence on, condemn ;
v. 27; where the expression
refers to the last judgment.-
2. Neut.: To do or act in
any way; xiv. 31.-N.B. In
classical Greek the construc-
tions explained in nos. 1. a.
(c), and 1. b. (f) above would
require a verb in the middle
voice.
ποιῆσαι, 1. aor. inf. of
Toléw.
ποιήσας, ἄσα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
P.
of ποιέω.
TOLEW -ŵ, f. Tochow, p.
ποιέω
πεποίηκα, 1. aor. ἐποίησα, v. a.
and n.: 1. Act.: a. (a) To make
in the fullest acceptation of
the term.-(b) With second
Acc.: (a) To make an Object
that which is denoted by the
second Acc.; ii. 16; v. 11;
xvi. 2.-(8) To make out
something as being that which
is denoted by the second
Acc.; to declare something as
something; viii. 53; x. 33;
xix. 7 and 12.-(c) With
Acc. of verbal Subst. as a
periphrasis for the verb of
such subst. : To make :
μονὴν ποιεῖν, to make an abode
=μéveiv, “to abide, dwell";
xiv. 23.-(d) With Objective
clause: To make, cause, bring
about, effect that something
take place, etc.; vi. 10.-(e)" a shepherd"] To herd, tend,
Folld. by iva and Subj.: To as a shepherd does his flock.
bring about, or effect, that, etc.; ποιμήν, ένος, m. A shep-
xi. 37;—but at xiv. 14 monow herd;-at x. 11, etc., applied
is to be referred to no. 1. b.- by Christ to Himself [akin to
b. (a) To do a thing.-(b) Of Sans. root PA, "to nourish;
PÂ,
a miracle: To do, perform.- to protect"; and so, literally,
(c) Of God's will, command-"a nourisher; a protector "].
ment, etc.: To do, accomplish,
etc.-(d) of the Law: To do,
moiýσăte, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of ποιέω.
Toιnow, fut. ind. and 1. aor.
subj. of Toléw.
ποιμαίνω, f. ποιμάνω, 1. aor.
èπoíµăva, v. a. [akin to woµhv,
ποίμνη, ης, f. [akin to
Tohv] A flock of sheep.
176
VOCABULARY.
Ofús, "much "; (v) connecting
vowel; Tu-n, "worth, value"]
Of much worth or value,
costly, precious.
πoîos, α, ov, adj.: 1.
what sort or kind; what kind
of, etc.-2. What, which.
Tóλ-is, ews, f.: 1. A city.-
πόλεις,
2. THE City; i. e. Jerusalem;
xix. 20.-3. The people of a
city; the citizens [akin to
Saus. pur-a, "a town or
city"].
Toλλά, woλλaí; see Toλús.
πολλαί πολύς.
Todd-ăkis, adv. [Toλús,
[πολύς,
πολλοῦ, "much";
plur.
"many"] Many times, often-
times, frequently.
πολύ; see πολύς.
πονηρός, ρά, ρόν, adj.
[lengthened fr. Tove-pós; fr.
Tové-w, in force of "to feel, or
suffer, pain"]("Feeling, or
suffering, pain"; hence, "pain-
ful"; hence," in sorry plight,
bad"; hence) Morally: Bad,
evil, wicked.-As Subst.: a.
πоνηρós, oû, m.: With art.
prefixed : The wicked one, i. e.
Satan.b. πονηρόν, ου, η.:
With art. prefixed: ("That
which is wicked"; i.e.)
Wickedness, evil in the abs-
tract.-N.B. The expression
EK тOÛ TOVηpov, xvii. 15, is
variously assigned by various
persons to the two foregoing
meanings.
πορευθείς, είσα, έν, Ρ. 1.
aor. pass. in mid. force of
woλús, Toλań, πoλú, adj.
1. Pos.: a. Of number or
quantity: (a) Sing.: Much,
large, great :--πоλÙя каρжÓя,
much fruit, xv. 5 and 8; TOλÙS
ŏxλos, a large, or great, mul-
titude, vi. 2.-(b) Plur.:
Many :-ov Toλλàs huépas,
:-ού πολλὰς
(during) not many (= few)
days, Acc. of duration of time,
ii. 12. As Subst. : (α) πολλοί, πορεύω.
12.-As
ŵv, m. plur. Many persons,
many.—(β) πολλά, ὤν, n. plur.
Many things.-b. Of time:
Great, long; v. 6.-2. Comp.:
πλείων, ον,
Tλeiwv, ov, More;-at vii.
31 with Gen. of thing com-
pared.-As Subst.: Acious
(contr. fr. λeioves, πλeioes),
m. plur. More persons, more;
iv. 41.-N.B. Sup. Theîoros
does not occur in St. John's
Gospel [akin to Sans. puru,
"much, many "].
πολύτιμος, ov, adj. [πολ-
(πορεύω, f. πορεύσω, 1. aor.
ἐπόρευσα, v. a. [πόρος, a
way," etc.; also, "a going,"
etc.] 1. Act.: To make, or
cause, to go.-2. Mid. :)
πορεύομαι, f. πορεύσομαι,
(1. aor. èπopevσăμnv), 1. aor.
pass. in mid. force, éπopeúðný,
(“To make one's self to go";
i. e.) To go, proceed, etc. :-
торεúоμαι éтоιμăσai, I am
going to prepare, i. e. for the
purpose of preparing; where
πορεύομαι pres. is used of an
VOCABULARY.
177
all but immediate future, |
and the inf. Toμăσα = the
Lat. Supine in um, after a
verb. denoting "motion to a
place."
Tоτńρĭov, ov, n. ("A drink-
ing-cup "; hence) With art.:
The cup presented, as it were,
by God to man that man may
drink of it, implying the lot,
condition, etc., whether good
or bad, which God has assigned
to him;-at xviii. 11 the ex-
pression πιεῖν τὸ ποτήριον, to
Christ to denote the condition
of trial and suffering which
the Father had appointed for
Him.
πορνεία
Topve-ía (trisyll.), ías, f.
[Topve-úw, "to fornicate"] A
fornicating, fornication.
πορφύρους, α, οὖν (Attic
for eos, en, eov), adj. [πoppvp- | drink the cup, is used by
á, "the purple-fish or murex";
hence, "purple-dye"] ("Of,
or belonging to, πорρйрá";
hence) Dyed purple, purple.
πόσις, σιος (σεως), Γ. (“Α
drinking"; hence) Drink [To,
a root of wivw, "to drink "].
πίνω,
ποταμός, αμοῦ, m. [ποτ-place,
όν, “ drink "] (“ That which
pertains to drink "; hence) A
river, as being drinkable
water.
1. wó-te, interrog. particle.
At what time? when? vi. 25 :
-ëws TÓTE, until when? i. e.
for how long a time, how long?
x. 24 [akin to Sans. ka-s,
who?" cf. Ionic form Kó-TE].
2. TO-тé, enclitic particle.
At some time, beforetime, once;
ix. 13. [id.]
πότερον,
TÓTEρOV, adv. [adverbial
neut. of πότερος, “ whether of
the two"] Whether:—ñóтEрov
h, whether
•
•
or.
ποτήριον, ου ; see ποτήριος.
(ποτήριος, ία, ιον, adj.
[roThp, "a drinker"; hence,
a drinking-cup"] "Pertain-
66
|
wow, adv.: 1. Interrog.: In
what place? where? i. 39,
etc.-2. Relative: In what
where:-οὐκ οἴδαμεν,
ποῦ = οὐκ οἴδαμεν τὸν τόπον,
èv §; xx. 2.
πούς, ποδός, m. (“The going
thing"; hence) A foot [for
Tód-s, akin to Sans. pád, or
pad, a foot," fr. root PAD,
"to go"; cf. Lat. pes, pèd-is ;
also, English foot].
πραιτώριον, μου, n. [Gr.
form of Lat. prætorium] The
prætorium; i. e. the official
residence of a Roman Prætor,
or Governor, in his province.
πράξας, ασα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of πράσσω.
πράσσω (πράττω, f.
πράξω), Ρ. πεπράχα, l. aor.
ἔπραξα, v. a. and n. [for πράγ
σω; fr. root πραγ] Το do,
commit.
πράσσων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.

ing to a Tornp."-As Subst. :) | of πρáoσw.
ποτήρ.
St. John.
K
178
VOCABULARY.
an
πρεσβύτερος, ου, m. [πρεσ.
βύτερος, " older "; comp. adj.
formed from πρέσβυς,
old man "] An elder.
πρív, adv.: 1. Before.-2.
With Objective clause: Before
that.
πрó, prep. gov. gen. Be-
fore. The construction of
πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα (xii.
1) is by no means agreed upon.
Probably ἓξ ἡμερῶν is the Gen.
of time, and mрó belongs to Toû
Táoxa. This separation of pó
from its case is not infrequent
in later writers. Render, Six
days before the passover.
προεφήτευσα, 1. aor. ind.
of προφητεύω.
πρós, prep. gov. (gen.) dat.
and acc.: 1. With Dat.: Loc-
ally: At, near, close to.-2.
With Acc.: a. Locally: (a)
To, towards, unto.-(b) At,
about, near, over against.—(c)
With; especially in the phrase
είναι πρός = Lat. apud ali-
quem) esse :-¿ Móyos ñv πρòs
Λόγος πρὸς
τὸν Θεόν, the Word was with
God, i. e. dwelling with God
or in God's habitation, i. 1.—
b. Of persons: (a) In conversa-
tion, etc.: Among, with.-
(b) Mentally To one's self,
i. e. in, within, one's self.-c.
Of union: To, unto.-d. Of
putting questions, etc.: To put
questions to, to question with.
-e. Of speaking: To, unto.
f. In the expression τì πpòs σé,
etc.: Unto; xxi. 22 and 23.
:
πpoßătiký, îs, f. [fem. of
πроẞăтikós, "of, or belonging
to, sheep," used as a Subst.]
In the English Version trans-
lated Sheep-market, in which
case άyopά, “market," must
be supplied! Probably, how-
ever, there is an ellipse of úλn, g. For, unto, etc. :-πрòs
"gate"; so that the meaning
of the word is Sheep-gate; cf. | 35.
Nehemiah iii. 32; xii. 39.
@epioμóv, unto harvest, iv.
προσ-αιτέω -αιτώ, (1. aor.
augmentative" force; airéw,
or strongly, to beg hard.
πρό-βατον, του (mostly προσ-ῄτησα), v. n. [πρός, in
plur.), n. [πpó, "before"; Ba,
root of βαίνω, "to go"]"to ask "] To ask earnestly
("That which goes, or walks,
forward " ; and, so, an animal
that walks as opposed to one
that flies, etc.; hence, esp. of
small cattle) A sheep.-The
word is frequently applied by
Christ to his people.
προέδραμον, 2. aor. ind. of
προτρέχω.
προσαίτης, ου, m. [προσαιτ -
éw, "to importune, beg"] A
beggar.
προσαιτῶν, ούσα, οὖν, contr.
P. pres. of πρoσairéw.
προσέρχομαι, (f. προσ-
ελεύσομαι), p. προσελήλυθα, 2.
aor. προσῆλθον, v. mid. [πρός,
VOCABULARY.
179

"to"; pxoμal, "to come"]
With Dat. To come to or
near to; to come up to, ap-
proach.
προσῆλθον, 2. aor. ind. of
προσέρχομαι.
πpoońveyka, 1. aor. ind. of
προσφέρω.
προσ-κόπτω, (f. προσκόψω),
1. аог. πроσ-éкочα, v. n. [πрós,
"at or against"; кÓTтw, "to
kónτw,
beat or strike"] ("To beat, or
strike," something "against "
an object; hence, in neut.
force) To stumble.
("That which appertains to
eating"; hence) Something to
eat, food, meat.
προσφέρω, (f. προσοίσω),
p. προσενήνοχα, 1. aor. προσε
ήνεγκα, 2. aor. προσήνεγκον,
v. a. [πpós, “to”; pépu, “to
bear or carry "](" To bear, or
carry, to”; hence) 1. With
Acc. and Dat.: To bring,
bring up, to.-2. Of service,
etc.: To offer, render, do,
perform.
πрÓτεроν, comр. adv. [ad-
verbial neut. of πрóтeрos] Be◄
|fore, previously, in time past.
πρότερος, τερα, τερον,
comp. adj. [πρó,
"before"]
In time: Before,
κυνέω,
earlier :-adverbial
sion, тd прóтероν, before, pre-
viously, formerly.

sooner,
expres-
πpoσ-kuvéw -kuvŵ, f. πрoσ-
κυνήσω, 1. aor. προσεκύνησα,
v. n. and a. [Tpós, "to or
towards "; Kuvéw, "to kiss "]
("To kiss-the hand-to or
towards " one as a mark
of respect or homage; hence)
1. Neut. With Dat.: a. To προ-τρέχω, f. προ-δραμοῦμαι,
pay homage to, to do obeis- 2. aor. πроúdрăμov (i. e. πρо-
ance to:-b. To fall down édpăµov), v. n. [mpó, "for-
before, to prostrate one's wards" ; Tρéx∞, "to run "]
self before, as do the Orientals To run forwards.
to this day before a superior. πρόφασις, σεως,
f. [prob.
c. Either alone or with for προφαν- σις ; fr. προφαίνω,
Dat. To worship; iv. 20,"to shew forth," through πρó,
21.-2. Act.: To worship; iv. "forth"; and pav, root of
23, 24.
paívw, "to shew "] (“A shew-
ing forth," as an ostensible
cause or reason; hence, in a
bad sense) A pretext, pretence,
simulation.-N.B. Sometimes
προσφάγιον, του, n. [προσ- this word is assigned to πρό,
pay-eiv, "to eat in addition "beforehand "; and pa, a
to, or with, other food"; root of pnμí, "to speak"; in
φημί,
hence, "to eat generally] this case it must be divided
προσκυνητής, τοῦ, m.
[lengthened fr. πроσкUVE-тhs;
fr. πроσkνvé-w, "to worship"]
A worshipper.
N 2
180
VOCABULARY.
πρó-pă-σis, and means, accord- meaning of the word.-2. The
ing to its origin, "a speaking first that does, etc.; the first
beforehand."
to do, etc.; xx. 4.-3. With
Gen.: Before, sooner than,
etc.; i. 15, 30.
προφητεύω, f. προφητεύ.
Jw, 1. aог. πро-ephтevσa and,
in some editions, επροφήτευσα,
v. n. [πроŃτ-ns, "a pro-
[προφήτης,
phet"]("To be a πродhτηs";
hence) To prophesy.
προφήτης, του, m. [πρό,
"for"; on, root of on-uí,
"to speak"] ("One who
speaks for "
God; hence)
A prophet; i. e., a. An
inspired teacher or preacher.
b. With art. : THE prophet;
i. e. the expected prophet
the Messias or Christ; i. 21.
-c. One who foretells, or
predicts, future events.
دو
πρwt, adv. [akin to πpó,
"before"] Early in the morn-
ing, at dawn or day-break.
πρωία, as, f. [fem. of πρώϊος,
early, at early morn, used
as Subst.] Early hour, time
of early morn, early morning:
—πρωΐας γενομένης, Gen. abs.,
xxi. 4.
πрŵтоν, adv. [adverbial
neut. of πρŵтоs, "first"] In
the first place, first of all,
first.
""
πρῶτος, η, ov, sup. adj.
[contracted fr. Tрó-ǎτоs, syn-
copated fr. πрó-Tăтos; fr. πрó,
"before,' with superlative
suffix TǎTOS] ("Most before,"
in place, rank, time, etc.;
hence) 1. First, in fullest
πτéρνa, as, f. A heel [prob.
akin to Sans. párshni, "a
heel "].
πτύσμα, σμᾶτος, η. [πτύω,
"to spit"]("That which is
spit"; hence) Spittle.
(πτύω, f. πτύσω, p. ἔπτύκα),
1. aor. πTйσα, v. n. To
spit.
πτωχός, ή, όν, adv. [for
πτωκός; fr. πτώσσω τ (=
TTK-σw), "to go about crouch-
ing or cowering," as a beggar
would] ("Going about crouch-
ing or cowering "; hence,
begging"; hence) Poor.-
Ás Subst.: πτωχοί, ὢν,
m. plur. With art.: The
poor.
Tüléσbal, 2. aor. inf. of
avveávoμai.
πυνθάνομαι, f. πεύσομαι,
p. πέπυσμαι, 2. aor. ἐπυθόμην,
v. mid. irreg. To ask, enquire
[root rue, akin to £ans. root
BUDH, "to understand "].
πῦρ, πυρός, η. (“The purify -
ing thing"; hence) Fire, as
meaning originally that which
purifies, etc. [akin to Sans.
root Pû, "to purify "].
πυρ-ετός, ετοῦ, m. [πῦρ,
Tup-ós, "fire"; hence, "fever
heat"] ("That which pertains
to πûρ”; hence) A fever.
VOCABULARY.
181
Twλéw -ŵ, (f. xwλhow), 1. | or spoken"; hence) A word,
aor. ἐπώλησα, ν. 2. To sell.
πῶλος, ου, m. A foal.
Twλovσ(v), masc. dat. plur.
of πωλῶν ; ii. 16.
Twλŵv, oûσa, oûv, contr. P.
pres. of πωλέω.
πώποτε,
Tú-πOTE, adv. [πw, "ever
yet”; roτé, “at any time"]
ποτέ,
Ever yet at any time.
(πωρ-όω -ω, f. πωρώσω), p.
жежάρwкα, v. a. [wp-os, a
species of "stone or marble "]
("To turn" something "into
πŵρos"; hence, "to petrify";
hence) To harden the heart,
feelings, etc.
Tŵs, interrog. adv. In what
way, how [akin to Sans. kas,
"who ?" See TÓTE].
*Paßßí, m. indecl. ("My
most excellent one") Rabbi,
i. e. Master; a term of re-
spect.
'Paßßovví, m. indecl. (=
'Paßßi) Rabboni, i. e. Master.
páтiσ-µа, μăтos, n. [for
ῥάπιδομα ; fr. ῥαπίζω (= ῥαπίδ-
ow), "to strike," etc.] ("That
which strikes"; hence) A blow,
esp. with the open hand.
ῥεύσω, fut. ind. of ῥέω.
(ρέω), f. ρεύσω (Attic ῥνήσω,
p. ěþþúŋka), v.n. To flow [akin
to Sans. root SRU, "to flow"].
¿ñ-µа, µăтos, n. [root on, a
lengthened form of root pe,
whence péw=ěp-w, "to say or
speak "] ("That which is said
saying, declaration, etc.
'Pwµ-aîos, aîa, aîov, adj.
['Póu-n = Rōm-a, "Rome";
the chief city of Italy, and
capital of the Roman Empire]
Of, or belonging to, Rome;
Roman.-As Subst.: 'Pwpaîol,
wv, m. plur. Romans; xi. 48.
'Pwμaï-orí, adv. ['Pwµaî-os,
"Roman," with the diphthong
resolved] After the manner of
a Roman or the Romans; in
the Roman language.
*σάββατον, ου (Dat. plur.
σáßßăσi), n. ("Rest, day of
rest ") Sing. and Plur.: 1. Sab-
bath-day, sabbath.-2. Plur. :
Week; xx. 1, 19.
*Eaλeíµ, n. indecl. Salim ; a
city of which the site is uncer-
tain. St. Jerome mentions that
it was distant 8 miles from
Scythopolis, otherwise Beth-
san, a city of the Manassites.
*Zaµápela, as, f. (“ Guard,
Watch") Samaria: 1. The
city of that name (Hebrew
Shōměron, now Schemrun),
in the tribe of Ephraim, built
by Omri, king of Israel, who
named it after Shemer, the
former owner of the hill on
which it stood; see 1 Kings
xvi. 24. It was the capital of
the ten tribes.-2. The coun-
try round the city of Samaria.
Through this country it is
said at iv. 4 that it was need-

182
VOCABULARY.
ful for Christ to pass in going
to Jerusalem from Galilee.
This statement of St. John is
borne out by the Jewish his-
torian Josephus, who writes
that it was absolutely necessary
for those who desired to go
expeditiously from Galilee to
Jerusalem to pass through this
district, and that by so doing
they might reach their destina-
tion in three days.
Zaμapeί TηS, TOV, M. [Zauáp-
El-α, "Samaria"] A man of
Samaria, a Samaritan.
Σαμαρείτις,
Zapapeît-is, idos, f. [Zaμap-
[Σαμαρ
είτης,
"A Samaritan "] A
female Samaritan, a woman
of Samaria.
σáρž, σаρкós, f.: 1. Flesh;
σαρκός,
vi. 52.-2. Fleshly, or carnal,
human nature; viii. 15.-3.
A person, human being; xvii.
2.-4. A body as consisting
of flesh; vi. 51.
*】ătăvâs, â, m. (“ Advers-
ary") Satan; i. e. the chief
of the rebellious fallen spirits,
the enemy of God and man.
σε αυτοῦ, αὐτῆς, αυτοῦ (only
in sing. number), reflexive pron.
of 2. person [rú, "thou or
you"; avтoû, gen. of avrós,
"self"] Of thyself or yourself,
etc.
σημαίνω, (f. σημανῶ, p.
σεσήμαγκα), 1. aor. ἐσήμηνα
and) ἐσήμανα, v. a. [akin to
σñμɑ, “a sign, signal "] To
signify, point out, declare.
σημαίνων, ουσα, ον, Ρ. pres.
of onuaívw.
σημαίνω.
σημείον, ου, n. [akin to
oñμa, "a sign "] 1. A sign,
token, etc.-2. A miraculous
sign, a miracle.
*Eλwáu, m. ind. ("Emis-
sion; Outlet") Siloam (now
Selwán); an aqueduct and
small reservoir on the S.E. of
Jerusalem.
*Σίμων, ωνος, m. (“A hear-
ing ") Simon: 1. The original
name of Peter, the brother of
Andrew, and son of Jonas.-
2. The father of Judas Is-
cariot; vi. 71, etc.
σîtos, ov, m. (irreg. plur.
σîra, wv, n.) Wheat, corn,
grain.
*Eɩúv, m.indecl. ("Sunny")
Sion; the loftiest and most
south-western of the hills on
which Jerusalem was built.
Often put for Jerusalem itself.
σκανδαλίζω, f. σκανδαλο
ĭow, 1. aor. ẻσkávdadioa, v. a.
[σкávdăλ-ov, "a snare
"laid
for the enemy; hence, "a
stumbling-block, cause of
offence or stumbling"] 1.
Act. : To be a stumbling-block
to one; to make one to stumb-
le; to prove a cause of
offence, or stumbling, to one;
to offend.-2. Pass. : σκανδαλ-
τζομαι, 1. aor. ἐσκανδαλίσθην,
1. f. σκανδαλισθήσομαι, Το be
made to stumble; to stumble ;
to be offended.
VOCABULARY.
183
okavdădioßĤte, 2. pers.
plur. 1. aor. subj. pass. of
σκανδαλίζω.
σκέλος, εος ους, η.
σKEûos, eos ous, n. A vessel,
A leg.
or implement, of any kind;
at xix. 29 applied to a vessel
for holding liquids.
仆​,
σkην-O-πηy-ĭa, ias, f. [σkny-
ʼn, "a tent"; (o) connecting
vowel ; πηγ, root of πήγνυμι,
"to fasten or fix"] ("A
fastening, or fixing, of tents ")
The feast of tabernacles;
when the Jews dwelt for
seven days under booths form-
ed of the boughs of trees, after
the ingathering of the harvest;
see Deut. xvi. 16 ; Levit. xxiii.
42.
rr
;
σκηνόω -ω, f. σκηνώσω, 1.
aor. čσkhvwσα, v. n. [σênν-h,
"a tent "](" To pitch a tent,
to encamp"; hence) To live,
or dwell, as in a tent.
σκληρός, ά, όν, adj. (“ Hard,
dry"; hence, figuratively)
Hard, austere, etc.
σκορπίζω, (f. σκορπίσω),
1. aor. ẻσkóρnioa, v. a. To
scatter, disperse, etc.-Pass.:
1. aor. ἐσκορπίσθην.
σкоρπɩσoîte, 2. pers. plur.
1. aor. subj. pass. of σкоρπíŚw.
σkoT-ia, ias, f. [akin to
σKÓT-OS; Sее σKÓTOS] Dark-
ness.
σKÓTOS, EOS OUs, n. ("The
covering thing"; hence) Dark-
ness [akin to Sans. root CHHAD
(original form SKAD), “to
cover"].
oμúpva, ns, f. Myrrh.
σμύρνα,
σoí, dat. sing. of σú.
*Σολομών, ὧνοs, m. (“ Paci-
fic ") Solomon; the son and
successor of king David. He
reigned over Judah and Israel
for forty years, from 1015 to
975 B.C.; see 1 Kings xi. 42.
σ-ós, ʼn, óv, possess. pron.
[o-ú, "thou or you"] Belong-
ing to thee, thy, thine, your.
As Subst.: σá, σŵv, n. plur.
Things belonging to thee, thy
things.
σú.
σoû, gen. sing. of σú; see
σουδάριον, ου, n. [Gr. form
of Lat. sudarium, "a cloth for
wiping of perspiration”; hence,
generally) A napkin ;—at xi.
44 and xx. 7 applied to the
linen bandage round the face
and head of a dead person.
σπeîρa, as, f. ("A coil, fold,
σπεῖρα,
twist ") A body of soldiers; a
cohort.
σπείρω, (f. σπερῶ, p. ἔσπαρ-
ka), 1. aor. čσтeipa, v. a. [root
oneρ or σnаp] To sow, whe-
σπερ σπαρ]
ther in a proper or figurative
sense.
σπέρμα, μᾶτος, n. [σπερ,
a root of σneiрw, "to sow"]
("That which is sown"; hence,
"seed" of a plant, etc.; hence)
Of persons: Seed, offspring,
children.
σπήλαιον, ου, n. [akin to
184
VOCABULARY.
σréos, "a cave"] A cave,
den.
σróνYOS, ov, m. A sponge.
στάδιοι, ων ; see στάδιον.
σrádi ov, ov, n. (irreg. plur.
στάδιοι, ων, m.) [στάδιos
"standing firm"]("That which
stands firm"; hence) As a fixed
standard of length: A stadium
or stade = 600 Greek feet, or a
fraction over 606 English feet;
—at vi. 19 σταδίους εἰκοσιπέντε
is Acc. of "space of place":
—ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε, fif.
teen furlongs off, xi. 18; for
construction see πήχυς.
σταυρός (dissyll.), υροῦ, m.
[ίστημι,
[lornui, "to stand"; through
root σTa] (“That which
stands upright; hence, as
being fixed upright in the
ground) A cross as an instru-
ment of punishment.
σταυρόω -ώ, f. σταυρώσω, 1.
aor. ἐσταύρωσα, ν. a. [σταυρός,
a cross"] To fasten, or nail,
to a cross; to crucify.-Pass.:
(σταυρ - όομαι -ούμαι), p.
ἐσταύρωμαι, 1. aor. ἐσταυρώθην.
σταυρωθῇ,
στаνρwen, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of σravρów.
σravρŵσaι, 1. aor. inf. of
σταυρόω.
σтavρúσăτε, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of σravρów.
στaúρwσov, 1. aor. imperat.
of σταυρόω.
στavρwow, fut. ind. of
σταυρόω.
στέφ ἄνος, ἄνου, m. [στέφε
w, "to crown "] (“That which
crowns"; hence) A crown ;-
at xix. 2, 5, made of thorns.
στĤlos, eos ous, n. A breast.
στήσας, ασα, αν, Ρ. 1. aor.
of ἵστημι.
σTOά, âs, f. ("That which
stands " upright, etc.; hence)
A porch, colonnade [like
lornu, akin to Sans. root
STHA, "to stand"].
m.
στόμα, ατος, n. A mouth.
στρατιώτης, ώτου,
[στρατι-ά, " an army ”] (“One
made for an army"; hence) A
soldier.
στραφείς, είσα, έν, P. 2. aor.
pass. of σrpépw; see σтPÉÒW.
p.
στρέφω, (f. στρέψω,
oτpopa), 1. aor. čσтрeya, v. a.
To turn.-Mid.: σтpédoμaι, 2.
aor. pass.in mid. force, ẻστpăp-
ŋv, To turn one's self, to turn
or turn round.
σύ, σοῦ (plur. ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν),
pron. pers. Thou, you ;-the
gen., dat., and acc. sing. are
used enclitically [akin to Sans.
yu-shmad].
or
(συγ-γενής, έs, adj. [for συν-
γενής; fr. σύν, “ with ”; γεν,
root of yiyvoμai, "to be born"]
("Born with " another
others; i. e. from the same
parents or stock; hence) Of the
same family, akin, related.—
As Subst. :) συγγενής, έος οὓς,
m. A kinsman, relative, rela-
tion.
συγχράομαι χρῶμαι, (f.
VOCABULARY.
185
σvv-|
συγχρήσομαι), v. mid. [for συν-
χράομαι; fr. σύν, “ with ”; χρά-
oμai, "to use "] ("To use with,
or in common with," another;
hence) With Dat.: To have
dealings with, to associate or
have intercourse with.
φέρω; fr. σύν, “ together ";
φέρω, " to bring "] (“ To bring
together, collect," etc.; hence)
1. To be of use to; to be pro-
fitable or advantageous.— 2.
Impers.: σupoépeɩ, It is ad-
vantageous, expedient, etc.
σúv, prep. gov. dat. only.
With, together with.
ouv-ǎyw, f. oŭv-áşw, 2. aor.
συν- ήγαγον, v. a. [σύν,
σvyxp@vtal, contr. 3. pers.
plur. pres. ind. of σvyxpávμaι.
συκῆ, ῆς, f. [contr.fr. συκέη
(= συκ-έα), fr. σύκ-ον, “a fig”]
"That which belongs to σuk-gether"; yw, "to lead"] ("To
ov"; hence) A fig-tree.
συλ-λαμβάνω, f. συλλήψο-
μai, p. σvv-eíλnpa, 2. aor. σvv-
éλăßov, v. a. [for ovv-λauß-
ἄνω ; fr. σύν, in " augmenta
tive" force; λaußărw,
λαμβάνω, " to
take"] ("To take firm hold
of"; hence) To seize, arrest,
apprehend, etc.
συμ-βουλεύω, (f. συμ-βουλ-
εύσω), 1. aor. συνεβούλευσα,
v. a. [for σvv-Bouλeuw; fr.
σύν,
ouv, "with"; Bouλeuw, "to
βουλεύω,
take counsel"] To take counsel
with another, i. e. to consult
one.
Mid. (ovμ-Bovλevo |
μai), 1. aor. ovveВovλevσăμny
("To take counsel with one's
self;" i.e.) To deliberate, con-
sult, etc.
συμ-μαθητής, μαθητοῦ, m.
[for σvv-μaonths; fr. σuv,
συν-μαθητής; σύν,
"with"; μaonths, "a disci-
μαθητής,
ple"] ("One who is a disciple
with another "; i. e.) A fellow-
disciple.
συμφέρω, f. συν-οίσω, p.
σuv-evhvoxa, v. n. [for ovv.
to-
lead together"; hence) 1. Act.:
a. Το collect, gather.b. Το
gather together, gather, etc.,
a body of persons.-2. Pass.:
συνάγομαι, p. συν-ῆγμαι, 1.
aor. συνήχθην, 1. fut. συν-
axonooμai, To be collected or
gathered together.
συν-αγ-ωγή, ής, f. [for συν-
αγ-αγ-ή; fr. σύν, " together";
ἀγ (root of ἄγω, " to lead "
reduplicated] ("A leading, or
gathering, together"; hence,
"that which is gathered toge-
ther"; hence, "an assembly";
hence, "a place of assembly";
hence) Of the Jews: A syn-
agogue, i. e. the place where
they assembled for their re-
ligious services.
συνέδριον, ου, n. [συνεδρία,
"a sitting together" in coun-
cil] ("A thing pertaining to
ovvedpía"; hence) A council
consisting of persons sitting
together in deliberation, etc.
In Gr. Test., (a. A council of
the elders, etc., in each city for
186
VOCABULARY.
the purpose of deciding lesser
matters.-b.) The great coun-
cil of the nation in which sat
the High Priest, those who had
filled the office of High Priest,
and the chief priests, together
with certain Scribes and others
as their assessors. It took
cognizance of all important
causes, whether civil or re-
ligious. The High Priest was
at its head, and those associ-
ated with him were seventy in
number; so that the whole
council consisted of seventy-
one members.
ήσεως,
συνείδησις,
f.
[ovvid-eîv, "to know with
one's self"; i. e. "to be con-
scious"] ("A being conscious";
hence) Conscience.
(συν-εισέρχομαι), 2. aor.
συν-εισῆλθον, v. mid. [σύν,
"with"; eloépxoμal, "to go
into, enter"] With Dat. of per-
son and eis with its Acc.: To
go, or enter, into something
with some person or persons.
συνεισῆλθον, 2. aor. ind. of
· συνεισέρχομαι.
συνέλαβον, 2. aor. ind. of
συλλαμβάνω.
σvvereleíμny, pluperf. ind.
pass. of ovvтíonμ; see σvv-
ríonu.
oŭvnyμévos, n, ov, P. perf.
pass. of ovvǎyw.
συνήθεια, είας, f. [συνήθης,
"accustomed "] ("The state
or condition of the συνήθης”;
hence) Custom.
σvvýx0ηv, 1. aor. ind. pass.
of ovvayw.
(συντίθημι, f. συν-θήσω,
v. a. [oúv, "together"; Tí-
Onu, "to put"] To put, or
place, together.)-Mid.: (ovv-
Tileμat), pluperf. pass. in mid.
force, ovv-eтeleíμny ("To put
together for one's self" with
some one else; hence) To
agree, etc., about doing some-
thing.
συντριβήσομαι, 2. fut. ind.
pass. of συντρίβω.
συν-τρίβω, f. συν-τρίψω, 1.
aor. ovv-éтpila, v. a. [σúv,
together"; Tpißw, "to rub"]
("To rub together"; hence)
To break.-Pass.: σvvтρíẞ-
ομαι, p. συν-τέτριμμαι, (2. aor.
συνέτριβην), 2. f. συντριβ
ήσομαι.
σύρω, (f. σύρω, Ρ. σεσ.ρκα),
συνελθών, ούσα, όν, P. 2. v. a. To draw, drag.
aor. of συνέρχομαι.
συνέρχομαι, (f. συνελεύσε
ομαι), p. συν-ελήλυθα, 2. aor.
συνῆλθον, v. n. [σύν, “to-
gether”; ἔρχομαι, “to come
or go”] To come, or go, to-
gether.
σύρων, ουσα, ον, P. pres. of
ov,
σύρω.
συ-σταυρόομα -σταυρ
οῦμαι, p. συνέσταυρῶμαι, 1.
aor. συνεσταυρώθην, v. pass.
[for συν-σταυρόομαι ; fr. σύν,
"together with"; σтavρóομaι,
σταυρόομαι,
VOCABULARY.
187
"to be crucified"] To be cruci-
fied together with another.
συσταυρωθείς, εἶσα, έν, P.
1. aor. of συσταυρόομαι.
*Zvxáp, f. indecl. Sychar;
prob. late name of Sichem or
Shechem (“Back or Ridge "),
a city of Samaria, in the land
of Ephraim, between Mount
Ebal and Mount Gerizim. Its
modern name is Nablus =
Neάroλis, "New Town"; see
Samaria, no. 2.
σφραγίζω, (f. σφραγίσω
and σφραγίω), 1. aor. ἐσφράγ-
ἴσα, v. a. [for σφραγίδ-σω; fr.
oppayid-ow;
σφραγίς, σφραγιδος, “a seal"]
("To seal, set a seal upon";
hence) 1. To accredit or ap-
point, as an envoy, etc.-2.
To ratify, affirm, give one's
assent to.
σχίζω, (f. σχίσω), 1. aor.
čoxioa, v. a. ("To cut, cleave,
split"; hence) To rend, or
tear.-Pass.: oxisoμal, (p.
ἔσχισμαι), 1. aor. ἐσχίσθην
Lakin to Sans. root CHHID
(oxisw = oxid-ow), “to cut”].
σχίσμα, μᾶτος, n. [for
σχίδομα; fr. σχίζω (= σχίδ
ow), "to rend "] ("That
which is rent"; hence) A
division, disagreement, schism.
oxiowμev, 1. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. of oxījw, used in
hortatory force: Let us (not)
rend, xix. 24; cf. ǎywμev in
ἄγω.
σχοινίον, ἴου, n. dim.
66
"a
[oxoîv-os,
a rush" ; hence,
"a rope or cord" made of
twisted rushes; hence,
rope or cord" generally] A
small cord.
σώζω, f. σώσω, p. σέσωκα,
1. aor. čσwoα, v. a. [ow-s,
"safe"]("To make safe";
hence) 1. To save, in the full-
est meaning of the term.-2.
To save from death, preserve;
and Pass.: To be healed, to
recover from sickness ; xi. 12.
-Pass. : σώζομαι, p. σέσωσ-
μαι, 1. aor. ἐσώθην, 1. f.
σωθήσομαι.
σωθῇ,
owen, 3. pers. sing. 1. aor.
subj. pass. of σwsw.
owlnoopal, 1. fut. ind. pass.
of ow(w.
σwonτe, 2. pers. plur. 1. aor.
subj. pass. of ow¢w.
σῶμα, ἅτος, n. A body.
σῶσαι, 1. aor. inf. of σώζω.
o@σov, 2. pers. sing. 1. aor.
imperat. of ośw.
σώσω, 1. aor. subj. of σώζω ;
xii. 47.
σωτήρ, τῆρος, m. [σώζω,
"to
who
save"] ("One
saves”; hence) A saviour.
σωτηρία, ίας, f. [σωτήρ,
"a saviour "] ("The thing
pertaining to a σωτήρ” ;
hence) Salvation.
Tăρaσσéolw, 3. pers. sing.
pres. imperat. pass. of Ta-
ράσσω.
ταράσσω (ταράττω), (f.
188
VOCABULARY.
Tăpákw), 1. aor. èrápača, v. a. | which is brought forth ";
To disturb, trouble, whether hence) A child, whether male
physically or mentally.-Pass.: or female.
ταράσσομαι (ταράττομαι), p.
τετάραγμαι, 1. aor. ἐταράχθην,
(1. f. ταραχθήσομαι) [akin to
Sans. root TRAS, "to tremble";
-in causative force, "to cause
to tremble, to frighten "].
ταραχή, ης, f. [for ταραγ-
ή; from ταράσσω, “to trou-
ble," through verbal root
Tapay] (“A troubling"; hence)
A troubling, disturbing, of
water; v. 4.
1.
Tăρaxon, 3. pers. sing.
aor. subj. pass. of Tapáσow.
ταῦτα ; see οὗτος.
ταχ. έως, adv.
[Tax-ús,
quick"] Quickly, speedily,
with speed or haste.
Taxú, adv. [adverbial neut.
of Taxús, “quick”] = Taxéws.
τέ, conj. And :—τέ. . . καί,
both... and, ii. 15 [like
Lat. que, akin to Sans. cha,
"and"].
τεθέαμαι, perf. ind.ofθεάομαι.
τέθεικα, perf. ind. of τίθημι.
τεθεραπευμένος, η, ον, Ρ.
perf. pass. of Deрaneúw.
Teðvηкús, vĩa, ós, P. perf.
of θνήσκω.
τελει-όω -ω, (f. τελειώσω),
p. τετελείωκα, 1. aor. ἐτελεί
ωσα, v. a. [TÉλEL-Os, "per-
fect"] 1. To make perfect;
xvii. 23.-2. To complete, ac-.
complish, fulfil.—Pass. : (Ted-
ει-όομαι -οῦμαι), p. τετελείω
μαι, 1. aor. ἐτελειώθην.
TeλELWon, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. pass. of TeλELÓW.
TEλELÓσw, 1. aor. subj. of
τελειόω, iv. 34, ν. 36.
v.
V.
•
τελ-έω -ω, (f. τελέσω and
τελῶ), p. τετέλεκα, 1. aor.
ἐτέλεσα, v. a. [τέλος, an
end"] ("To bring to an end”;
hence) 1. To finish, complete,
accomplish.-2. Impers. Perf.
Pass.: TETÉλEOTAL, It is fin-
ished; xix. 30; but at xix. 28
τετέλεσται has for its subject
the nom. neut. plur. Távτα.—
Pass.: (Teλ-éopaι -oûμaι, s.
τετέλεσμαι, 1. aor. ἐτελέσθην,
1. fut. τελεσθήσομαι.
Téλos, Eos ous, n. An end:-
εἰς τέλος, to the end of life,
i. e. constantly or uninter-
ruptedly.
τέρας, ᾶτος, n. A wonder,
TekV-ĭov, ĭov, n. dim. [TÉKV-marvel, portent.
ov, a child"] A little child;
—at xiii. 33 used as a term of
affection.
TÉK-VOV, VOV, n. [TEK, a root
of TiKTW (of a female parent),
"to bring forth"] ("That
τεσσαράκοντα, num. adj.
indecl. [Téσoap-es,
"four";
(a) connecting vowel; KOV-Tα
see Tтрlákovтa] ("Provided
with four tens"; and so)
Forty.
VOCABULARY.
189
τέσσαρες (τέτταρες), α,
num. adj. plur. Four.-As
Subst.: Téσσăpes, wv, m. plur.
Four men [akin to Sans.
chatur, "four"].
τετάρακται, 3. pers. sing.
perf. ind. pass. of rapάoow.
ταράσσω.
τεταρτ-αῖος, αλα, αἷον, adj.
[τετάρτη, "fourth day"]
("Pertaining to the fourth
day"; hence) Of a dead per-
son: Four days dead or de-
ceased.
Teteλelwμévos, n, ov, P. perf.
pass. of τελειόω.
TετŃρηка, perf. ind. of
τηρέω.
τετρ-ά-μην-ος, ον, adj. [τέτ-
Tap-es (sometimes in com-
pound words, as here, TETρ-a),
"four"; (a) connecting vowel;
uny, "a month"]("Pertaining
μήν,
to four months"; hence)
Lasting four months, of four
months' duration.-As Subst.:
teтpáμnvos, ov, m. A space,
or interval, of four months.
TETÚPAWKα, perf. ind. of
τυφλόω.
τηρ-έω
Tηp-éw -ŵ, f. Tnphow, p.
TετŃρηка, 1. aor. érhρnσa, v. a.
[Tnp-ós, "a watch or guard"]
1. To watch, guard, keep,
preserve.-2. To keep, keep
back, retain.-3. Of a com-
mand, etc.: To observe, keep,
perform, obey.
™ηpýσăte, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. imperat. of τnpéw.
Tηpηon, 3. pers. sing. 1.
aor. subj. of Tnpéw.
™ηpηonte, 2. pers. plur. 1.
aor. subj. of Tηpéw.
τήρησον, 1. aor. imperat
of τηρέω.
τηρήσω, fut. ind. of τηρέω.
τηρῶν, οὖσα, ον, contr. P.
pres. of Tnpéw.
τηρέω.
Τιβεριάς, ἄδος, f. [Τιβέριο
os, Lat. Tiberius, "Tiberius"]
Tiberias, i. e. "the city of
Tiberius." This city was the
capital of Galilee, and was
built by Herod Antipas in
honour of the Roman Emperor
Tiberius, on the borders of the
great inland sea or lake, var-
iously called the Sea of Galilee,
of Tiberias, and of Gennesaret;
at vi. 1 rs Tißepiádos is in
Τιβεριάδος
apposition to Tñs Faλiλaías,
and is equivalent to "viz.
that of Tiberias," or "which
is also called the Sea of Ti-
berias."
τίθημι, f. θήσω, p. τέθεικα,
1. aoг. 0ŋkа (found only in
indic.), 2. aor. ě0ŋv, v. a.—1.
To put, place, set; xix. 19.-
2. To set forth, put on table,
before guests; ii. 10.-3. To
lay down, surrender, give up,
life; x. 15, etc.-4. To lay
aside, take off, garments;
xiii. 4.-5. To lay in the
grave, etc.; xi. 34; xx. 2, etc
-6. To ordain, appoint, etc.;
xv. 16.-Pass.: Tibeμal, (p.
190
VOCABULARY.
τέθειμμαι), 1. aor. ἐτέθην, (1.
fut. τεθήσομαι).
Tik-Tw, f. (TéĘw and) réco-
μаι, (p. TÉTOKα), v. n. Of a
woman: To be in the act of
bringing forth, to be in labour
or travail [akin to Sans.
root TAKSH, "to fabricate,
form, make"; whence, also,
Sans. tok-a "offspring "].
Tiµ-áw -ŵ, f. Tiμhow, (p.
τετίμηκα), 1. aor. ἐτίμησα,
v. a. [Tiµ-ń, “honour"] To
honour.
tī-µń, µñs, f. [Ti-w, "to
μή,
honour"]("That which hon-
ours ; hence) Honour.
pres. of τιμάω.
Tírλos, ov, m. [Gr. form of
Lat. titulus] An inscription,
superscription, label, title.-
Among the Romans, when
slaves were condemned to be
crucified, they were first
scourged, then nailed to a
cross with a label or inscription
on their breast, intimating
the cause of their punishment.
When Jesus was crucified, the
τίτλος which Pilate wrote and
affixed to the cross proclaimed
the reason of His being put to
death;-for the cry of the
Priests, "If thou let this man
thou art not Cæsar's friend:

go,
Tiμŵv, wσα, wv, contr. P. whosoever maketh himself a
king speaketh against Cæsar,"
induced the Roman Governor,
through fear of being accused
of treason against the Emperor,
to pass the fatal sentence; in-
asmuch as before that "Pilate
sought to release Him"; see
xix. 12 sqq.
:
1. TIS, TI, (Gen. Tivós),
indef. pron. Some, any.-As
Subst. a. Masc.: (a) Some
one, any one.-(b) Plur.
Some persons,some.-b.Neut.:
Sing. Something, anything.
2. τίς, τί, (Gen. τίνος),
interrog. pron.: 1. Who, which,
what ?Adverbial neut. : τί,
Why? wherefore? xviii. 23.
As Subst. a. Masc.: Tís,
Which person? what person?
who?-b. Neut.: T, What
thing? what ?τί ἐμοὶ καὶ
ooi, what is there in common
to me and to thee? i. e. what
have I to do with thee? ii. 4.
-2. Which, or whether, of
the two.-As Subst. : τί,
Which, or whether, of two
things.
τοιοῦτος, τοιαύτη, τοιοῦτο,
(Gen. τοιούτου, τοιαύτης, τοιού-
Tov, etc.), dem. pron. Of such
kind, nature, or quality; such.
As Subst.: a. TOLDûtol, wy,
τοιοῦτοι,
m. plur. Such persons, such.
b. τοιαῦται, ων, f. plur.
Such women, such.-C. TOL-
aûra, wv, n. plur. Such things,
such like things.
τολμ-άω ω, f. τολμήσω,
(p. τετόλμηκα), 1. aor. ἐτόλμ
noα, v. n. [тóλµ-a, “courage,
daring"] (“To have тóλμα
VOCABULARY,
191
hence) With Inf. To dare,
venture, etc., to do, etc.
τόπος, ου, m. Α place, spot.
τοσοῦτος, αύτη, οῦτο, dem.
pron. [a lengthened form of
Tóσ-os, “so great,” etc.] 1. Of
quantity: So great, so vast.
2. Of number: So many,
so numerous.-As Subst.: Too-
oûtol, wv, m. plur. So many
persons, 80 many.-3. Of
time: So long ;-at xiv. 9
TOσOÛTOV XPÓvov is Acc. of
"duration of time."
Tóre, adv. At that time,
then.
τοῦτο; see οὗτος,
τρ-α-πεζα, πέζης, f. [prob.
shortened fr. TETρ-ά-ñĒŠα, i. e.
τετρ-ά-πεδ-σα=τετρ-ά-ποδ-σα;
fr. TÉTρ-α = TÉTTap-es, "four";
(a) connecting vowel; rous,
ποδός,
Tod-ós, "a foot "] ("A thing
with four feet"; hence) A
four-footed table; a table in
general.
τρεῖς, τρία, (Gen. τριῶν, Dat.
Tpioí), num. adj. plur. Three
[akin to Sans. tri, “three ”].
(τρέχω, θρέξω (late) and
δραμοῦμαι), 2. aor. ἔδραμον,
v. n. To run.
Tρi-á-koν-тa, num. adj. in-
decl. Thirty [τρεῖς, τρι-ων,
"three "; (a) connecting vow-
el; kov (= çan, in Sans. da-
çan),
"ten";
Ta suffix (=
Lat. tus), "provided with";
and hence, literally, "provided
with three tens "].
τρι-α-κόσ-ΐοι, ἵαι, ἵα, num.
adj. plur. Three hundred ;
at xii. 5 τριακοσίων δηναρίων
is the Gen. of " price” [τρεῖς,
Tpl-ŵv, "three "; (a) connect-
ing vowel; Sans. çat-î, short-
ened fr. daçan-ti, "a hundred";
plur. Gr. suffix to, "pertaining
to three hundred
;-80, in
Sans. pancha-catî, "five hun-
dred "].
τρί-ς, adv. [τρεῖς, τριῶν,
"three "] Three times, thrice.
Tpírov, adv., [adverbial neut.
of Tpíros, "third"] Thirdly,
for the third time; in the
third instance; xxi. 14.
τρίτος, τη, τον, adj. [id.]
("Provided with three";
hence) Third-Adverbial ex-
pression, Tò Tρítov, the third
time; xxi. 17.
τροφή, ής, f. [for τροφή; fr.
Tрép-w, "to nourish "] (“That
which nourishes "; hence)
Food;-at iv. 8 in plur.
τρώγω, (f. τρώξομαι), ν. 2.
To eat.
τρώγων, ουσα, ov, P. pres.
of τρώγω.
TÚTOS, ov, m. ("A blow";
hence) A mark, stamp, print,
etc., as produced by a blow, etc.
"ob-
τυφλός, λή, λόν, adj. [τύφ-
os, "smoke, mist"] ("Pertain-
ing to rûpos"; hence,
scured by smoke or mist";
hence) With regard to the
sight: Blind.-As Subst.:
τυφλός, ού, m. A blind man.
192
VOCABULARY.
P.
τυφλόω -ω, (f. τυφλώσω),
p. τετύφλωκα, 1. aor. ἐτύφλ-
wσa, v. a. [Tupλ-ós, "blind"]
To make blind, to blind.
vy-ïns, ĭés, adj. Strong in
health, healthy, whole [prob.
akin to Sans. root VAJ, "to
strengthen "].
data, nom. and acc. plur.
of ὕδωρ.
idp-ĭa, ĭas, f. [údp-aívw, "to
water"]("That which waters";
hence) A water-pot, bucket,
pitcher.
ὕδωρ, ᾶτος, n. Water;
at iii. 23 in plur. [akin to
Sans. udan, "water"].
"to lead one's self"; i. e.) "to
g0"] (“Το g0_ gradually
away"; hence) 1. To go away,
withdraw, retire, depart.-2.
πaуe, 2. pers. sing. pres. im-
perat. Go thy way.
ὑπαντάω -αντῶ, (f. ὑπ-αντο
how and iπ-avтhσoμai), 1. aor.
ὑπήντησα, v. n. [ὑπό, denot-
ing "gradually"; åvτáw, “to
meet"]("To meet gradually";
hence) To go to meet; to
meet.
ὑπάντησις, ήσεως, f. [ὑπαντο
άω, "to go to meet "] A going
to meet:—ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντο
now, they went forth (for a
going to meet him; i.e.) in
order to meet him, xii. 13.
v-iós (dissyll.), Loû, m.
("One begotten or brought úπéρ, prep. gov. gen. (and
forth"; hence) A son:-8 acc.) ("Above "; hence, from
|
the notion of standing above
one to afford protection) For,
in behalf of.
vids avoρárov, the son of man,
i. e. Christ as to his human
nature; xii. 23, etc. ;—viòs Toû
EOû, the son of God, i. e.
Christ as to his divine nature;
i. 34;-so, at iii. 35, Christ is
termed viós in reference to
God, who is called warp.
ὑμεῖς, ὑμῶν, ὑμῖν, ὑμᾶς, plur.
οι σύ.
ὑμέτερος, έτερα, έτερον,
pron. poss. [vμ-eîs, "ye, you"]
("Of, or belonging to, you")
Your, yours.
ὕπαγε; see ὑπάγω.
vπ-ăуw, (f. vñ-ážw, 2. aor.
in-hyǎyov), v. n. [π-6, denot-
ing "gradually or slowly";
yw, (as if in reflexive force,
|
ὑπήντησα, 1. aor. ind. of
Tavтáw.
ὑπηρέτης, ηρέτου, m.
[lengthened fr. úπ-epéτns; fr.
υπό, “ under”; ἐρέτης, а
rower ”] (“ An under-rower,
an under-seaman"; hence) A
servant, etc.
Úπ-VOS, VOU, M. Sleep [akin
to Sans. root SVAP, "to
sleep"]
ÚTÓ, prep.gov.gen. and acc.:
1. With Gen.: a. Under,
beneath.-b. Of the Agent:
By.-2. With Acc.: Under,
beneath.
VOCABULARY.
193
ὑφαν-τός, τή, τόν, adj. [ύφαν,
root of ὑφαίνω, " to weave"]
Woven.
ὑπόδειγμα, μᾶτος, n. [for
ὑπόδεικ-μα; fr. ὑποδείκνυμι,
"to shew by tracing out"
hence, "to set as an example"] ὑψ-σω -ω, f. ὑψώσω, 1. aor.
("That which is set as anywσa, v.a. [y-os, "height"]
example"; hence) An example, | ("To give height to"; hence)
pattern, model.
vπódη-µа, μăтos, n. [length-
ened fr. vπóde-µa; fг. vñodé-w,
"to bind beneath "]("That
which is bound beneath" the
foot; hence) A sandal.
ὑπο-κάτω, adv. [ὑπό,
"under”; kάтw, "beneath"]
("Under and beneath"; hence)
With Gen.: Underneath, be-
neath.
ὑπο-μιμνήσκω, f. ύπος
μνήσω, 1. aor. ὑπ-έμνησα, v. a.
[úró, "without force" (cf. Lat.
sub); μιμνήσκω,
"to re-
mind"] With double Acc. :
To remind one, or put one in
mind, of something; xiv. 26.
ὕσσωπος, ου, m. Hyssop;
an aromatic plant, used in
Jewish rites of purification for
sprinkling water or the blood
of sacrifices; see Num. xix. 6;
Exod. xii. 22; Heb. ix. 19.
|
|
To lift up, raise on high;-at
iii. 14, of the Brazen Serpent
in the wilderness; but in the
other passages of St. John's
Gospel, of Christ lifted up on
the Cross.-Pass.: ip-óoμal
-οῦμαι, 1. aor. ὑψώθην, 1. fut.
whooμal.
iwîval, 1. aor. inf. pass.
of ivów.
vwłŵ, 1. aor. subj. pass. of

ὑψόω.
ὕψωσα, 1. aor. ind. of
iów.
φαγεῖν, φάγω, φαγών,
ovσa, óv, inf., subj. and part.
of ἔφαγον.
pa(í)v-w, f. ¢ăvŵ, p tépay-
ka, v. n. To shine [akin to
Sans. root BHA, "to shine"].
þăvep-ów -ŵ, f. păvepwow,
1. aor. ¿păvépwra, v. a. [pavep-
ós, "manifest"] 1. Act.: To
ὑστερ-έω -ω, (f. ὑστερήσω), make manifest.-2. Pass.: Το
р. VσTÉρηка, 1. aor. vστépηoa, be made manifest; to appear;
v.n.[vrtep-os,“behind,latter”] | —in Touto hồn apitov epave-
τοῦτο τρίτον εφανερ
("To be vσTEρos"; hence, " to win & 'Inσoûs, xxi. 14, TOÛTO
be behind or behindhand"; is Acc. of respect, and TpíTOV
hence) With Gen. of thing: is an adv. The words are
To be in lack of something. literally, As to this (i.e. in
VσTEPOV, adv. [adverbial this matter or on this occa-
ὕστερον,
neut. of vστepos, "later"] At a sion) Jesus now for the third
later time, later, afterwards. time appeared or shewed Him-
St. John.
194
VOCABULARY.
self; the English rendering, of former ages. As a body,
"this is now the third time
that," etc., misleads as to the
grammatical construction of
the passage. For the two
previous occasions on which
Jesus appeared to His disciples,
see xx. 19, 26.—Pass.: păvep-
όομαι -οῦμαι, p. πεφανέρωμαι,
1. aor. ἐφανερώθην, 1. f. φανερ-
ωθήσομαι.
φανερωθῇ,
păvεpwon, 3. pers. sing.
1. aor. subj. pass. of pavepów.
φανερ ὣς, adv. [φανερός,
"manifest, open"]("After
the manner of the pavepós";
φανερός
hence) Manifestly, openly; i.e.
publicly, or in a public
manner.
þăv-ós, oû, m. [dav, root of
φαίνω,
palva, "to shine"] ("That
which shines or gives light";
hence) A torch.
*Φαρισαῖος, ου, m. (“One
separated" from others, as
being under self-controul;
from root PHÂRUSH, "to se-
parate";-by some, however,
connected with the same root
in the derived force of "to
declare distinctly," and so," an
expounder, or teacher," of the
law) A Pharisee. The Phari-
sees were a Jewish sect noted
for their punctilious observ-
ance of the rites and forms
prescribed by the Mosaic Law,
and for their strict observance
of tradition; i.e. of the pre-
cepts and opinions of teachers
however, they cared but little
for inward purity and holi-
ness.
φαῦλος, η, ov, also os, oy,
adj. Bad, evil, wicked.-As
Subst.: paûha, wv, n. plur.
Bad things, i. e. wickedness,
etc.
þép-w, f. olow, (p. évývoxa),
1. aor. йveyka, v. a. irreg.: 1.
To bear, carry, bring;-at
ii. 8 supply auró, i. e. Tò vdwp,
after φέρετε and ἤνεγκαν ;— at
iv. 33 supply Ti after veуKEV.
-2. Of a vine, etc. also,
figuratively of persons: To
bear, produce, yield [in pres.
and imperf. akin to Sans. root
BHRI, "to bear, carry," etc.;
the other parts of the verb are
to be assigned respectively to
the bases of-w and évék-w or
ἐνέγκ-ω].
φεύγω, f. φεύξομαι, 2. aor.
čoйyov, v. n. To flee, flee away
[akin to Sans. root BHUJ, "to
bend."-Pass.in reflexive force,
"to incline or bend one's self";
cf. Lat. fug-io; Eng. budge].
φεύξομαι, fut. ind. of φεύγω.
φη- μί, f. ήσω, 2. aor. ἔφην,
v. a. and n. To say [root
oŋ or pa, akin to Sans. root
BHASH, "to speak "].
φίλεω -ω, f. φιλήσω, p. πει
φίληκα, 1. aor. ἐφίλησα, v. a
("To love "; hence, as a mark
of love) To kiss [akin to Sans.
root PRî, "to please; to love"].
VOCABULARY.
195
Φίλιππος, ου, 1. [φιλέω,
"to be fond of"; lππ-os, "a
horse"] ("One fond of a horse
or of horses") Philip;
native of Bethsaida, one of
the twelve Apostles.
a
piλos, ov, m. [píλ-os, "be-
loved;" as Subst.]("A beloved
one"; hence) A friend.
φοβεῖσθε,
poßeîode, 2. pers. plur. pres.
imperat. pass. of poßéw.
Poß-éw -w, f. poßńow, 1. aor.
ἐφόβησα,
¿póßnoa, v. a. [póß-os, "fear,
fright"] 1. Act.: To put in
fear, frighten, terrify.-2.
Pass. : φοβέομαι -οῦμαι, (p.
πεφόβημαι), 1. aor. ἐφοβήθην,
1. f. φοβηθήσομαι, Το be seized,
or affected, with fear; to be
frightened, terrified, etc.-3.
Mid.: φοβέομαι -οῦμαι, (f.
φοβήσομαι, 1. aor. ἐφοβησᾶς
unv), To fear for one's self
or on one's own part; to
fear.
Þóẞ-os, ou, m. Fear, fright,
terror [either for péß-os, fr.
péẞ-oμal, "to flee affrighted";
φέβ-ομαι,
or, like péẞoual, to be con-
sidered immediately akin to
Sans. bhâpaya, "to terrify,"
a causative verb formed fr. the
root BHî, "to fear "].
poẞoû, contr. 2. pers. sing.
pres. imperat. pass. of poßéw.
poivit, ikos, m. Apalm-tree,
a palm.
φορέω -ω, f. φορέσω (and
φορήσω, γ. πεφόρηκα), 1. aor.
ἐφόρεσα (and εφόρησα), v. a. [a
|
collateral form of φέρω; see
pépw at end] (“To bear, carry";
hence) To wear.
φορῶν, οῦσα, οὖν, contr. P.
pres. of popéw.
φραγέλλιον, ου, n. [Gr. form
of Lat. flagellum] A scourge.
φρέαρ, ᾶτος, η. A well.
φυλακή, ής, f. [φυλάσσω,
"to watch or guard," through
root quλak] (“A watching, or
guarding"; hence) A prison,
as the place where persons
were kept under guard.
σω.
φυλάξω, fut. ind. of φυλάσ-
φυλάσσω (φυλάττω), f.
φυλάξω, (p. πεφύλακα), 1. aor.
équλaşa, v. a. ("To watch";
hence) To guard, keep, etc.
φων-έω -ώ, f. φωνήσω, 1. aor.
ἐφώνησα, v. n. and a. [φωνή,
"a sound"] ("To utter pwvn";
hence) 1. Neut.: a. Of persons:
(a) To speak. (b) To call out
or aloud.-b. Of a cock: To
crow.-2. Act.: a. To call; to
call to or for.-b. With double
Acc.: To call one something;
at xiii. 13, 8 didáσkăλos,
διδάσκαλος,
which is the name the disci-
ples are there represented as
giving to Jesus, supplies the
place of the second Acc.
¿w-vý, vñs, f. (“That which
speaks"; hence) A voice [from
same source as φημί; see φημί
at end].
φώνησον, 1. aor. imperat.
of φωνέω.
0 2
196
VOCABULARY.
φωνήσω, fut. ind. of φωνέω.
φως, φωτός, η. [contr. fr.
pá-os; fr. pá-w, "to shine"]
("That which shines "; hence)
Light, whether in a literal or
figurative sense.
φωτίζω, φωτίσω
owr-ilw, f. ¢wrĭow and
pwriŵ, v. a. [pws, pwr-ós,
light"] To give light to, to
lighten.
χαῖρε ; see χαίρω.
χαίρω, f. χαρώ, χρήσομαι
(and xaiphow, p. кеxάρηка, 1.
aor. exápnoa), 2. aor. pass.
èxăpnv, v. n.: 1. To rejoice, be
glad:-xapa xaípev, torejoice
with joy, a Hebrew idiom for
torejoice exceedingly, iii. 29.-
2. In salutations: xaîpe, Hail!
-at xix. 3 used in mockery
[akin to Sans. hary, "to de-
sire"].
xăµaí, adv. On the ground
[prob. akin to Sans. kshama,
as a subst. in the force of "the
earth"].
xăp-á, âs, f. [xaípw, “to re-
joice"; through root xap] 4
rejoicing; joy, gladness.
xăpηooμaι, fut. ind. of
χαίρω.
xăp-is, iros, f. [xaípw, "to
rejoice"; through root xap]
("A rejoicing"; hence, "fav-
our"; hence) A favour, or
gift, bestowed; grace, kind-
ness, goodness.
(xeiµáρpovs, ovv, adj. [contr.
(χειμάρρους,
fr. xeμappoos, for xeiμáт-
ρε-ος; fr. χείμα, χείματος,
"winter "; §é-w, "to flow"]
Of winter-streams: Winter-
flowing, i. e. swollen by the
rains and snows of winter.-
As Subst. :) χειμάρρους, ov, m.
("A water-course worn by
the winter's torrent"; hence)
A brook, etc.
χειμών, ῶνος, m. (“The
snowy time"; hence) Winter
[akin to Sans. him-a, "snow"].
χείρ, χειρός, f. A hand [akin
to Sans. root HRI, "to convey,"
also, "to seize"; and so, liter-
ally, "a conveyer or seizer”].
Xeípov, ov, comp. adj. (see
κakós) Worse.
xoés, adv. Yesterday [akin
to Sans. adv. hyas, “yester-
day "].
xiλï-apx-os, ov, m. [xīλi-oi,
"a thousand"; apx-w, "to
command "] ("One who com-
mands a thousand" men;
hence) A high military officer
or commander in general.
χίτων, ωνος, m. An under.
garment.
xoλ-áw -ŵ, v. n. [xoλ-h,
"bile, gall "] ("To be full of
bile or gall"; hence) To be
angry or enraged.
χορτάζω, (f. χορτάσω),v.a.
[xópr-os, grass" ("To
supply with xópтos"; hence,
"to feed in a stall," as opposed
to pasturing in the
open fields
hence, "to fatten "
; hence)
1. With Acc. of person and
;
VOCABULARY.
197
Gen. of thing: To satisfy, or | be found in a person; viii. 37.
fill, one with something.-2.-2. Act.: To have space or
Pass.: To be satisfied or filled. room for; to hold, contain;
Pass. : χορταζομαι, 1. aor. ii. 6; xxi. 25.
ἐχορτάσθην, 1. f. χορτασθή-
σομαι.
χόρτος, ου, m. ("The green
thing"; hence) For cattle:
Green food, grass [akin to
Sans. harit, “green ”].
Xpe-ía (dissyll.), ías, f. [xpé-
ouai, another form of xpá-
oµai, “to use ; and in perf.
"to want or need" a thing
for use] 1. Want, need;-at
ii. 25; xvi. 30, folld. by va
with Subj.;-at xiii. 10 folld.
by Inf.-2. With Gen.: Want,
or need, of something.
Χριστός, στοῦ, m. [χρίσω,
anoint"] ("Anointed
" to
One") Christ.
Xpóvos, ou, m. Time;-at
vii. 33; xii. 35, μιкρòν xрóvоv
is Acc. of "duration of time ";
so, also, is Toσoûтov Xpóvov at
xiv. 9.
xwλ-ós, h, bv, adj. Lame,
halt.-As Subst.: xwλós, où,
m. A lame man ;-Plur.: The
lame [akin to Sans. root KHOL,
"to be lame"].
χώρα,
xúpa, as, f.: 1. A place, or
spot.-2. A country, region,
district.
xwp-éw -ŵ, (f. xwphow, p.
κεχώρηκα), 1. aor. ἐχώρησα,
v.n. and a. [x@p-os, "a place "]
1. Neut.: To have place
in a person; i. e. to exist or
Xwρησal, 1. aor. inf. of
χωρέω.
xwp-ĭov, ĭov, n. (dim. only
in form) [x@p-os, "a place"]
A place.
xwpís, adv.: 1. Apart,
separately, by itself, etc.-2.
With Gen.: Apart from, with-
out.
χωρῶν, οὖσα, οὖν, contr. P.
pres. of xwpéw.
Yeûd-os, eos ous, n. [Yeúd-
qual, "to lie"] A lie, falsehood.
ψεύστης, του, m. [for
ψεύδοτης; fr. ψεύδομαι, "to
lie"] A liar.
¥ʊx-ý, îs, f. [4úx-w, "to
breathe"]
("That which
breathes"; hence) 1. Breath:
—чuxǹv
ψυχὴν αἴρειν,
alpei, (to take
away one's breath, i. e.) to
keep one in suspense, doubt,
perplexity, or agitation; x.
24.-2. Life.-3. A soul.
¥ûx-os, eos ous, n. [¥úx-w,
"to be cold"] ("That which
is cold"; hence) Cold weather,
cold.
|
ψωμίον, του, n. dim. [ψωμ-
ós, "a bit, morsel”] A small
bit, a small piece, a little
morsel.
Se, adv.: 1. In this place,
here.-2. To this place, hither.
198
VOCABULARY.
❤kodoμnenv, 1. aor. ind.
pass. of οικοδομέω.
wµodóynoa, 1. aor. ind. of
ὁμολογέω.
¿μoλóyovv, contr. 3. pers.
plur. imperf. ind. of dμoλoyéw.
ώρα, ας,
f.: 1. A season; a
usual, or customary, time for
something.-2. Time, gener-
ally.-3. An hour:
Eẞdóun, seventh hour, i. e.
pa
seech Thee"; in Prayer-book
Version, "Help me, now")
Hosanna; an exclamation or
address of entreaty, supplica-
tion, etc.
ὡσ εί, adv. [ὡς, “as”; εί,
"if"] As if, as it were.
ὥσπερ, adv. [ὡς, " as”; περ,
enclitic particle] As indeed,
even as, just as.
BOTE, Conj.: So that: 1.

1 o'clock P.M.;—¿ραěктn, sixth | With Indic.: To mark a fact.
hour, i.e. 12 o'clock, noon;-2. With Inf.: To mark a
-ρа deкǎтn, tenth hour, result or effect.
i. e. 4 o'clock P.M.
&s, adv.: 1. As.-2. Like
as, just as.-3. In what way
or manner; how.-4. With
numeral adj.: About.-5. Of
time: When.
*ὡσαννά, adv. ("Bring
safety, I pray"; or, as in
English Bible Version of Ps.
cxviii. 25, "Save now, I be-
¿t-ĭov, ìov, n. (dim. only in
form) [ous, wr-ós, "an ear"]
An ear.
wpeλ-éw -ŵ, f. wpeλhow,
(p. ¿péλnka), 1. aor. ¿péλŋσa,
v. n. [for ὀφελ-έω ; fr. ὄφελος,
"help"] To be of help or
service; to be of benefit; to
profit, avail.

•
VOCABULARY.
199
ADDENDA.
åπeкρionν, 1. aor. ind. (pass.
form) of ἀποκρίνομαι.
ȧπeкρívăтo, 3. pers. sing.
ἀπεκρίνατο,
1. aor. ind. of ȧлокρívоμаι.
άπоlăνεîv, 2. aor. inf. of
ἀποθνήσκω.
åñóλntal, 3. pers. sing. 2.
aor. subj. mid. of àñóλλμ.
ăpăte, 2. pers. plur. 1. aor.
imperat. of alpw.
ǎpn, apps, 3. and 2. pers.
sing. 1. aor. subj. of alpw.
apewow, 3. pers. plur. 1. aor.
ἄρθῶσιν,
subj. pass. of alpw.
apovov,
ἀροῦσιν,
3. pers. plur. fut.
ind. of αἴρω.
ἀρῶ, fut. ind. of αἴρω.
(Bovλ-eúw, f. Bouλevσw, P.
βεβούλευκα, v. n. [Bouλ-h,
counsel"] To take counsel).
-Mid.: βουλεύομαι, (f. βουλ-
εύσομαι), 1. aor. ἐβουλευσάμην,
To take counsel with one's self,
etc.; to deliberate, ponder,
consider ;—at xii. 10 folld. by
iva and Subj.
γνούς, γνοῦσα, γνόν, Ρ. 2.
aor. of γινώσκω.
ἔγνων, 2. 201. ind. of γινώ-
σκω.
εἰργασμένος, η, ον, Ρ. perf.
οἱ ἐργάζομαι.
ἔμεινα, 1. aor. ind. of μένω.
εὐαγγέλιον,του,η.[εὐάγγελο
os, bringing good tidings"]
("A thing pertaining to ev-
άyyeλos"; hence) Good tid-
ings, glad message; i. e. the
Gospel.
ἥκω, f. ἥξω, p. ἧκα, 1. aor.
ĥa, v. n. To have come, to be
present, to be here.
ň-πep, adv. [ň, "than";
Tep, enclitic particle] After
comparative words: Than in-
deed, than even :—in Gr. Test.
only at xii. 43.
йpa, 1. aor. ind. of atpw.
ἰαθείς, είσα, έν, Ρ. 1. aor.
pass. of ἰάομαι.
iáowμal, 1. aor. subj. mid.
of iáoμai.
ἱματισμός, μου, m. [for
ἱματιδ-μός; fr. ἱματίζω (=
iμarid-ow), "to clothe":-
ἱματίδ.σω),
prps. found only in Gr. Test.,
¿ßovλevoăµnv, 1. aor. ind. and there in the part. perf.

mid. of βουλεύω.
pass., iμatioμévos] (“That
200
VOCABULARY.
which clothes"; hence) Cloth- | Lat. libra] A pound in weight:
ing, clothes, raiment, apparel.
torque:-in no. 2. add:-
In Perf., To abide, remain,
continue; viii. 44.
κaí :—at end of no. 1. add:
καί
-κai yάρ, an elliptical mode
of expression, where xai re-
iterates, as it were, what
has preceded, while yap as-
signs the reason of what fol-
lows; e.g. and (such and such
is the case, or I say so) for;
hence, commonly rendered, and
truly, for indeed, for of a
surety.
KǎTEίXETо, 3. pers. sing. im-
perf. ind. pass. of Kaтéxw.
κατέχω, (f. καθ-έξω and
κατα-σχήσω),2.aor.κατ. έσχον,
v. a. [xăτ-ά, in " augmenta.
tive" force; exw, "to have or
hold"] ("To hold fast"; hence)
Of a disease: To take posses-
sion of, lay hold of, a person.
- Pass : κατ-έχομαι, (p. κατ.
έσχημαι, 1. aor. κατεσχέθην,
1. f. κατασχεθήσομαι).
kékpĭμaɩ,
Kékρiμaι, perť. ind. pass. of
κρίνω.
λírpa, as, f. [Gr. form of
-in Gr. Test. found only at
xii. 3; xix. 39.
μńтɩ, adv. [adverbial neut.
of μntis, "that no one, that
μήτις,
nothing"] In questions to
which a negative answer is
expected much about equi-
valent to a negative statement
which the speaker challenges
the persons, etc., addressed to
deny, if they can:-μηTI OûTÓS
σTIV & Xploтós; is this the
Christ? i. e. this is not the
Christ, is it? iv. 29.
oidăμev, 1. pers. plur. of
οἶδα ; see 1. εἴδω.

πάρειμι, f. παρ- έσομαι, v. n.
[rap-ά,"by, beside"; eiµí, “to
be "]("To be by, or beside "
one, etc.; hence) 1. Of persons :
To be present or here; to have
come.-2. Of time: To have
come or arrived.
πǎρeσтι, 3. pers. sing. pres.
ind. of πάρειμι.
nín, 3. pers. sing. 2. aor.
subj. of πίνω.
ὤν, οὖσα, όν, Ρ. pres. of εἰμί,
:
gilbert and RIVINGTON, LIMITED, ST. JOHN'S SQUAKE, London.
WHITE'S
SCHOOL AND COLLEGE LATIN DICTIONARIES.
Royal 8vo, 215.
A LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY.
(THE PARENT WORK.)
By the Rev. J. T. WHITE, D.D., of Corpus Christi College, Oxford;
and Rev. J. E. RIDDLE, M.A., of St. Edmund's Hall, Oxford.
(Founded on the larger Dictionary of FREUND, as last revised by
the Author.)
Royal 8vo, 125.
A CONCISE
LATIN-ENGLISH
DICTIONARY.
For the use of Advanced Scholars and University Students.
Square 12m0, 35.
THE JUNIOR
LATIN-ENGLISH
STUDENT'S
DICTIONARY.
Abridged for the Use of Schools from White and Riddle's large
Latin-English Dictionary.
Square 12mo, 3s.
THE JUNIOR STUDENT'S
ENGLISH-LATIN
DICTIONARY,
For the Use of Schools, founded on White and Riddle's large
Latin-English Dictionary.
Square 12m0, 55.
THE JUNIOR STUDENT'S
LATIN-ENGLISH
COMPLETE
AND
ENGLISH-LATIN
DICTIONARY,
London: LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.
GRAMMAR-SCHOOL TEXTS,
+
WITH ENGLISH VOCABULARIES.
EDITED BY JOHN T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon.
MESSRS. LONGMANS & CO. desire to call attention to the
important Series of very cheap Grammar-School Texts
(Latin and Greek) which they are now publishing, each containing
between one and two hundred pages, 32m0, in strong cloth binding,
and sold at prices varying from Ninepence to Half-a-Crown.
These Texts have been very favourably reviewed and noticed by
the public press.
GREEK TEXTS:-
FABLES from ÆSOP and MYTHS
from PALEPHATUS. IS.
HOMER, Book I. of the Iliad. IS.
HOMER, Book I. of the Odyssey. Is.
LUCIAN, Select Dialogues. Is.
XENOPHON, Books I. III. IV. V. VI. of the Anabasis.
IS. 6d. each.
XENOPHON, Book II. of the Anabasis. IS.
XENOPHON, Book VII. of the Anabasis.
25.
St. MATTHEW'S GOSPEL. 2s. 6d.
St. MARK'S GOSPEL. Is. 6d.
St. LUKE'S GOSPEL.
2s. 6d.
St. JOHN'S GOSPEL. Is. 6d.
The ACTS of the APOSTLES. 2s. 6d.
St. PAUL'S EPISTLE to the ROMANS,
Is. 6d.
XENOPHON, Book I. of the Anabasis. Text only. 3d,
The FOUR GOSPELS in GREEK,
With a Greek-English Lexicon. Edited by JOHN T. WHite,
D.D. Oxon. Square 32mo, price 5s.
WHITE's Grammar-School Texts.
LATIN TEXTS:-
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
IS. each.
Books I. II. V. VI.
Books III. and IV. 9d. each.
CÆSAR, Gallic War.
CÆSAR, Gallic War. Book VII.
1s. 6d.
CICERO, Cato Major (Old Age).
Is. 6d.
CICERO, Lælius (Friendship). Is. 6d.
EUTROPIUS, Books I. and II. of Roman History. 15.
EUTROPIUS, Books III. and IV. of Roman History. is.
HORACE, Odes. Books I. II. and IV. is. each
HORACE, Odes. Book III. Is. 6d.
HORACE, Epodes and Carmen Seculare.
IS.
NEPOS, Miltiades, Cimon, Pausanias, and Aristides. 9d.
OVID, Selections from the Epistles and Fasti.
IS.
OVID, Select Myths from the Metamorphoses. gd.
PHÆDRUS, Select Fables. gd.
PHÆDRUS, Fables. Books I. and II. IS.
SALLUST, Bellum Catilinarium.
VIRGIL, Georgics. Book IV.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Books I. to VI.
Is. 6d.
IS. each.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Books VII. VIII. X. XI and XII. 1s. 6d.
each.
CÆSAR'S GALLIC WAR, Book I. Text only. 3d.
VIRGIL, Æneid. Book I. Text only, 3d.
LIVY, Books XXI. and XXIII.
The Latin Text with English Explanatory and Grammatical
Notes, and a Vocabulary of Proper Names. Edited by JOHN
T. WHITE, D.D. Oxon. 12mo, price 2s. 6d. each Book,
London: LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.
CLASSICAL SCHOOL BOOKS,
EDITED BY THE REV. JOHN T. WHITE, D.D.
BRADLEY'S EUTROPIUS, newly edited by
the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with a Vocabulary and Notes adapted to
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 2s. 6d.
BRADLEY'S CORNELIUS NEPOS, newly
edited by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with English Notes adapted to
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 3s. 6d.
BRADLEY'S OVID'S METAMORPHOSES,
newly edited by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with English Notes
adapted to the Public School Latin Primer. Price 4s. 6d.
BRADLEY'S PHÆDRUS, newly edited by
the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with English Grammatical Notes adapted
to the Public School Latin Primer.
Price 2s. 6d.
The Rev. Dr. WHITE'S FIRST
LATIN
PARSING BOOK, adapted to the SYNTAX of the Public
School Latin Primer. Price 25.
The Rev. Dr. WHITE'S FIRST LATIN
EXERCISE BOOK, adapted to the Public School Latin
Primer. Price 2s. 6d.-KEY, 2s. 6d.
VALPY'S LATIN DELECTUS, newly edited
by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with Grammatical Notes adapted to
the Public School Latin Primer. Price 2s. 6d.-KEY, 35. 6d.
VALPY'S GREEK DELECTUS, newly edited
by the Rev. Dr. WHITE, with Notes adapted to Parry's Greek
Grammar, and with a new Lexicon. Price 2s. 6d.—KEY, 25. 6d.
XENOPHON'S EXPEDITION of CYRUS
into UPPER ASIA; principally from the Text of SCHNEIDER,
With English Notes. By the Rev. Dr. WHITE. Sixth Edition.
Price 75. 6d.
London: LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO.

UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 06362 8476